summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:25:33 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 05:25:33 -0700
commitd73a262f283b504de079d96e2493faa50d75f0e4 (patch)
tree9c2afdb75e30420017149dd0346f1690fd5e29ee
initial commit of ebook 5431HEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--5431.txt5852
-rw-r--r--5431.zipbin0 -> 118042 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/s4fag10.txt6006
-rw-r--r--old/s4fag10.zipbin0 -> 117631 bytes
7 files changed, 11874 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/5431.txt b/5431.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2f8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/5431.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5852 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories by Foreign Authors: German, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Stories by Foreign Authors: German
+
+Author: Various
+
+Posting Date: April 21, 2013 [EBook #5431]
+Release Date: April, 2004
+First Posted: July 18, 2002
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS: GERMAN ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS
+
+GERMAN
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY ...... BY PAUL HEYSE
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM ...... BY RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT........ BY LEOPOLD VON SACHER-MASOCH
+
+THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER........BY RUDOLPH BAUMBACH
+
+THE CREMONA VIOLIN ........ BY E. T. HOFFMANN
+
+ADVENTURES Of A NEW-YEAR'S EVE...... BY HEINRICH ZSCHOKKE
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY
+
+BY
+
+PAUL HEYSE
+
+
+From "Tales from the German of Paul Heyse"
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY
+
+(L'ARRABIATA)
+
+The day had scarcely dawned. Over Vesuvius hung one broad gray stripe
+of mist, stretching across as far as Naples, and darkening all the
+small towns along the coast. The sea lay calm. Along the shore of the
+narrow creek that lies beneath the Sorrento cliffs, fishermen and their
+wives were at work already, some with giant cables drawing their boats
+to land, with the nets that had been cast the night before, while
+others were rigging their craft, trimming the sails, or fetching out
+oars and masts from the great grated vaults that have been built deep
+into the rocks for shelter to the tackle overnight. Nowhere an idle
+hand; even the very aged, who had long given up going to sea, fell into
+the long chain of those who were hauling in the nets. Here and there,
+on some flat housetop, an old woman stood and spun, or busied herself
+about her grandchildren, whom their mother had left to help her husband.
+
+"Do you see, Rachela? yonder is our padre curato," said one to a little
+thing of ten, who brandished a small spindle by her side; "Antonio is
+to row him over to Capri. Madre Santissima! but the reverend signore's
+eyes are dull with sleep!" and she waved her hand to a
+benevolent-looking little priest, who was settling himself in the boat,
+and spreading out upon the bench his carefully tucked-up skirts.
+
+The men upon the quay had dropped their work to see their pastor off,
+who bowed and nodded kindly, right and left.
+
+"What for must he go to Capri, granny?" asked the child. "Have the
+people there no priest of their own, that they must borrow ours?"
+
+"Silly thing!" returned the granny. "Priests they have in plenty--and
+the most beautiful of churches, and a hermit too, which is more than we
+have. But there lives a great signora, who once lived here; she was so
+very ill! Many's the time our padre had to go and take the Most Holy to
+her, when they thought she could not live the night. But with the
+Blessed Virgin's help she got strong and well, and was able to bathe
+every day in the sea. When she went away, she left a fine heap of
+ducats behind her for our church, and for the poor; and she would not
+go, they say, until our padre promised to go and see her over there,
+that she might confess to him as before. It is quite wonderful, the
+store she lays by him! Indeed, and we have cause to bless ourselves for
+having a curato who has gifts enough for an archbishop, and is in such
+request with all the great folks. The Madonna be with him!" she cried,
+and waved her hand again, as the boat was about to put from shore.
+
+"Are we to have fair weather, my son?" inquired the little priest, with
+an anxious look toward Naples.
+
+"The sun is not yet up," the young man answered; "when he comes, he
+will easily do for that small trifle of mist."
+
+"Off with you, then! that we may arrive before the heat."
+
+Antonio was just reaching for his long oar to shove away the boat, when
+suddenly he paused, and fixed his eyes upon the summit of the steep
+path that leads down from Sorrento to the water. A tall and slender
+girlish figure had become visible upon the heights, and was now hastily
+stepping down the stones, waving her handkerchief She had a small
+bundle under her arm, and her dress was mean and poor. Yet she had a
+distinguished if somewhat savage way of throwing back her head, and the
+dark tress wreathed around it was like a diadem.
+
+"What have we to wait for?" inquired the curato.
+
+"There is some one coming who wants to go to Capri--with your
+permission, padre. We shall not go a whit the slower. It is a slight
+young thing, but just eighteen."
+
+At that moment the young girl appeared from behind the wall that bounds
+the winding path.
+
+"Laurella!" cried the priest; "and what has she to do in Capri?"
+
+Antonio shrugged his shoulders. She came up with hasty steps, her eyes
+fixed straight before her.
+
+"Ha! l'Arrabiata! good-morning!" shouted one or two of the young
+boatmen. But for the curato's presence, they might have added more; the
+look of mute defiance with which the young girl received their welcome
+appeared to tempt the more mischievous among them.
+
+"Good-day, Laurella!" now said the priest; "how are you? Are you coming
+with us to Capri?"
+
+"If I may, padre."
+
+"Ask Antonio there; the boat is his. Every man is master of his own, I
+say, as God is master of us all."
+
+"There is half a carlino, if I may go for that?" said Laurella, without
+looking at the young boatman.
+
+"You need it more than I," he muttered, and pushed aside some
+orange-baskets to make room: he was to sell the oranges in Capri, which
+little isle of rocks has never been able to grow enough for all its
+visitors.
+
+"I do not choose to go for nothing," said the girl, with a slight frown
+of her dark eyebrows.
+
+"Come, child," said the priest; "he is a good lad, and had rather not
+enrich himself with that little morsel of your poverty. Come now, and
+step in," and he stretched out his hand to help her, "and sit you down
+by me. See, now, he has spread his jacket for you, that you may sit the
+softer. Young folks are all alike; for one little maiden of eighteen
+they will do more than for ten of us reverend fathers. Nay, no excuse,
+Tonino. It is the Lord's own doing, that like and like should hold
+together."
+
+Meantime Laurella had stepped in, and seated herself beside the padre,
+first putting away Antonio's jacket without a word. The young fellow
+let it lie, and, muttering between his teeth, he gave one vigorous push
+against the pier, and the little boat flew out into the open bay.
+
+"What are you carrying there in that little bundle?" inquired the
+padre, as they were floating on over a calm sea, now just beginning to
+be lighted up with the earliest rays of the rising sun. "Silk, thread,
+and a loaf, padre. The silk is to be sold at Anacapri, to a woman who
+makes ribbons, and the thread to another."
+
+"Spun by yourself?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"You once learned to weave ribbons yourself, if I remember right?"
+
+"I did, sir; but mother has been much worse, and I cannot stay so long
+from home; and a loom to ourselves we are not rich enough to buy."
+
+"Worse, is she? Ah! dear, dear! when I was with you last, at Easter,
+she was up."
+
+"The spring is always her worst time. Ever since those last great
+storms, and the earthquakes she has been forced to keep her bed from
+pain."
+
+"Pray, my child. Never slacken your prayers and petitions that the
+Blessed Virgin may intercede for you; and be industrious and good, that
+your prayers may find a hearing."
+
+After a pause: "When you were coming toward the shore, I heard them
+calling after you. 'Good-morning, l'Arrabiata!' they said. What made
+them call you so? It is not a nice name for a young Christian maiden,
+who should be meek and mild."
+
+The young girl's brown face glowed all over, while her eyes flashed
+fire.
+
+"They always mock me so, because I do not dance and sing, and stand
+about to chatter, as other girls do. I might be left in peace, I think;
+I do THEM no harm."
+
+"Nay, but you might be civil. Let others dance and sing, on whom this
+life sits lighter; but a kind word now and then is seemly even from the
+most afflicted."
+
+Her dark eyes fell, and she drew her eyebrows closer over them, as if
+she would have hidden them.
+
+They went on a while in silence. The sun now stood resplendent above
+the mountain chain; only the tip of Mount Vesuvius towered beyond the
+group of clouds that had gathered about its base; and on the Sorrento
+plains the houses were gleaming white from the dark green of their
+orange-gardens.
+
+"Have you heard no more of that painter, Laurella?" asked the
+curato--"that Neapolitan, who wished so much to marry you?" She shook
+her head. "He came to make a picture of you. Why would you not let him?"
+
+"What did he want it for? There are handsomer girls than I. Who knows
+what he would have done with it? He might have bewitched me with it, or
+hurt my soul, or even killed me, mother says."
+
+"Never believe such sinful things!" said the little curato very
+earnestly. "Are not you ever in God's keeping, without whose will not
+one hair of your head can fall? and is one poor mortal with an image in
+his hand to prevail against the Lord? Besides, you might have seen that
+he was fond of you; else why should he want to marry you?"
+
+She said nothing.
+
+"And wherefore did you refuse him? He was an honest man, they say, and
+comely; and he would have kept you and your mother far better than you
+ever can yourself, for all your spinning and silk-winding."
+
+"We are so poor!" she said passionately; "and mother has been ill so
+long, we should have become a burden to him. And then I never should
+have done for a signora. When his friends came to see him, he would
+only have been ashamed of me."
+
+"How can you say so? I tell you the man was good and kind; he would
+even have been willing to settle in Sorrento. It will not be so easy to
+find another, sent straight from heaven to be the saving of you, as
+this man, indeed, appeared to be."
+
+"I want no husband--I never shall," she said, very stubbornly, half to
+herself.
+
+"Is this a vow? or do you mean to be a nun?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"The people are not so wrong who call you wilful, although the name
+they give you is not kind. Have you ever considered that you stand
+alone in the world, and that your perverseness must make your sick
+mother's illness worse to bear, her life more bitter? And what sound
+reason can you have to give for rejecting an honest hand, stretched out
+to help you and your mother? Answer me, Laurella."
+
+"I have a reason," she said reluctantly, and speaking low; "but it is
+one I cannot give."
+
+"Not give! not give to me? not to your confessor, whom you surely know
+to be your friend--or is he not?"
+
+Laurella nodded.
+
+"Then, child, unburden your heart. If your reason be a good one, I
+shall be the very first to uphold you in it. Only you are young, and
+know so little of the world. A time may come when you will find cause
+to regret a chance of happiness thrown away for some foolish fancy now."
+
+Shyly she threw a furtive glance over to the other end of the boat,
+where the young boatman sat, rowing fast. His woollen cap was pulled
+deep down over his eyes; he was gazing far across the water, with
+averted head, sunk, as it appeared, in his own meditations.
+
+The priest observed her look, and bent his ear down closer.
+
+"You did not know my father?" she whispered, while a dark look gathered
+in her eyes.
+
+"Your father, child! Why, your father died when you were ten years old.
+What can your father (Heaven rest his soul in paradise!) have to do
+with this present perversity of yours?"
+
+"You did not know him, padre; you did not know that mother's illness
+was caused by him alone."
+
+"And how?"
+
+"By his ill-treatment of her; he beat her and trampled upon her. I well
+remember the nights when he came home in his fits of frenzy. She never
+said a word, and did everything he bade her. Yet he would beat her so,
+my heart felt ready to break. I used to cover up my head and pretend to
+be asleep, but I cried all night. And then, when he saw her lying on
+the floor, quite suddenly he would change, and lift her up and kiss
+her, till she screamed and said he smothered her. Mother forbade me
+ever to say a word of this; but it wore her out. And in all these long
+years since father died, she has never been able to get well again. And
+if she should soon die--which God forbid!--I know who it was that
+killed her."
+
+The little curato's head wagged slowly to and fro; he seemed uncertain
+how far to acquiesce in the young girl's reasons. At length he said:
+"Forgive him, as your mother has forgiven! And turn your thoughts from
+such distressing pictures, Laurella; there may be better days in store
+for you, which will make you forget the past."
+
+"Never shall I forget that!" she said, and shuddered. "And you must
+know, padre, it is the reason why I have resolved to remain unmarried.
+I never will be subject to a man, who may beat and then caress me. Were
+a man now to want to beat or kiss me, I could defend myself; but mother
+could not--neither from his blows nor kisses--because she loved him.
+Now, I will never so love a man as to be made ill and wretched by him."
+
+"You are but a child, and you talk like one who knows nothing at all of
+life. Are all men like that poor father of yours? Do all ill-treat
+their wives, and give vent to every whim and gust of passion? Have you
+never seen a good man yet? or known good wives, who live in peace and
+harmony with their husbands?"
+
+"But nobody ever knew how father was to mother; she would have died
+sooner than complain or tell of him, and all because she loved him. If
+this be love--if love can close our lips when they should cry out for
+help--if it is to make us suffer without resistance, worse than even
+our worst enemy could make us suffer--then, I say, I never will be fond
+of mortal man."
+
+"I tell you you are childish; you know not what you are saying. When
+your time comes, you are not likely to be consulted whether you choose
+to fall in love or not." After a pause, he added, "And that painter:
+did you think he could have been cruel?"
+
+"He made those eyes I have seen my father make, when he begged my
+mother's pardon and took her in his arms to make it up. I know those
+eyes. A man may make such eyes, and yet find it in his heart to beat a
+wife who never did a thing to vex him! It made my flesh creep to see
+those eyes again."
+
+After this she would not say another word. The curato also remained
+silent. He bethought himself of more than one wise saying, wherewith
+the maiden might have been admonished; but he refrained, in
+consideration of the young boatman, who had been growing rather
+restless toward the close of this confession.
+
+When, after two hours' rowing, they reached the little bay of Capri,
+Antonio took the padre in his arms, and carried him through the last
+few ripples of shallow water, to set him reverently down upon his legs
+on dry land. But Laurella did not wait for him to wade back and fetch
+her. Gathering up her little petticoat, holding in one hand her wooden
+shoes and in the other her little bundle, with one splashing step or
+two she had reached the shore. "I have some time to stay at Capri,"
+said the priest. "You need not wait--I may not perhaps return before
+to-morrow. When you get home, Laurella, remember me to your mother; I
+will come and see her within the week. You mean to go back before it
+gets dark?"
+
+"If I find an opportunity," answered the girl, turning all her
+attention to her skirts.
+
+"I must return, you know," said Antonio, in a tone which he believed to
+be one of great indifference. "I shall wait here till the Ave Maria. If
+you should not come, it is the same to me."
+
+"You must come," interposed the little priest; "you never can leave
+your mother all alone at night. Is it far you have to go?"
+
+"To a vineyard by Anacapri."
+
+"And I to Capri. So now God bless you, child--and you, my son."
+
+Laurella kissed his hand, and let one farewell drop, for the padre and
+Antonio to divide between them. Antonio, however, appropriated no part
+of it to himself; he pulled off his cap exclusively to the padre,
+without even looking at Laurella. But after they had turned their
+backs, he let his eyes travel but a short way with the padre, as he
+went toiling over the deep bed of small, loose stones; he soon sent
+them after the maiden, who, turning to the right, had begun to climb
+the heights, holding one hand above her eyes to protect them from the
+scorching sun. Just before the path disappeared behind high walls, she
+stopped, as if to gather breath, and looked behind her. At her feet lay
+the marina; the rugged rocks rose high around her; the sea was shining
+in the rarest of its deep-blue splendor. The scene was surely worth a
+moment's pause. But, as chance would have it, her eyes, in glancing
+past Antonio's boat, met Antonio's own, which had been following her as
+she climbed.
+
+Each made a slight movement, as persons do who would excuse themselves
+for some mistake; and then, with her darkest look, the maiden went her
+way.
+
+Hardly one hour had passed since noon, and yet for the last two Antonio
+had been sitting waiting on the bench before the fishers' tavern. He
+must have been very much preoccupied with something, for he jumped up
+every moment to step out into the sunshine, and look carefully up and
+down the roads, which, parting right and left, lead to the only two
+little towns upon the island. He did not altogether trust the weather,
+he then said to the hostess of the osteria; to be sure, it was clear
+enough, but he did not quite like that tint of sea and sky. Just so it
+had looked, he said, before the last awful storm, when the English
+family had been so nearly lost; surely she must remember it?
+
+No, indeed, she said, she didn't.
+
+Well, if the weather should happen to change before night, she was to
+think of him, he said.
+
+"Have you many fine folk over there?" she asked him, after a while.
+
+"They are only just beginning; as yet, the season has been bad enough;
+those who came to bathe, came late."
+
+"The spring came late. Have you not been earning more than we at Capri?"
+
+"Not enough to give me macaroni twice a week, if I had had nothing but
+the boat--only a letter now and then to take to Naples, or a gentleman
+to row out into the open sea, that he might fish. But you know I have
+an uncle who is rich; he owns more than one fine orange-garden; and,
+'Tonino,' says he to me, 'while I live you shall not suffer want; and
+when I am gone you will find that I have taken care of you.' And so,
+with God's help, I got through the winter."
+
+"Has he children, this uncle who is rich?"
+
+"No, he never married; he was long in foreign parts, and many a good
+piastre he has laid together. He is going to set up a great fishing
+business, and set me over it, to see the rights of it."
+
+"Why, then you are a made man, Tonino!"
+
+The young boatman shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Every man has his own burden," said he, starting up again to have
+another look at the weather, turning his eyes right and left, although
+he must have known that there can be no weather side but one.
+
+"Let me fetch you another bottle," said the hostess; "your uncle can
+well afford to pay for it."
+
+"Not more than one glass; it is a fiery wine you have in Capri, and my
+head is hot already."
+
+"It does not heat the blood; you may drink as much of it as you like.
+And here is my husband coming; so you must sit a while, and talk to
+him."
+
+And in fact, with his nets over his shoulder, and his red cap upon his
+curly head, down came the comely padrone of the osteria. He had been
+taking a dish of fish to that great lady, to set before the little
+curato. As soon as he caught sight of the young boatman, he began
+waving him a most cordial welcome; and he came to sit beside him on the
+bench, chattering and asking questions. Just as his wife was bringing
+her second bottle of pure unadulterated Capri, they heard the crisp
+sand crunch, and Laurella was seen approaching from the left-hand road
+to Anacapri. She nodded slightly in salutation; then stopped, and
+hesitated.
+
+Antonio sprang from his seat. "I must go," he said. "It is a young
+Sorrento girl, who came over with the signor curato in the morning. She
+has to get back to her sick mother before night."
+
+"Well, well, time enough yet before night," observed the fisherman;
+"time enough to take a glass of wine. Wife, I say, another glass!"
+
+"I thank you; I had rather not;" and Laurella kept her distance.
+
+"Fill the glasses, wife; fill them both, I say; she only wants a little
+pressing."
+
+"Don't," interposed the lad. "It is a wilful head of her own she has; a
+saint could not persuade her to do what she does not choose." And,
+taking a hasty leave, he ran down to the boat, loosened the rope, and
+stood waiting for Laurella. Again she bent her head to the hostess, and
+slowly approached the water, with lingering steps. She looked around on
+every side, as if in hopes of seeing some other passenger. But the
+marina was deserted. The fishermen were asleep, or rowing about the
+coast with rods or nets; a few women and children sat before their
+doors, spinning or sleeping: such strangers as had come over in the
+morning were waiting for the cool of the evening to return. She had not
+time to look about her long; before she could prevent him, Antonio had
+seized her in his arms and carried her to the boat, as if she had been
+an infant. He leaped in after her, and with a stroke or two of his oar
+they were in deep water.
+
+She had seated herself at the end of the boat, half turning her back to
+him, so that he could only see her profile. She wore a sterner look
+than ever; the low, straight brow was shaded by her hair; the rounded
+lips were firmly closed; only the delicate nostril occasionally gave a
+wilful quiver. After they had gone on a while in silence, she began to
+feel the scorching of the sun; and, unloosening her bundle, she threw
+the handkerchief over her head, and began to make her dinner of the
+bread; for in Capri she had eaten nothing.
+
+Antonio did not stand this long; he fetched out a couple of the oranges
+with which the baskets had been filled in the morning. "Here is
+something to eat to your bread, Laurella," he said. "Don't think I kept
+them for you; they had rolled out of the basket, and I only found them
+when I brought the baskets back to the boat."
+
+"Eat them yourself; bread is enough for me."
+
+"They are refreshing in this heat, and you have had to walk so far."
+
+"They gave me a drink of water, and that refreshed me."
+
+"As you please," he said, and let them drop into the basket.
+
+Silence again. The sea was smooth as glass. Not a ripple was heard
+against the prow. Even the white sea-birds that roost among the caves
+of Capri pursued their prey with soundless flight.
+
+"You might take the oranges to your mother," again commenced Tonino.
+
+"We have oranges at home; and when they are gone, I can go and buy some
+more."
+
+"Nay, take these to her, and give them to her with my compliments."
+
+"She does not know you."
+
+"You could tell her who I am."
+
+"I do not know you either."
+
+It was not the first time that she had denied him thus. One Sunday of
+last year, when that painter had first come to Sorrento, Antonio had
+chanced to be playing boccia with some other young fellows in the
+little piazza by the chief street.
+
+There, for the first time, had the painter caught sight of Laurella,
+who, with her pitcher on her head, had passed by without taking any
+notice of him. The Neapolitan, struck by her appearance, stood still
+and gazed after her, not heeding that he was standing in the very midst
+of the game, which, with two steps, he might have cleared. A very
+ungentle ball came knocking against his shins, as a reminder that this
+was not the spot to choose for meditation. He looked round, as if in
+expectation of some excuse. But the young boatman who had thrown the
+ball stood silent among his friends, in such an attitude of defiance
+that the stranger had found it more advisable to go his ways and avoid
+discussion. Still, this little encounter had been spoken of,
+particularly at the time when the painter had been pressing his suit to
+Laurella. "I do not even know him," she said indignantly, when the
+painter asked her whether it was for the sake of that uncourteous lad
+she now refused him. But she had heard that piece of gossip, and known
+Antonio well enough when she had met him since.
+
+And now they sat together in this boat, like two most deadly enemies,
+while their hearts were beating fit to kill them. Antonio's usually so
+good-humored face was heated to scarlet; he struck the oars so sharply
+that the foam flew over to where Laurella sat, while his lips moved as
+if muttering angry words. She pretended not to notice, wearing her most
+unconscious look, bending over the edge of the boat, and letting the
+cool water pass between her fingers. Then she threw off her
+handkerchief again, and began to smooth her hair, as though she had
+been alone. Only her eyebrows twitched, and she held up her wet hands
+in vain attempts to cool her burning cheeks.
+
+Now they were well out in the open sea. The island was far behind, and
+the coast before them lay yet distant in the hot haze. Not a sail was
+within sight, far or near--not even a passing gull to break the
+stillness. Antonio looked all round, evidently ripening some hasty
+resolution. The color faded suddenly from his cheek, and he dropped his
+oars. Laurella looked round involuntarily--fearless, yet attentive.
+
+"I must make an end of this," the young fellow burst forth. "It has
+lasted too long already! I only wonder that it has not killed me! You
+say you do not know me? And all this time you must have seen me pass
+you like a madman, my whole heart full of what I had to tell you; and
+then you only made your crossest mouth, and turned your back upon me."
+
+"What had I to say to you?" she curtly replied. "I may have seen that
+you were inclined to meddle with me, but I do not choose to be on
+people's wicked tongues for nothing. I do not mean to have you for a
+husband--neither you nor any other."
+
+"Nor any other? So you will not always say! You say so now, because you
+would not have that painter. Bah! you were but a child! You will feel
+lonely enough yet, some day; and then, wild as you are, you will take
+the next best who comes to hand."
+
+"Who knows? which of us can see the future? It may be that I will
+change my mind. What is that to you?"
+
+"What is it to me?" he flew out, starting to his feet, while the small
+boat leaped and danced; "what is it to me, you say? You know well
+enough! I tell you, that man shall perish miserably to whom you shall
+prove kinder than you have been to me!"
+
+"And to you, what did I ever promise? Am I to blame if you be mad? What
+right have you to me?"
+
+"Ah! I know," he cried, "my right is written nowhere. It has not been
+put in Latin by any lawyer, nor stamped with any seal. But this I feel:
+I have just the right to you that I have to heaven, if I die an honest
+Christian. Do you think I could look on and see you go to church with
+another man, and see the girls go by and shrug their shoulders at me?"
+
+"You can do as you please. I am not going to let myself be frightened
+by all those threats. I also mean to do as I please."
+
+"You shall not say so long!" and his whole frame shook with passion. "I
+am not the man to let my whole life be spoiled by a stubborn wench like
+you! You are in my power here, remember, and may be made to do my
+bidding."
+
+She could not repress a start, but her eyes flashed bravely on him.
+
+"You may kill me if you dare," she said slowly.
+
+"I do nothing by halves," he said, and his voice sounded choked and
+hoarse. "There is room for us both in the sea. I cannot help thee,
+child"--he spoke the last words dreamily, almost pitifully--"but we
+must both go down together--both at once--and now!" he shouted, and
+snatched her in his arms. But at the same moment he drew back his right
+hand; the blood gushed out; she had bitten him fiercely.
+
+"Ha! can I be made to do your bidding?" she cried, and thrust him from
+her, with one sudden movement; "am I here in your power?" and she
+leaped into the sea, and sank.
+
+She rose again directly; her scanty skirts clung close; her long hair,
+loosened by the waves, hung heavy about her neck. She struck out
+valiantly, and, without uttering a sound, she began to swim steadily
+from the boat toward the shore.
+
+With senses benumbed by sudden terror, he stood, with outstretched
+neck, looking after her, his eyes fixed as though they had just been
+witness to a miracle. Then, giving himself a shake, he seized his oars,
+and began rowing after her with all the strength he had, while all the
+time the bottom of the boat was reddening fast with the blood that kept
+streaming from his hand.
+
+Rapidly as she swam, he was at her side in a moment. "For the love of
+our most Holy Virgin" he cried, "get into the boat! I have been a
+madman! God alone can tell what so suddenly darkened my brain. It came
+upon me like a flash of lightning, and set me all on fire. I knew not
+what I did or said. I do not even ask you to forgive me, Laurella, only
+to come into the boat again, and not to risk your life!"
+
+She swam on as though she had not heard him.
+
+"You can never swim to land. I tell you, it is two miles off. Think of
+your mother! If you should come to grief, I should die of horror."
+
+She measured the distance with her eye, and then, without answering him
+one word, she swam up to the boat, and laid her hands upon the edge; he
+rose to help her in. As the boat tilted over to one side with the
+girl's weight, his jacket that was lying on the bench slipped into the
+water. Agile as she was, she swung herself on board without assistance,
+and gained her former seat. As soon as he saw that she was safe, he
+took to his oars again, while she began quietly wringing out her
+dripping clothes, and shaking the water from her hair. As her eyes fell
+upon the bottom of the boat, and saw the blood, she gave a quick look
+at the hand, which held the oar as if it had been unhurt.
+
+"Take this," she said, and held out her handkerchief. He shook his
+head, and went on rowing. After a time she rose, and, stepping up to
+him, bound the handkerchief firmly round the wound, which was very
+deep. Then, heedless of his endeavors to prevent her, she took an oar,
+and, seating herself opposite him, began to row with steady strokes,
+keeping her eyes from looking toward him--fixed upon the oar that was
+scarlet with his blood. Both were pale and silent. As they drew near
+land, such fishermen as they met began shouting after Antonio and
+gibing at Laurella; but neither of them moved an eyelid, or spoke one
+word.
+
+The sun stood yet high over Procida when they landed at the marina.
+Laurella shook out her petticoat, now nearly dry, and jumped on shore.
+The old spinning woman, who in the morning had seen them start, was
+still upon her terrace. She called down, "What is that upon your hand,
+Tonino? Jesus Christ! the boat is full of blood!"
+
+"It is nothing, comare," the young fellow replied. "I tore my hand
+against a nail that was sticking out too far; it will be well
+to-morrow. It is only this confounded ready blood of mine, that always
+makes a thing look worse than it is."
+
+"Let me come and bind it up, comparello. Stop one moment; I will go and
+fetch the herbs, and come to you directly."
+
+"Never trouble yourself, comare. It has been dressed already; to-morrow
+morning it will be all over and forgotten. I have a healthy skin, that
+heals directly."
+
+"Addio!" said Laurella, turning to the path that goes winding up the
+cliffs. "Good-night!" he answered, without looking at her; and then
+taking his oars and baskets from the boat, and climbing up the small
+stone stairs, he went into his own hut.
+
+He was alone in his two little rooms, and began to pace them up and
+down. Cooler than upon the dead calm sea, the breeze blew fresh through
+the small unglazed windows, which could only be closed with wooden
+shutters. The solitude was soothing to him. He stooped before the
+little image of the Virgin, devoutly gazing upon the glory round the
+head (made of stars cut out in silver paper). But he did not want to
+pray. What reason had he to pray, now that he had lost all he had ever
+hoped for?
+
+And this day appeared to last for ever. He did so long for night! for
+he was weary, and more exhausted by the loss of blood than he would
+have cared to own. His hand was very sore. Seating himself upon a
+little stool, he untied the handkerchief that bound it; the blood, so
+long repressed, gushed out again; all round the wound the hand was
+swollen high.
+
+He washed it carefully, cooling it in the water; then he clearly saw
+the marks of Laurella's teeth.
+
+"She was right," he said; "I was a brute, and deserved no better. I
+will send her back the handkerchief by Giuseppe to-morrow. Never shall
+she set eyes on me again." And he washed the handkerchief with the
+greatest care, and spread it out in the sun to dry.
+
+And having bound up his hand again, as well as he could manage with his
+teeth and his left hand, he threw himself upon his bed, and closed his
+eyes.
+
+He was soon waked up from a sort of slumber by the rays of the bright
+moonlight, and also by the pain of his hand; he had just risen for more
+cold water to soothe its throbbings, when he heard the sound of some
+one at the door. Laurella stood before him.
+
+She came in without a question, took off the handkerchief she had tied
+over her head, and placed her little basket upon the table; then she
+drew a deep breath.
+
+"You are come to fetch your handkerchief," he said. "You need not have
+taken that trouble. In the morning I would have asked Giuseppe to take
+it to you."
+
+"It is not the handkerchief," she said quickly. "I have been up among
+the hills to gather herbs to stop the blood; see here." And she lifted
+the lid of her little basket.
+
+"Too much trouble," he said, not in bitterness--"far too much trouble.
+I am better, much better; but if I were worse, it would be no more than
+I deserve. Why did you come at such a time? If any one should see you?
+You know how they talk, even when they don't know what they are saying."
+
+"I care for no one's talk," she said, passionately. "I came to see your
+hand, and put the herbs upon it; you cannot do it with your left."
+
+"It is not worth while, I tell you."
+
+"Let me see it then, if I am to believe you."
+
+She took his hand, that was not able to prevent her, and unbound the
+linen. When she saw the swelling, she shuddered, and gave a cry: "Jesus
+Maria!"
+
+"It is a little swollen," he said; "it will be over in four-and-twenty
+hours."
+
+She shook her head. "It will certainly be a week before you can go to
+sea."
+
+"More likely a day or two; and if not, what matters?"
+
+She had fetched a basin, and began carefully washing out the wound,
+which he suffered passively, like a child. She then laid on the healing
+leaves, which at once relieved the burning pain, and finally bound it
+up with the linen she had brought with her.
+
+When it was done: "I thank you," he said. "And now, if you would do me
+one more kindness, forgive the madness that came over me; forget all I
+said and did. I cannot tell how it came to pass; certainly it was not
+your fault--not yours. And never shall you hear from me again one word
+to vex you."
+
+She interrupted him. "It is I who have to beg your pardon. I should
+have spoken differently. I might have explained it better, and not
+enraged you with my sullen ways. And now that bite--"
+
+"It was in self-defence; it was high time to bring me to my senses. As
+I said before, it is nothing at all to signify. Do not talk of being
+forgiven; you only did me good, and I thank you for it. And now, here
+is your handkerchief; take it with you."
+
+He held it to her, but yet she lingered, hesitated, and appeared to
+have some inward struggle. At length she said: "You have lost your
+jacket, and by my fault; and I know that all the money for the oranges
+was in it. I did not think of this till afterward. I cannot replace it
+now; we have not so much at home--or if we had, it would be mother's.
+But this I have--this silver cross. That painter left it on the table
+the day he came for the last time. I have never looked at it all this
+while, and do not care to keep it in my box; if you were to sell it? It
+must be worth a few piastres, mother says. It might make up the money
+you have lost; and if not quite, I could earn the rest by spinning at
+night when mother is asleep."
+
+"Nothing will make me take it," he said shortly, pushing away the
+bright new cross, which she had taken from her pocket.
+
+"You must," she said; "how can you tell how long your hand may keep you
+from your work? There it lies; and nothing can make me so much as look
+at it again."
+
+"Drop it in the sea, then."
+
+"It is no present I want to make you; it is no more than is your due;
+it is only fair."
+
+"Nothing from you can be due to me; and hereafter when we chance to
+meet, if you would do me a kindness, I beg you not to look my way. It
+would make me feel you were thinking of what I have done. And now
+good-night; and let this be the last word said."
+
+She laid the handkerchief in the basket, and also the cross, and closed
+the lid. But when he looked into her face, he started. Great heavy
+drops were rolling down her cheeks; she let them flow unheeded.
+
+"Maria Santissima!" he cried. "Are you ill? You are trembling from head
+to foot!"
+
+"It is nothing," she said; "I must go home;" and with unsteady steps
+she was moving to the door, when suddenly she leaned her brow against
+the wall, and gave way to a fit of bitter sobbing. Before he could go
+to her she turned upon him suddenly, and fell upon his neck.
+
+"I cannot bear it!" she cried, clinging to him as a dying thing to
+life--"I cannot bear it! I cannot let you speak so kindly, and bid me
+go, with all this on my conscience. Beat me! trample on me! curse me!
+Or if it can be that you love me still, after all I have done to you,
+take me and keep me, and do with me as you please; only do not send me
+away so!" She could say no more for sobbing.
+
+Speechless, he held her a while in his arms. "If I can love you still!"
+he cried at last. "Holy Mother of God! Do you think that all my best
+heart's blood has gone from me through that little wound? Don't you
+hear it hammering now, as though it would burst my breast and go to
+you? But if you say this to try me, or because you pity me, I can
+forget it. You are not to think you owe me this, because you know what
+I have suffered for you."
+
+"No!" she said very resolutely, looking up from his shoulder into his
+face, with her tearful eyes; "it is because I love you; and let me tell
+you, it was because I always feared to love you that I was so cross. I
+will be so different now. I never could bear again to pass you in the
+street without one look! And lest you should ever feel a doubt, I will
+kiss you, that you may say, 'She kissed me;' and Laurella kisses no man
+but her husband."
+
+She kissed him thrice, and, escaping from his arms: "And now
+good-night, amor mio, cara vita mia!" she said. "Lie down to sleep, and
+let your hand get well. Do not come with me; I am afraid of no man,
+save of you alone."
+
+And so she slipped out, and soon disappeared in the shadow of the wall.
+
+He remained standing by the window, gazing far out over the calm sea,
+while all the stars in heaven appeared to flit before his eyes.
+
+The next time the little curato sat in his confessional, he sat smiling
+to himself. Laurella had just risen from her knees after a very long
+confession.
+
+"Who would have thought it?" he said musingly--"that the Lord would so
+soon have taken pity upon that wayward little heart? And I had been
+reproaching myself for not having adjured more sternly that ill demon
+of perversity. Our eyes are but short-sighted to see the ways of
+Heaven! Well, may God bless her, I say, and let me live to go to sea
+with Laurella's eldest born, rowing me in his father's place! Ah! well,
+indeed! l'Arrabiata!"
+
+
+
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM
+
+BY
+
+RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+
+
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM
+
+A TALE FROM GERMANY BY RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+I.
+
+
+During many long years Hermann Fabricius had lost sight of his friend
+Henry Warren, and had forgotten him.
+
+Yet when students together they had loved each other dearly, and more
+than once they had sworn eternal friendship. This was at a period
+which, though not very remote, we seem to have left far behind us--a
+time when young men still believed in eternal friendship, and could
+feel enthusiasm for great deeds or great ideas. Youth in the present
+day is, or thinks itself, more rational. Hermann and Warren in those
+days were simple-minded and ingenuous; and not only in the moment of
+elation, when they had sworn to be friends for ever, but even the next
+day, and the day after that, in sober earnestness, they had vowed that
+nothing should separate them, and that they would remain united through
+life. The delusion had not lasted long. The pitiless machinery of life
+had caught up the young men as soon as they left the university, and
+had thrown one to the right, the other to the left. For a few months
+they had exchanged long and frequent letters; then they had met once,
+and finally they had parted, each going his way. Their letters had
+become more scarce, more brief, and at last had ceased altogether. It
+would really seem that the fact of having interests in common is the
+one thing sufficiently powerful to prolong and keep up the life of
+epistolary relations. A man may feel great affection for an absent
+friend, and yet not find time to write him ten lines, while he will
+willingly expend daily many hours on a stranger from whom he expects
+something. None the less he may be a true and honest friend. Man is
+naturally selfish; the instinct of self-preservation requires it of
+him. Provided he be not wicked, and that he show himself ready to serve
+his neighbor--after himself--no one has a right to complain, or to
+accuse him of hard-heartedness.
+
+At the time this story begins, Hermann had even forgotten whether he
+had written to Warren last, or whether he had left his friend's last
+letter unanswered. In a word, the correspondence which began so
+enthusiastically had entirely ceased. Hermann inhabited a large town,
+and had acquired some reputation as a writer. From time to time, in the
+course of his walks, he would meet a young student with brown hair, and
+mild, honest-looking blue eyes, whose countenance, with its frank and
+youthful smile, inspired confidence and invited the sympathy of the
+passer-by. Whenever Hermann met this young man he would say to himself,
+"How like Henry at twenty!" and for a few minutes memory would travel
+back to the already distant days of youth, and he would long to see his
+dear old Warren again. More than once, on the spur of the moment, he
+had resolved to try and find out what had become of his old university
+comrade. But these good intentions were never followed up. On reaching
+home he would find his table covered with books and pamphlets to be
+reviewed, and letters from publishers or newspaper editors asking for
+"copy"--to say nothing of invitations to dinner, which must be accepted
+or refused; in a word, he found so much URGENT business to despatch
+that the evening would go by, and weariness would overtake him, before
+he could make time for inquiring about his old friend.
+
+In the course of years, the life of most men becomes so regulated that
+no time is left for anything beyond "necessary work." But, indeed, the
+man who lives only for his own pleasure--doing, so to speak,
+nothing--is rarely better in this respect than the writer, the banker,
+and the savant, who are overburdened with work.
+
+One afternoon, as Hermann, according to his custom, was returning home
+about five o'clock, his porter handed him a letter bearing the American
+post-mark. He examined it closely before opening it. The large and
+rather stiff handwriting on the address seemed familiar, and yet he
+could not say to whom it belonged. Suddenly his countenance brightened,
+and he exclaimed, "A letter from Henry!" He tore open the envelope, and
+read as follows:
+
+"MY DEAR HERMANN,--It is fortunate that one of us at least should have
+attained celebrity. I saw your name on the outside of a book of which
+you are the author. I wrote at once to the publisher; that obliging man
+answered me by return of post, and, thanks to these circumstances, I am
+enabled to tell you that I will land at Hamburg towards the end of
+September. Write to me there, Poste Restante, and let me know if you
+are willing to receive me for a few days. I can take Leipzig on my way
+home, and would do so most willingly if you say that you would see me
+again with pleasure.
+
+"Your old friend,
+
+"HENRY WARREN."
+
+Below the signature there was a postscript of a single line: "This is
+my present face." And from an inner envelope Hermann drew a small
+photograph, which he carried to the window to examine leisurely. As he
+looked, a painful impression of sadness came over him. The portrait was
+that of an old man. Long gray hair fell in disorder over a careworn
+brow; the eyes, deep sunk in their sockets, had a strange and
+disquieting look of fixity; and the mouth, surrounded by deep furrows,
+seemed to tell its own long tale of sorrow.
+
+"Poor Henry!" said Hermann; "this, then, is your present face! And yet
+he is not old; he is younger than I am; he can scarcely be
+thirty-eight. Can I, too, be already an old man?"
+
+He walked up to the glass, and looked attentively at the reflection of
+his own face. No! those were not the features of a man whose life was
+near its close; the eye was bright, and the complexion indicated vigor
+and health. Still, it was not a young face. Thought and care had traced
+their furrows round the mouth and about the temples, and the general
+expression was one of melancholy, not to say despondency.
+
+"Well, well, we have grown old," said Hermann, with a sigh. "I had not
+thought about it this long while; and now this photograph has reminded
+me of it painfully." Then he took up his pen and wrote to say how happy
+he would be to see his old friend again as soon as possible.
+
+The next day chance brought him face to face in the street with the
+young student who was so like Warren. "Who knows?" thought Hermann;
+"fifteen or twenty years hence this young man may look no brighter than
+Warren does today. Ah, life is not easy! It has a way of saddening
+joyous looks, and imparting severity to smiling lips. As for me, I have
+no real right to complain of my life. I have lived pretty much like
+everybody; a little satisfaction, and then a little disappointment,
+turn by turn; and often small worries; and so my youth has gone by, I
+scarcely know how."
+
+On the 2d of October Hermann received a telegram from Hamburg
+announcing the arrival of Warren for the same evening. At the appointed
+hour he went to the railway station to meet his friend. He saw him get
+down from the carriage slowly, and rather heavily, and he watched him
+for a few seconds before accosting him. Warren appeared to him old and
+broken-down, and even more feeble than he had expected to see him from
+his portrait. He wore a travelling suit of gray cloth, so loose and
+wide that it hung in folds on the gaunt and stooping figure; a large
+wide-awake hat was drawn down to his very eyes. The new-comer looked
+right and left, seeking no doubt to discover his friend; not seeing
+him, he turned his weary and languid steps towards the way out. Hermann
+then came forward. Warren recognized him at once; a sunny, youthful
+smile lighted up his countenance, and, evidently much moved, he
+stretched out his hand. An hour later, the two friends were seated
+opposite to each other before a well-spread table in Hermann's
+comfortable apartments.
+
+Warren ate very little; but, on the other hand, Hermann noticed with
+surprise and some anxiety that his friend, who had been formerly a
+model of sobriety, drank a good deal. Wine, however, seemed to have no
+effect on him. The pale face did not flush; there was the same cold,
+fixed look in the eye; and his speech, though slow and dull in tone,
+betrayed no embarrassment.
+
+When the servant who had waited at dinner had taken away the dessert
+and brought in coffee, Hermann wheeled two big arm-chairs close to the
+fire, and said to his friend:
+
+"Now, we will not be interrupted. Light a cigar, make yourself at home,
+and tell me all you have been doing since we parted."
+
+Warren pushed away the cigars. "If you do not mind," said he, "I will
+smoke my pipe. I am used to it, and I prefer it to the best of cigars."
+
+So saying, he drew from its well-worn case an old pipe, whose color
+showed it had been long used, and filled it methodically with moist,
+blackish tobacco. Then he lighted it, and after sending forth one or
+two loud puffs of smoke, he said, with an air of sovereign satisfaction:
+
+"A quiet, comfortable room--a friend--a good pipe after dinner--and no
+care for the morrow. That's what I like."
+
+Hermann cast a sidelong glance at his companion, and was painfully
+struck at his appearance. The tall gaunt frame in its stooping
+attitude; the grayish hair and sad, fixed look; the thin legs crossed
+one over the other; the elbow resting on the knee and supporting the
+chin,--in a word, the whole strange figure, as it sat there, bore no
+resemblance to Henry Warren, the friend of his youth. This man was a
+stranger, a mysterious being even. Nevertheless, the affection he felt
+for his friend was not impaired; on the contrary, pity entered into his
+heart. "How ill the world must have used him," thought Hermann, "to
+have thus disfigured him!" Then he said aloud:
+
+"Now, then, let me have your story, unless you prefer to hear mine
+first."
+
+He strove to speak lightly, but he felt that the effort was not
+successful. As to Warren, he went on smoking quietly, without saying a
+word. The long silence at last became painful. Hermann began to feel an
+uncomfortable sensation of distress in presence of the strange guest he
+had brought to his home. After a few minutes he ventured to ask for the
+third time, "Will you make up your mind to speak, or must I begin?"
+
+Warren gave vent to a little noiseless laugh. "I am thinking how I can
+answer your question. The difficulty is that, to speak truly, I have
+absolutely nothing to tell. I wonder now--and it was that made me
+pause--how it has happened that, throughout my life, I have been bored
+by--nothing. As if it would not have been quite as natural, quite as
+easy, and far pleasanter, to have been amused by that same
+nothing--which has been my life. The fact is, my dear fellow, that I
+have had no deep sorrow to bear, neither have I been happy. I have not
+been extraordinarily successful, and have drawn none of the prizes of
+life. But I am well aware that, in this respect, my lot resembles that
+of thousands of other men. I have always been obliged to work. I have
+earned my bread by the sweat of my brow. I have had money difficulties;
+I have even had a hopeless passion--but what then? every one has had
+that. Besides, that was in bygone days; I have learned to bear it, and
+to forget. What pains and angers me is, to have to confess that my life
+has been spent without satisfaction and without happiness."
+
+He paused an instant, and then resumed, more calmly: "A few years ago I
+was foolish enough to believe that things might in the end turn out
+better. I was a professor with a very moderate salary at the school at
+Elmira. I taught all I knew, and much that I had to learn in order to
+be able to teach it--Greek and Latin, German and French, mathematics
+and physical sciences. During the so-called play-hours, I even gave
+music lessons. In the course of the whole day there were few moments of
+liberty for me. I was perpetually surrounded by a crowd of rough,
+ill-bred boys, whose only object during lessons was to catch me making
+a fault in English. When evening came, I was quite worn out; still, I
+could always find time to dream for half an hour or so with my eyes
+open before going to bed. Then all my desires were accomplished, and I
+was supremely happy. At last I had drawn a prize! I was successful in
+everything; I was rich, honored, powerful--what more can I say? I
+astonished the world--or rather, I astonished Ellen Gilmore, who for me
+was the whole world. Hermann, have you ever been as mad? Have you, too,
+in a waking dream, been in turn a statesman, a millionaire, the author
+of a sublime work, a victorious general, the head of a great political
+party? Have you dreamt nonsense such as that? I, who am here, have been
+all I say--in dreamland. Never mind; that was a good time. Ellen
+Gilmore, whom I have just mentioned, was the eldest sister of one of my
+pupils, Francis Gilmore, the most undisciplined boy of the school. His
+parents, nevertheless, insisted on his learning something; and as I had
+the reputation of possessing unwearying patience, I was selected to
+give him private lessons. That was how I obtained a footing in the
+Gilmore family. Later on, when they had found out that I was somewhat
+of a musician--you may remember, perhaps, that for an amateur I was a
+tolerable performer on the piano--I went every day to the house to
+teach Latin and Greek to Francis, and music to Ellen.
+
+"Now, picture to yourself the situation, and then laugh at your friend
+as he has laughed at himself many a time. On the one side--the Gilmore
+side--a large fortune and no lack of pride; an intelligent, shrewd, and
+practical father; an ambitious and vain mother; an affectionate but
+spoilt boy; and a girl of nineteen, surpassingly lovely, with a
+cultivated mind and great good sense. On the other hand, you have Henry
+Warren, aged twenty-nine; in his dreams the author of a famous work, or
+the commander-in-chief of the Northern armies, or, it may be, President
+of the Republic--in reality, Professor at Elmira College, with a modest
+stipend of seventy dollars a month. Was it not evident that the
+absurdity of my position as a suitor for Ellen would strike me at once?
+Of course it did. In my lucid moments, when I was not dreaming, I was a
+very rational man, who had read a good deal, and learned not a little;
+and it would have been sheer madness in me to have indulged for an
+instant the hope of a marriage between Ellen and myself. I knew it was
+an utter impossibility--as impossible as to be elected President of the
+United States; and yet, in spite of myself, I dreamed of it. However, I
+must do myself the justice to add that my passion inconvenienced
+nobody. I would no more have spoken of it than of my imaginary command
+of the army of the Potomac. The pleasures which my love afforded me
+could give umbrage to no one. Yet I am convinced that Ellen read my
+secret. Not that she ever said a word to me on the subject; no look or
+syllable of hers could have made me suspect that she had guessed the
+state of my mind.
+
+"One single incident I remember which was not in accordance with her
+habitual reserve in this respect. I noticed one day that her eyes were
+red. Of course I dared not ask her why she had cried. During the lesson
+she seemed absent; and when leaving she said, without looking at me, 'I
+may perhaps be obliged to interrupt our lessons for some little time; I
+am very sorry. I wish you every happiness.' Then, without raising her
+eyes, she quickly left the room. I was bewildered. What could her words
+mean? And why had they been said in such an affectionate tone?
+
+"The next day Francis Gilmore called to inform me, with his father's
+compliments, that he was to have four days' holidays, because his
+sister had just been betrothed to Mr. Howard, a wealthy New York
+merchant, and that, for the occasion, there would be great festivities
+at home.
+
+"Thenceforward there was an end of the dreams which up to that moment
+had made life pleasant. In sober reason I had no more cause to deplore
+Ellen's marriage than to feel aggrieved because Grant had succeeded
+Johnson as President. Nevertheless, you can scarcely conceive how much
+this affair--I mean the marriage--grieved me. My absolute nothingness
+suddenly stared me in the face. I saw myself as I was--a mere
+schoolmaster, with no motive for pride in the past, or pleasure in the
+present, or hope in the future."
+
+Warren's pipe had gone out while he was telling his story. He cleaned
+it out methodically, drew from his pocket a cake of Cavendish tobacco,
+and, after cutting off with a penknife the necessary quantity, refilled
+his pipe and lit it. The way in which he performed all these little
+operations betrayed long habit. He had ceased to speak while he was
+relighting his pipe, and kept on whistling between his teeth. Hermann
+looked on--silently. After a few minutes, and when the pipe was in good
+order, Warren resumed his story.
+
+"For a few weeks I was terribly miserable; not so much because I had
+lost Ellen--a man cannot lose what he has never hoped to possess--as
+from the ruin of all my illusions. During those days I plucked and ate
+by the dozen of the fruits of the tree of self-knowledge, and I found
+them very bitter. I ended by leaving Elmira, to seek my fortunes
+elsewhere. I knew my trade well. Long practice had taught me how to
+make the best of my learning, and I never had any difficulty in finding
+employment. I taught successively in upwards of a dozen States of the
+Union. I can scarcely recollect the names of all the places where I
+have lived--Sacramento, Chicago, St. Louis, Cincinnati, Boston, New
+York; I have been everywhere--everywhere. And everywhere I have met
+with the same rude schoolboys, just as I have found the same regular
+and irregular verbs in Latin and Greek. If you would see a man
+thoroughly satiated and saturated with schoolboys and classical
+grammars, look at me.
+
+"In the leisure time which, whatever might be my work, I still
+contrived to make for myself, I indulged in philosophical reflections.
+Then it was I took to the habit of smoking so much."
+
+Warren stopped suddenly, and, looking straight before him, appeared
+plunged in thought. Then, passing his hand over his forehead, he
+repeated, in an absent manner, "Yes, of smoking so much. I also took to
+another habit," he added, somewhat hastily; "but that has nothing to do
+with my story. The theory which especially occupied my thoughts was
+that of the oscillations of an ideal instrument of my own imagining, to
+which, in my own mind, I gave the name of the Philosopher's Pendulum.
+To this invention I owe the quietude of mind which has supported me for
+many years, and which, as you see, I now enjoy. I said to myself that
+my great sorrow--if I may so call it without presumption--had arisen
+merely from my wish to be extraordinarily happy. When, in his dreams, a
+man has carried presumption so far as to attain to the heights of
+celebrity, or to being the husband of Ellen Gilmore, there was nothing
+wonderful if, on awaking, he sustained a heavy fall before reaching the
+depths of reality. Had I been less ambitious in my desires, their
+realization would have been easier, or, at any rate, the disappointment
+would have been less bitter. Starting from this principle, I arrived at
+the logical conclusion that the best means to avoid being unhappy is to
+wish for as little happiness as possible. This truth was discovered by
+my philosophical forefathers many centuries before the birth of Christ,
+and I lay no claim to being the finder of it; but the outward symbol
+which I ended by giving to this idea is--at least I fancy it is--of my
+invention.
+
+"Give me a sheet of paper and a pencil," he added, turning to his
+friend, "and with a few lines I can demonstrate clearly the whole
+thing."
+
+Hermann handed him what he wanted without a word. Warren then began
+gravely to draw a large semicircle, open at the top, and above the
+semicircular line a pendulum, which fell perpendicularly and touched
+the circumference at the exact point where on the dial of a clock would
+be inscribed the figure VI. This done, he wrote on the right-hand side
+of the pendulum, beginning from the bottom and at the places of the
+hours V, IV, III, the words Moderate Desires--Great Hopes,
+Ambition--Unbridled Passion, Mania of Greatness. Then, turning the
+paper upside-down, he wrote on the opposite side, where on a dial would
+be marked VII, VIII, IX, the words Slight Troubles--Deep Sorrow,
+Disappointment--Despair. Lastly, in the place of No. VI, just where the
+pendulum fell, he sketched a large black spot, which he shaded off with
+great care, and above which he wrote, like a scroll, Dead Stop,
+Absolute Repose.
+
+Having finished this little drawing, Warren laid down his pipe,
+inclined his head on one side, and raising his eyebrows, examined his
+work with a critical frown. "This compass is not yet quite complete,"
+he said; "there is something missing. Between Dead Stop and Moderate
+Desires on the right, and Slight Troubles on the left, there is the
+beautiful line of Calm and Rational Indifference. However, such as the
+drawing is, it is sufficient to demonstrate my theory. Do you follow
+me?"
+
+Hermann nodded affirmatively. He was greatly pained. In lieu of the
+friend of his youth, for whom he had hoped a brilliant future, here was
+a poor monomaniac!
+
+"You see," said Warren, speaking collectedly, like a professor, "if I
+raise my pendulum till it reaches the point of Moderate Desires and
+then let it go, it will naturally swing to the point of Slight
+Troubles, and go no further. Then it will oscillate for some time in a
+more and more limited space on the line of Indifference, and finally it
+will stand still without any jerk on Dead Stop, Absolute Repose. That
+is a great consolation!"
+
+He paused, as if waiting for some remark from Hermann; but as the
+latter remained silent, Warren resumed his demonstration.
+
+"You understand now, I suppose, what I am coming to. If I raise the
+pendulum to the point of Ambition or Mania of Greatness, and then let
+it go, that same law which I have already applied will drive it to Deep
+Sorrow or Despair. That is quite clear, is it not?"
+
+"Quite clear," repeated Hermann sadly.
+
+"Very well," continued Warren, with perfect gravity; "for my
+misfortune, I discovered this fine theory rather late. I had not set
+bounds to my dreams and limited them to trifles. I had wished to be
+President of the Republic, an illustrious savant, the husband of Ellen.
+No great things, eh? What say you to my modesty? I had raised the
+pendulum to such a giddy height that when it slipped from my impotent
+hands it naturally performed a long oscillation, and touched the point
+Despair. That was a miserable time. I hope you have never suffered what
+I suffered then. I lived in a perpetual nightmare--like the stupor at
+intoxication." He paused, as he had done before, and then, with a
+painfully nervous laugh, he added, "Yes, like intoxication. I drank."
+Suddenly a spasm seemed to pass over his face, he looked serious and
+sad as before, and he said, with a shudder, "It's a terrible thing to
+see one's self inwardly, and to know that one is fallen."
+
+After this he remained long silent. At last, raising his head, he
+turned to his friend and said, "Have you had enough of my story, or
+would you like to hear it to the end?"
+
+"I am grieved at all you have told me," said Hermann; "but pray go on;
+it is better I should know all."
+
+"Yes; and I feel, too, that it relieves me to pour out my heart. Well,
+I used to drink. One takes to the horrid habit in America far easier
+than anywhere else. I was obliged to give up more than one good
+situation because I had ceased to be RESPECTABLE. Anyhow, I always
+managed to find employment without any great difficulty. I never
+suffered from want, though I have never known plenty. If I spent too
+much in drink, I took it out of my dress and my boots.
+
+"Eighteen months after I had left Elmira, I met Ellen one day in
+Central Park, in New York. I was aware that she had been married a
+twelve-month. She knew me again at once, and spoke to me. I would have
+wished to sink into the earth. I knew that my clothes were shabby, that
+I looked poor, and I fancied that she must discern on my face the
+traces of the bad habits I had contracted. But she did not, or would
+not, see anything. She held out her hand, and said in her gentle voice:
+
+"'I am very glad to see you again, Mr. Warren. I have inquired about
+you, but neither my father nor Francis could tell me what had become of
+you. I want to ask you to resume the lessons you used to give me.
+Perhaps you do not know where I live? This is my address,' and she gave
+me her card.
+
+"I stammered out a few unmeaning words in reply to her invitation. She
+looked at me, smiling kindly the while; but suddenly the smile
+vanished, and she added, 'Have you been ill, Mr. Warren? You seem worn.'
+
+"'Yes,' I answered, too glad to find an excuse for my appearance--'yes,
+I have been ill, and I am still suffering.'
+
+"'I am very sorry,' she said, in a low voice.
+
+"Laugh at me, Hermann--call me an incorrigible madman; but believe me
+when I say that her looks conveyed to me the impression of more than
+common interest or civility. A thrilling sense of pain shot through my
+frame. What had I done that I should be so cruelly tried? A mist passed
+before my eyes; anxiety, intemperance, sleeplessness, had made me weak.
+I tottered backwards a few steps. She turned horribly pale. All around
+us was the crowd--the careless, indifferent crowd.
+
+"'Come and see me soon,' she added hastily, and left me. I saw her get
+into a carriage, which she had doubtless quitted to take a walk; and
+when she drove past, she put her head out and looked at me with her
+eyes wide open--there was an almost wildly anxious expression in them.
+
+"I went home. My way led me past her house--it was a palace. I shut
+myself up in my wretched hotel-room, and once more I fell to dreaming.
+Ellen loved me; she admired me; she was not for ever lost to me! The
+pendulum was swinging, you see, up as high as Madness. Explain to me,
+if you can, how it happens that a being perfectly rational in ordinary
+life should at certain seasons, and, so to speak, voluntarily, be
+bereft of reason. To excuse and explain my temporary insanity, I am
+ready to admit that the excitement to which I gave way may have been a
+symptom of the nervous malady which laid hold of me a few days later,
+and stretched me for weeks upon a bed of pain.
+
+"As I became convalescent, reason and composure returned. But it was
+too late. In the space of two months, twenty years had passed over my
+head. When I rose from my sick-bed I was as feeble and as broken-down
+as you see me now. My past had been cheerless and dim, without one ray
+of happiness; yet that past was all my life! Henceforward there was
+nothing left for me to undertake, to regret, or to desire. The pendulum
+swung idly backwards and forwards on the line of Indifference. I wonder
+what are the feelings of successful men--of men who HAVE been
+victorious generals, prime ministers, celebrated authors, and that sort
+of tiling! Upheld by a legitimate pride, do they retire satisfied from
+the lists when evening conies, or do they lay down their arms as I did,
+disappointed and dejected, and worn out with the fierce struggle? Can
+no man with impunity look into his own heart and ask himself how his
+life has been spent?"
+
+Here Warren made a still longer pause than before, and appeared
+absorbed in gloomy thought. At last he resumed in a lower tone:
+
+"I had not followed up Ellen's invitation. But in some way she had
+discovered my address, and knew of my illness. Do not be alarmed, my
+dear Hermann; my story will not become romantic. No heavenly vision
+appeared to me during my fever; I felt no gentle white hands laid on my
+burning brow. I was nursed at the hospital, and very well nursed too; I
+figured there as 'Number 380,' and the whole affair was, as you see, as
+prosaic as possible. But on quitting the hospital, and as I was taking
+leave of the manager, he handed me a letter, in which was enclosed a
+note for five hundred dollars. In the envelope there was also the
+following anonymous note:
+
+"'An old friend begs your acceptance, as a loan, of the inclosed sum.
+It will be time enough to think of paying off this debt when you are
+strong enough to resume work, and you can then do it by instalments, of
+which you can yourself fix the amount, and remit them to the hospital
+of New York.'
+
+"It was well meant, no doubt, but it caused me a painful impression. My
+determination was taken at once. I refused without hesitation. I asked
+the manager, who had been watching me with a friendly smile while I
+read the letter, whether he could give the name of the person who had
+sent it. In spite of his repeated assurances that he did not know it, I
+never doubted for a single instant that he was concealing the truth.
+After a few seconds' reflection I asked if he would undertake to
+forward an answer to my unknown correspondent; and, on his consenting
+to do so, I promised that he should have my answer the next day.
+
+"I thought long over my letter. One thing was plain to me--it was Ellen
+who had come to my help. How could I reject her generous aid without
+wounding her or appearing ungrateful? After great hesitation I wrote a
+few lines, which, as far as I can recollect, ran thus:
+
+"'I thank you for the interest you have shown me, but it is impossible
+for me to accept the sum you place at my disposal. Do not be angry with
+me because I return it. Do not withdraw your sympathy; I will strive to
+remain worthy of it, and will never forget your goodness.'
+
+"A few days later, after having confided this letter to the manager, I
+left New York for San Francisco. For several years I heard nothing of
+Ellen; her image grew gradually fainter, and at last almost disappeared
+from my memory.
+
+"The dark river that bore the frail bark which carried me and my
+fortunes was carrying me smoothly and unconsciously along towards the
+mysterious abyss where all that exists is engulfed. Its course lay
+through a vast desert; and the banks which passed before my eyes were
+of fearful sameness. Indescribable lassitude took possession of my
+whole being. I had never, knowingly, practised evil; I had loved and
+sought after good. Why, then, was I so wretched? I would have blessed
+the rock which wrecked my bark so that I might have been swallowed up
+and have gone down to my eternal rest. Up to the day when I heard of
+Ellen's betrothal, I had hoped that the morrow would bring happiness.
+The long-wished-for morrow had come at last, gloomy and colorless,
+without realizing any of my vague hopes. Henceforth my life was at an
+end."
+
+Warren said these last words so indistinctly that Hermann could
+scarcely hear them; he seemed to be speaking to himself rather than to
+his friend. Then he raised the forefinger of his right hand, and after
+moving it slowly from right to left, in imitation of the swing of a
+pendulum, he placed it on the large black dot he had drawn on the sheet
+of paper exactly below his pendulum, and said, "Dead Stop, Absolute
+Repose. Would that the end were come!"
+
+Another and still longer interval of silence succeeded, and at last
+Hermann felt constrained to speak.
+
+"How came you to make up your mind," he said, "to return to Europe?"
+
+"Ah, yes, to be sure," answered Warren, hurriedly; "the story--the
+foolish story--is not ended. In truth it has no end, as it had no
+beginning; it is a thing without form or purpose, and less the history
+of a life than of a mere journeying towards death. Still I will
+finish--following chronological order. It does not weary you?"
+
+"No, no; go on, my dear friend."
+
+"Very well. I spent several years in the United States. The pendulum
+worked well. It came and went, to and fro, slowly along the line of
+Indifference, without ever transgressing as its extreme limits on
+either hand, Moderate Desires and Slight Troubles. I led obscurely a
+contemplative life, and I was generally considered a queer character. I
+fulfilled my duties, and took little heed of any one. Whenever I had an
+hour at my disposal, I sought solitude in the neighboring woods, far
+from the town and from mankind. I used to lie down under the big trees.
+Every season in turn, spring and summer, autumn and winter, had its
+peculiar charm for me. My heart, so full of bitterness, felt lightened
+as soon as I listened to the rustling of the foliage overhead. The
+forest! There is nothing finer in all creation. A deep calm seemed to
+settle down upon me. I was growing old. I was forgetting. It was about
+this time that, in consequence of my complete indifference to all
+surroundings, I acquired the habit of answering 'Very well' to
+everything that was said. The words came so naturally that I was not
+aware of my continual use of them, until one day one of my
+fellow-teachers happened to tell me that masters and pupils alike had
+given me the nickname of 'Very well.' Is it not odd that one who has
+never succeeded in anything should be known as 'Very well'?
+
+"I have only one other little adventure to relate, and I will have told
+all. Then I can listen to your story.
+
+"Last year, my journeyings brought me to the neighborhood of Elmira. It
+was holiday-time. I had nothing to do, and I had in my purse a hundred
+hardly earned dollars, or thereabout. The wish seized me to revisit the
+scene of my joys and my sorrows. I had not set foot in the place for
+more than seven years. I was so changed that nobody could know me
+again; nor would I have cared much if they had. After visiting the town
+and looking at my old school, and the house where Ellen had lived, I
+bent my steps towards the park, which is situated in the environs--a
+place where I used often to walk in company of my youthful dreams. It
+was September, and evening was closing in. The oblique rays of the
+setting sun sent a reddish gleam the leafy branches of the old oaks. I
+seated on a bench beneath a tree on one side of the path. As I drew
+near I recognized Ellen. I remained rooted to the spot where I stood,
+not daring to move a step. She was stooping forward with her head bent
+down, while with the end of her parasol she traced lines upon the
+gravel. She had not seen me. I turned back instantly, and retired
+without making any noise. When I had gone a little distance, I left the
+path and struck into the wood. Once there, I looked back cautiously.
+Ellen was still at the same place and in the same attitude. Heaven
+knows what thoughts passed through my brain! I longed to see her
+closer. What danger was there? I was sure she would not know me again.
+I walked towards her with the careless step of a casual passer-by, and
+in a few minutes passed before her. When my shadow fell on the path,
+she looked up, and our eyes met. My heart was beating fast. Her look
+was cold and indifferent; but suddenly a strange light shot into her
+eyes, and she made a quick movement, as if to rise. I saw no more, and
+went on without turning round. Before I could get out of the park her
+carriage drove past me, and I saw her once more as I had seen her five
+years before in Central Park, pale, with distended eyes, and her
+anxious looks fixed upon me. Why did I not bow to her? I cannot say; my
+courage failed me. I saw the light die out of her eyes. I almost
+fancied that I saw her heave a sigh of relief as she threw herself back
+carelessly in the carriage; and she disappeared. I was then thirty-six,
+and I am almost ashamed to relate the schoolboy's trick of which I was
+guilty. I sent her the following lines: 'A devoted friend, whom you
+obliged in former days, and who met you yesterday in the park without
+your recognizing him, sends you his remembrances.' I posted this letter
+a few minutes before getting into the train which was to take me to New
+York; and, as I did so, my heart beat as violently as though I had
+performed a heroic deed. Great adventures, forsooth! And to think that
+my life presents none more striking, and that trifles such as these are
+the only food for my memory!
+
+"A twelvemonth later I met Francis Gilmore in Broadway. The world is
+small--so small that it is really difficult to keep out of the way of
+people one has once known. The likeness of my former pupil to his
+sister struck me, and I spoke to him. He looked at me at first with a
+puzzled expression, but after a few moments of hesitation he recognized
+me, a bright smile lighted up his pleasant face, and he shook hands
+warmly.
+
+"'Mr. Warren,' he exclaimed, 'how glad I am to see you! Ellen and I
+have often talked of you, and wondered what could have become of you.
+Why did we never hear from you?'
+
+"'I did not suppose it would interest you.' I spoke timidly; and yet I
+owed nothing to the young fellow, and wanted nothing of him.
+
+"'You wrong us by saying that,' replied Francis; 'do you think me
+ungrateful? Do you fancy I have forgotten our pleasant walks in former
+days, and the long conversations we used to have? You alone ever taught
+me anything, and it is to you I owe the principles that have guided me
+through life. Many a day I have thought of you, and regretted you
+sincerely. As regards Ellen, no one has ever filled your place with
+her; she plays to this day the same pieces of music you taught her, and
+follows all your directions with a fidelity that would touch you.'
+
+"'How are your father and mother, and how is your sister?' I inquired,
+feeling more deeply moved than I can express.
+
+"'My poor mother died three years ago. It is Ellen who keeps house now.'
+
+"'Your brother-in-law lives with you, then?'
+
+"'My brother-in-law!' replied Francis, with surprise; 'did you not know
+that he was on board the Atlantic, which was lost last year in the
+passage from Liverpool to New York?'
+
+"I could find no words to reply.
+
+"'As to that,' added Francis, with great composure--'between you and
+me, he was no great loss. My dear brother-in-law was not by any means
+what my father fancied he was when he gave him my sister as a wife. The
+whole family has often regretted the marriage. Ellen lived apart from
+her husband for many years before his death.'
+
+"I nodded so as to express my interest in his communications, but I
+could not for worlds have uttered a syllable.
+
+"'You will come and see us soon, I hope,' added Francis, without
+noticing my emotion. 'We are still at the same place; but to make sure,
+here is my card. Come, Mr. Warren--name your own day to come and dine
+with us. I promise you a hearty welcome.'
+
+"I got off by promising to write the next day, and we parted.
+
+"Fortunately my mind had lost its former liveliness. The pendulum, far
+from being urged to unruly motion, continued to swing slowly in the
+narrow space where it had oscillated for so many years. I said to
+myself that to renew my intimacy with the Gilmores would be to run the
+almost certain risk of reviving the sorrows and the disappointments of
+the past. I was then calm and rational. It would be madness in me, I
+felt, to aspire to the hand of a young, wealthy, and much admired
+widow. To venture to see Ellen again was to incur the risk of seeing my
+reason once more wrecked, and the fatal chimera which had been the
+source of all my misery start into life again. If we are to believe
+what poets say, love ennobles man and exalts him into a demigod. It may
+be so, but it turns him likewise into a fool and a madman. That was my
+case. At any cost I was to guard against that fatal passion. I argued
+seriously with myself, and I determined to let the past be, and to
+reject every opportunity of bringing it to life again.
+
+"A few days before my meeting with Francis, I had received tidings of
+the death of an old relative, whom I scarcely knew. In my childhood I
+had, on one or two occasions, spent my holidays at his house. He was
+gloomy and taciturn, but nevertheless he had always welcomed me kindly.
+I have a vague remembrance of having been told that he had been in love
+with my mother once upon a time, and that on hearing of her marriage he
+had retired into the solitude which he never left till the day of his
+death. Be that as it may, I had not lost my place in his affections, it
+seems: he had continued to feel an interest in me; and on his deathbed
+he had remembered me, and left me the greater part of his not very
+considerable fortune. I inherited little money; but there was a small,
+comfortably-furnished country-house, and an adjoining farm let on a
+long lease for two hundred and forty pounds per annum. This was wealth
+for me, and more than enough to satisfy all my wants. Since I had heard
+of this legacy I had been doubtful as to my movements. My chance
+meeting with Francis settled the matter. I resolved at once to leave
+America, and to return to live in my native country. I knew your
+address, and wrote to you at once. I trusted that the sight of my old
+and only friend would console me for the disappointments that life has
+inflicted on me--and I have not been deceived. At last I have been able
+to open my heart to a fellow-creature, and relieve myself of the heavy
+burden which I have borne alone ever since our separation. Now I feel
+lighter. You are not a severe judge. Doubtless you deplore my weakness,
+but you do not condemn me. If, as I have already said, I have done no
+good, neither have I committed any wicked action. I have been a
+nonentity--an utterly useless being; 'one too many,' like the sad hero
+of Tourgueneff's sad story. Before leaving, I wrote to Francis
+informing him that the death of a relative obliged me to return to
+Europe, and giving him your address, so as not to seem to be running
+away from him. Then I went on board, and at last reached your home.
+Dixi!"
+
+Warren, who during this long story had taken care to keep his pipe
+alight, and had, moreover, nearly drained the bottle of port placed
+before him, now declared himself ready to listen to his friend's
+confession. But Hermann had been saddened by all he had heard, and was
+in no humor for talking. He remarked that it was getting late, and
+proposed to postpone any further conversation till the morrow.
+
+Warren merely answered, "Very well," knocked the ashes out of his pipe,
+shared out the remainder of the wine between his host and himself, and,
+raising his glass, said, in a somewhat solemn tone, "To our youth,
+Hermann!" After emptying his glass at one draught, he replaced it on
+the table, and said complacently, "It is long since I have drunk with
+so much pleasure; for this time I have not drunk to forgetfulness, but
+to memory."
+
+
+
+
+II.
+
+
+Warren spent another week in Leipzig with his friend. No man was easier
+to live with: to every suggestion of Hermann's he invariably answered,
+"Very well;" and if Hermann proposed nothing, he was quite content to
+remain seated in a comfortable arm-chair by the fireside, holding a
+book which he scarcely looked at, and watching the long rolls of smoke
+from his pipe. He disliked new acquaintances; nevertheless, the friends
+to whom Hermann introduced him found in him a quiet, unobtrusive, and
+well-informed companion. He pleased everybody. There was something
+strange and yet attractive in his person; there was a "charm" about
+him, people said. Hermann felt the attraction without being able to
+define in what it consisted. Their former friendship had been renewed
+unreservedly. The kind of fascination that Warren exercised over all
+those who approached him often led Hermann to think that it was not
+unlikely that in his youth he had inspired a real love in Ellen Gilmore.
+
+One evening Hermann took his friend to the theatre, where a comic piece
+was being performed. In his young days Warren had been very partial to
+plays of that kind, and his joyous peals of laughter on such occasions
+still rang in the ears of his friend. But the attempt was a complete
+failure. Warren watched the performance without showing the slightest
+interest, and never even smiled. During the opening scenes he listened
+with attention, as though he were assisting at some performance of the
+legitimate drama; then, as if he could not understand what was going on
+before his eyes, he turned away with a wearied air and began looking at
+the audience. When, at the close of the second act, Hermann proposed
+that they should leave the house, he answered readily:
+
+"Yes, let us go; all this seems very stupid--we will be much better at
+home. There is a time for all things, and buffoonery suits me no
+longer."
+
+There was nothing left in Warren of the friend that Hermann had known
+fifteen years before. He loved him none the less; on the contrary, to
+his affection for him had been superadded a feeling of deep compassion.
+He would have made great sacrifices to secure his friend's happiness,
+and to see a smile light up the immovable features and the sorrowful
+dulness of the eye. His friendly anxiety had not been lost upon Warren;
+and when the latter took his leave, he said with emotion:
+
+"You wish me well, my old friend, I see it and feel it; and, believe
+me, I am grateful. We must not lose sight of each other again--I will
+write regularly."
+
+A few days later, Hermann received a letter for his friend. It was an
+American letter, and the envelope was stamped with the initials "E. H."
+They were those of Ellen Howard, the heroine of Warren's sad history.
+He forwarded the letter immediately, and wrote at the same time to his
+friend: "I hope the inclosed brings you good news from America." But in
+his reply Warren took no notice of this passage, and made no allusion
+to Ellen. He only spoke of the new house in which he had just settled
+himself--"to end," as he said, "his days;" and he pressed Hermann to
+come and join him. The two friends at last agreed to pass Christmas and
+New Year's Day together; but when December came, Warren urged his
+friend to hasten his arrival.
+
+"I do not feel well," he wrote, "and am often so weary that I stay at
+home all day. I have made no new acquaintances, and, most likely, will
+make none. I am alone. Your society would give me great pleasure. Come;
+your room is ready, and will be, I trust, to your liking. There is a
+large writing table and tolerably well-filled book-shelves; you can
+write there quite at your ease, without fear of disturbance. Come as
+soon as possible, my dear friend. I am expecting you impatiently."
+
+Hermann happened to be at leisure, and was able to comply with his
+friend's wish, and to go to him in the first week of December. He found
+Warren looking worn and depressed. It was in vain he sought to induce
+him to consult a physician. Warren would reply:
+
+"Doctors can do nothing for my complaint. I know where the shoe
+pinches. A physician would order me probably to seek relaxation and
+amusement, just as he would advise a poor devil whose blood is
+impoverished by bad food to strengthen himself with a generous diet and
+good wine. The poor man could not afford to get the good living, and I
+do not know what could enliven or divert me. Travel? I like nothing so
+well as sitting quietly in my arm-chair. New faces? They would not
+interest me--yours is the only company I prefer to solitude. Books? I
+am too old to take pleasure in learning new things, and what I have
+learned has ceased to interest me. It is not always easy to get what
+might do one good, and we must take things as they are."
+
+Hermann noticed, as before, that his friend ate little, but that, on
+the other hand, he drank a great deal. The sincere friendship he felt
+for him emboldened him to make a remark on the subject.
+
+"It is true," said Warren, "I drink too much; but what can I do? Food
+is distasteful to me, and I must keep up my strength somehow. I am in a
+wretched state; my health is ruined."
+
+One evening, as the two friends were seated together in Warren's room,
+while the wind and sleet were beating against the window-panes, the
+invalid began of his own accord to speak about Ellen.
+
+"We now correspond regularly," he said. "She tells me in her last
+letter that she hopes soon to see me. Do you know, Hermann, that she is
+becoming an enigma for me? It is very evident that she does not treat
+me like other people, and I often wonder and ask myself what I am in
+her eyes? What does she feel towards me? Love? That is inadmissible.
+Pity, perhaps? This then, is the end of my grand dreams--to be an
+object of pity? I have just answered her letter to say that I am
+settled here with the fixed intention of ending my useless existence in
+quiet and idleness. Do you remember a scene in Henry Heine's
+'Reisebilder,' when a young student kisses a pretty girl, who lets him
+have his own way and makes no great resistance, because he has told
+her, 'I will be gone to-morrow at dawn, and I will never see you
+again'? The certainty of never seeing a person again gives a man the
+courage to say things that otherwise he would have kept hidden in the
+most secret depths of his being. I feel that my life is drawing to a
+close. Do not say no, my dear friend; my presentiments are certain. I
+have written it to Ellen. I have told her other things besides. What
+folly! All I have ever done has been folly or chimera. I end my life
+logically, in strict accordance with my whole Past, by making my first
+avowal of love on my deathbed. Is not that as useless a thing as can
+be?"
+
+Hermann would have wished to know some particulars about this letter;
+but Warren replied, somewhat vaguely, "If I had a copy of my letter, I
+would show it to you willingly. You know my whole story, and I would
+not be ashamed to lay before you my last act of folly. I wrote about a
+fortnight ago, when I felt sure that death was drawing near. I was in a
+fever, not from fear--Death gains but little by taking my life--but
+from a singular species of excitement. I do not remember what were the
+words I used. Who knows? Perhaps this last product of my brain may have
+been quite a poetical performance. Never mind! I do not repent of what
+I have done; I am glad that Ellen should know at last that I have loved
+her silently and hopelessly. If that is not disinterested, what is?" he
+added with a bitter smile.
+
+Christmas went by sadly. Warren was now so weak that he could scarcely
+leave his bed for two or three hours each day. Hermann had taken upon
+himself to send for a doctor, but this latter had scarcely known what
+to prescribe. Warren was suffering from no special malady; he was dying
+of exhaustion. Now and then, during a few moments, which became daily
+more rare and more brief, his vivacity would return; but the shadow of
+Death was already darkening his mind.
+
+On New Year's Eve he got up very late. "We will welcome in the New
+Year," he said to Hermann. "I hope it may bring you happiness; I know
+it will bring me rest." A few minutes before midnight he opened the
+piano, and played with solemnity, and as if it had been a chorale, a
+song of Schumann's, entitled "To the Drinking-cup of a Departed
+Friend." Then, on the first stroke of midnight, he filled two glasses
+with some old Rhenish wine, and raised his own glass slowly. He was
+very pale, and his eyes were shining with feverish light. He was in a
+state of strange and fearful excitement. He looked at the glass which
+he held, and repeated deliberately a verse of the song which he had
+just been playing. "The vulgar cannot understand what I see at the
+bottom of this cup." Then, at one draught, he drained the full glass.
+
+While he was thus speaking and drinking, he had taken no notice of
+Hermann, who was watching him with consternation. Recovering himself at
+length, he exclaimed, "Another glass, Hermann! To friendship!" He
+drained this second glass, like the first, to the very last drop; and
+then, exhausted by the effort he had made, he sank heavily on a chair.
+Soon after, Hermann led him, like a sleepy child, to his bed.
+
+During the days that followed, he was unable to leave his room; and the
+doctor thought it right to warn Hermann that all the symptoms seemed to
+point to a fatal issue.
+
+On the 8th of January a servant from the hotel in the little
+neighboring town brought a letter, which, he said, required an
+immediate answer. The sick man was then lying almost unconscious.
+Hermann broke the seal without hesitation, and read as follows:
+
+"MY DEAR FRIEND,--A visit to Europe which my father had long planned
+has at last been undertaken. I did not mention it to you, in order to
+have the pleasure of surprising you. On reaching this place, I learn
+that the illness of which you spoke in your last letter has not yet
+left you. Under these circumstances, I will not venture to present
+myself without warning you of my arrival, and making sure that you are
+able to receive me. I am here with my brother, who, like myself, would
+not come so near to you without seeing you. My father has gone on to
+Paris, where Francis and I will join him in a few days.
+ELLEN."
+
+Hermann, after one instant's thought, took up his hat and dismissed the
+messenger, saying he would give the answer himself. At the hotel he
+sent in his card, with the words, "From Mr. Warren," and was
+immediately ushered into Ellen's presence.
+
+She was alone. Hermann examined her rapidly. He saw an extremely
+beautiful woman, whose frank and fearless eyes were fixed on him with a
+questioning look.
+
+Hermann had not frequented the society of women much, and was usually
+rather embarrassed in their presence. But on this occasion he thought
+only of his friend, and found no difficulty in explaining the motive of
+his visit. He told her his friend was ill--very ill--dying--and that he
+had opened the letter addressed to Warren. Ellen did not answer for
+some time; she seemed not to have understood what she had heard. After
+a while her eyes filled with tears, and she asked whether she could see
+Mr. Warren. On Hermann answering in the affirmative, she further
+inquired whether her brother might accompany her.
+
+"Two visitors might fatigue the invalid too much," said Hermann; "your
+brother may come later."
+
+"Are you not afraid that my visit may tire him?"
+
+"I do not think so; it will make him very happy."
+
+Ellen only took a few minutes to put on her hat and cloak, and they
+started. The short journey was accomplished in silence. When they
+reached the house, Hermann went in first to see how the dying man was.
+He was lying in his bed, in the delirium of fever, muttering incoherent
+sentences. Nevertheless he recognized Hermann, and asked for something
+to drink. After having allayed his thirst, he closed his eyes, as if to
+sleep.
+
+"I have brought you a friend," said Hermann; "will you see him?"
+
+"Hermann? He is always welcome."
+
+"No; it is a friend from America."
+
+"From America?...I lived there many years...How desolate and monotonous
+were the shores I visited!..."
+
+"Will you see your friend?"
+
+"I am carried away by the current of the river. In the distance I see
+dark and shadowy forms; there are hills full of shade and
+coolness...but I will never rest there."
+
+Hermann retired noiselessly, and returned almost immediately with Ellen.
+
+Warren, who had taken no notice of him, continued to follow the course
+of his wandering thoughts.
+
+"The river is drawing near to the sea. Already I can hear the roar of
+the waves...The banks are beginning to be clothed with verdure...The
+hills are drawing nearer....It is dark now. Here are the big trees
+beneath which I have dreamed so often. A radiant apparition shines
+through their foliage....It comes towards me... Ellen!"
+
+She was standing beside the bed. The dying man saw her, and without
+showing the least surprise, said with a smile, "Thank God! you have
+come in time. I knew you were coming."
+
+He murmured a few unintelligible words, and then remained silent for a
+long while. His eyes were wide open. Suddenly he cried, "Hermann!"
+
+Hermann came and stood beside Ellen.
+
+"The pendulum...You know what I mean?" A frank childish smile--the
+smile of his student days--lighted up his pallid face. He raised his
+right hand, and tracing in the air with his forefinger a wide
+semicircle, to imitate the oscillation of a pendulum, he said, "Then."
+He then figured in the same manner a more limited and slower movement,
+and after repeating it several times, said, "Now." Lastly, he pointed
+straight before him with a motionless and almost menacing finger, and
+said with a weak voice, "Soon."
+
+He spoke no more, and closed his eyes. The breathing was becoming very
+difficult.
+
+Ellen bent, over him, and called him softly, "Henry, Henry!" He opened
+his eyes. She brought her mouth close to his ear, and said, with a sob,
+"I have always loved you."
+
+"I knew it from the first," he said, quietly and with confidence.
+
+A gentle expression stole over his countenance, and life seemed to
+return. Once more he had the confident look of youth. A sad and
+beautiful smile played on his lips; he took the hand of Ellen in his,
+and kissed it gently.
+
+"How do you feel now?" inquired Hermann.
+
+The old answer, "Very well."
+
+His hands were plucking at the bedclothes, as if he strove to cover his
+face with them. Then his arms stiffened and the fingers remained
+motionless.
+
+"Very well," he repeated.
+
+He appeared to fall into deep thought. There was a long pause. At last
+he turned a dying look, fraught with tender pity and sadness, towards
+Ellen, and in a low voice, which was scarcely audible, he said these
+two words, with a slight emphasis on the first--"PERFECTLY well."
+
+
+
+
+THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT
+
+BY
+
+LEOPOLD VON SACHER-MASOCH
+
+
+
+
+From "Jewish Tales," published by A.C. McClurg & Co.
+
+Copyright, 1894, by A.C. McClurg & Co.
+
+
+
+
+Looking abroad from the table-land of Esced, over the Hungarian plain
+that stretches from the foot of Mount Matra to Szolnok, and finally
+merges into the horizon where the silver thread of the Theiss winds its
+way, the eye is attracted by a smiling section of country whose
+vineyards and cornfields gleam brightly in the sun. This fair spot is
+neither a park nor grove nor pleasant woodland, but the imposing
+village of Hort, its pretty white houses half concealed by a wealth of
+trees and shrubbery.
+
+In this village lived a Jewish bookbinder, Simcha Kalimann, a wit and
+bel esprit, the oracle of the entire province, the living chronicle of
+his times and people.
+
+Reviewing in reverie the procession of events in his own life, Kalimann
+could see, as in a mirror, the phases through which his co-religionists
+in Hungary had passed in their efforts toward liberty. He had lived
+during that dark period when the Jew dared claim no rights among his
+fellow-countrymen. He had suffered evil, he had endured disgrace, and
+the storehouse of his memory held many a tragi-comic picture of the
+days that were no more. But he had also lived in times when the spirit
+of tolerance took possession of men's minds, and he had been swept
+along on that tidal movement inaugurated by Count Szechenyi, the
+greatest of Hungarians, through his celebrated book, "Light."
+
+The revolution of 1848 brought about the new Hungarian Constitution,
+and put an end to feudal government. Light penetrated into the darksome
+streets of the Ghetto, and through the windows opened to receive the
+Messiah, a saviour entered proclaiming liberty and equality to the
+downtrodden and oppressed.
+
+Crushed and forsaken, as all Israel was, it gratefully responded to
+this message of universal brotherhood.
+
+The Hungarian Jew had found a country, and from that moment he had
+thrown aside his native timidity, and found the strength to display his
+patriotism with an ardor and enthusiasm worthy of the cause. Thousands
+quitted the Ghettos, and gathered around the tricolored flag. Among the
+warm-hearted soldiers was Simcha Kalimann. He followed Kossuth as a
+simple honved (volunteer), and fought at Kapolna, Vaitzen, and Temesvar.
+
+High hopes and golden dreams were succeeded by despondency and
+disillusion; then supervened years of impatient waiting,--a standing
+with folded arms when so much remained to be done, a time of despair,
+of restless suffering. But the Jew had acquired his franchise, and
+gratefully he remembered those to whom he owed this priceless blessing.
+
+When the Austro-Hungarian Convention gave Hungary her king and
+constitution, the hearts of the people of the Ghetto beat high. This
+time, however, liberty did not make her entry with clang of arms and
+beat of drum,--peace and reconciliation were her handmaidens, and
+progress followed in her footsteps.
+
+It was at this epoch in Hungary's history that Israelites began to
+speak the language of the country, and to accept Hungarian names. To
+her credit be it said that no such shameful sale was made as disgraced
+the time of Joseph II., when surnames were sold, according to their
+attractiveness or desirability, to the highest bidder.
+
+Consequently, as a high-sounding name cost no more than a simple one,
+Kalimann chose the most imposing he could find, and, his country's hero
+in mind, called himself Sandor Hunyadi. This historic title revived, as
+it were, his latent patriotism, and, digging his gun and cartridge-box
+from their hiding-place in the garden where he had carefully buried
+them after the capitulation of Vilagos, he proudly hung these trophies
+of his prowess over his bed, and rejoiced in the memories of his
+martial exploits.
+
+Liberty and religious peace held equal sway. Reciprocal kindliness and
+toleration spread light where darkness had been, and scattered the
+shadows of prejudice.
+
+Hunyadi, or Kalimann, was regarded in Hort as a freethinker. This was
+scarcely just; he was pious, and strictly discharged his religious
+observances, emancipating himself at the same time from those
+distinctions in dress and customs which he deemed neither in accordance
+with Mosaic law nor with his ideas of progress.
+
+He followed the observance of wearing his hat while at synagogue, but
+during no other religious ceremony; troubled himself but little
+regarding the dietary laws; dressed as his Christian neighbor did; and
+strictly prohibited any superstitious practices in his house. He even
+permitted his wife to let her hair grow,--a bold innovation.
+
+His appearance was by no means suggestive of the hero. Short, thin, and
+insignificant-looking, with hair that frizzled beyond all thought of
+disentanglement, a tanned and freckled skin, flaxen moustache, and gray
+eyes that blinked continuously, Kalimann had truly no cause for vanity.
+Besides, he was excessively near-sighted, and as his large spectacles
+were taken from their red case only when he read or worked, it not
+unfrequently happened that when he took his walk abroad he would
+mistake a tall post for the chief magistrate of the county, and salute
+it with his most respectful bow; or, with a composure born of
+self-complacency, it would be his misfortune to pass by Madame Barkany,
+his best customer, with a vacant stare, under the impression that the
+fair apparition was linen hung to bleach in the sun.
+
+Kalimann worked alone with a little apprentice named Hersch, whom he
+had indentured far more from charity than necessity, since the worthy
+bookbinder felt within him that love for his art which would have
+enabled him to bind the entire literature of Europe with no greater aid
+than his good right arm. He was a conscientious, faithful workman, and,
+as a rule, his entire days were spent in his shop; when necessity
+demanded he would toil on late into the night by the light of a tallow
+candle, or an ill-smelling lamp.
+
+His work was his pride; reading his delight. If a single dark spot
+clouded the surface of this simple honest life, that shadow fell from
+the portly form of Mrs. Rachel Kalimann, or Rose Hunyadi, as it was
+that lady's pleasure now to be called. It would be unjust, however, to
+the handsome woman, whose buxom proportions served, as it were, to give
+weight to the establishment, to say that her faults were of a serious
+nature; she was, at the most, insensible to her husband's intellectual
+aspirations, which she termed, with more vigor than the occasion
+demanded, "stuff and nonsense."
+
+Quotations from the Talmud and the Scriptures were equally impotent to
+quell the torrent of the worthy woman's eloquence when she felt that
+the occasion demanded her timely interference; in vain Kalimann
+supported his side of the question by citing from the book of Job: "The
+gold and the crystal cannot equal it, and the exchange of it shall not
+be for jewels of fine gold. No mention shall be made of coral or of
+pearls; for the price of wisdom is above rubies." [Footnote: See Job
+xxviii. 17, 18.]
+
+Rose would retort curtly: "What can I buy with your wisdom? Will it
+give me wherewith to eat and to drink, and to clothe myself? No! Very
+well then, what is the good of it?"
+
+The learned bookbinder would, as a rule, sigh and silently abandon the
+argument when it had reached this stage, but at times his composure
+would break down under the strain imposed on it. Disputes and quarrels
+would ensue, but in the end Kalimann would capitulate, his conjugal
+love overcoming his anger and resentment.
+
+Occasionally, however, he would endeavor to escape his wife's
+vigilance, and take refuge in a remote corner with one of his treasured
+volumes. On one of these "secret" evenings she surprised him in the
+poultry house, at his side a small lantern shedding a doubtful light
+upon a fine edition of "Hamlet" on his lap. Rose read him a long
+lecture, and commanded him to retire at once. The good man obeyed, but
+carried "Hamlet" to bed with him, turning once more to his Shakespeare
+for refreshment and sweet content. He had scarcely read half a page,
+when his spouse rose in all her majesty and blew out the candle.
+
+Kalimann was desperate, and yet resistance would have been unwise.
+Sadly resigned, he turned his head upon the pillow, and soon snored in
+unison with Hersch. A half-hour of profound silence, then the culprit
+rose, and making sure that his wife was sleeping the sleep of the just,
+he cautiously took his book and spectacles, glided out of doors, and
+sitting upon the old moss-grown bench in front of the house, continued
+the tragedy of the Danish prince by the light of the moon.
+
+Yes, he loved his books with passion and tenderness; but not having
+means wherewith to buy them, he read every book that was entrusted to
+him to bind. Not being the collector of the volumes in his workshop,
+chance alone being responsible for the heterogeneous display,--to-day a
+sentimental love-tale, to-morrow a medical treatise, the next day a
+theological work,--it followed that the poor little bookbinder's head
+was filled with as confused a mass of lore, religious and profane, as
+ever cast in its lot in the sum of human knowledge. The more a book
+pleased him, the longer did the owner have to wait for it; and it was
+only after repeated insistence that the coveted volume was placed in
+the rightful possessor's hands.
+
+Naturally, Kalimann's prices varied according to the work required, or
+the cost of material; but when it came to the question of ornamental
+finishing or decorative impressions, his customer's orders were totally
+ignored, and he it was who decided upon the finishing according to the
+subject or the value of the work.
+
+When he carried the books back to his customers, he would always tie
+them up carefully in a large colored handkerchief, and, while
+unwrapping them, would embrace the opportunity of expressing his views
+upon their contents; at times, however, he regarded the open assertion
+of his opinion as dangerous, and could not be induced to pass judgment.
+On these occasions he never failed to say with a sorrowful shake of the
+head, "While we are living we may not speak, when we are dead it is too
+late!"
+
+There lived in Hort at this time a wealthy and pretty widow, Mrs. Zoe
+Barkany by name, originally Sarah Samuel. From her, Kalimann would get
+his novels and classical literature; these he bound in pale blues and
+greens and brilliant scarlets, ornamenting them with a golden lyre,
+surmounted with an arrow-pierced heart. He worked upon these bindings
+con amore, and, transported by his love of the aesthetic, would
+occasionally give vent to his enthusiasm, and venture observations
+bordering upon the chivalrous. In each and every heroine of the plays
+and romances he devoured, he could see the captivating face and figure
+of Mrs. Barkany.
+
+Entering the fair widow's garden one morning, and discovering her
+seated on a rustic bench, dressed in white, a guitar in her hand, he
+exclaimed, with a reverential bow: "Ah, mon Dieu, there sits Princess
+Eboli!" (the heroine in "Don Carlos"). Another time seeing her in a.
+morning gown of Turkish stuff, he declared she must be sitting for the
+picture of Rebecca in "Ivanhoe." In short, Mrs. Barkany very soon
+learned to anticipate her bookbinder's speeches, and would say, with a
+pretty smile: "Well, am I Esmeralda to-day?" or, "I wager that I am
+reminding you of the Duchess; tell me, am I right or not?"
+
+Binding works on jurisprudence for the notary, he developed his
+philosophy of law; returning some volumes to the village doctor, he
+surprised that worthy by launching forth with enthusiasm into a
+disquisition on medicine; and dropping in one fine day at Professor
+Gambert's,--the pensioned schoolmaster,--he proved himself no mean
+adversary in a discussion upon natural history. He invariably
+approached a subject with a refreshing originality, and on one occasion
+maintained with an obstinacy born of conviction that the reason Moses
+had prohibited the Jews from eating pork was because he had discovered
+the trichina.
+
+Simcha Kalimann had taken upon himself the office of censor in his
+village, as may be seen by the following incident. The widow had given
+him a richly illustrated German edition of "Nana" to bind. At dusk one
+evening he discovered his apprentice crouched in a corner by the
+window, evidently intensely amused over the illustrations. He quietly
+seized the culprit by the hair, shook him as he would a puppy, and
+then, putting on his spectacles, began inspecting the volume himself.
+At first he shook his head, then took off his glasses and rubbed them
+as though they were playing him some prank, and finally closed the book
+with an expression of profound disgust.
+
+Mrs. Barkany awaited the return of her "Nana" with unruffled patience;
+finally she despatched her cook Gutel with an order for the book.
+Kalimann was ready with his excuses, and after a fortnight's delay the
+widow found her way into the workshop, and began suing for the book in
+person.
+
+"I want my copy of 'Nana,'" she began.
+
+"Nana?" Kalimann went on with his work.
+
+"You have not bound it yet?"
+
+"No, madame."
+
+"But when am I to have it?" "You are not to have that book at all."
+
+"What! You talk absurdly."
+
+ "We merit trust, the Count will own;
+ For nothing's left of flesh or bone,"
+
+quoted Kalimann from Schiller's ballad "The Forge." "As for 'Nana,'
+I've simply pushed it in the stove."
+
+"Kalimann, this is going too far."
+
+"It is not a book for a Jewish woman to own."
+
+The widow flushed indignantly, but would not yield the victory to her
+adversary.
+
+"If you have burned my book you must give me an equivalent."
+
+"With pleasure," replied the bookbinder, and taking down a picture from
+the wall, he begged her acceptance of it. It represented a scene from
+Schiller's "Song of the Bell," a fair young woman, surrounded by her
+children, seated on the balcony of her house. As title to the picture
+were printed these lines:
+
+ "The house spreadeth out,
+ And in it presides
+ The chaste gentle housewife,
+ The mother of children;
+ And ruleth metely
+ The household discreetly."
+
+Our bookbinder had a reverential admiration for all scholars, poets, or
+artists, irrespective of race or creed. Awaiting the widow in her
+library one day, his attention was attracted by an engraving
+representing Schiller at Carlsbad seated upon an ass. His eyes filled
+with tears at the sight. "A man like that," he exclaimed, "riding upon
+an ass! While ordinary people like Baron Fay or Mr. de Mariassy ride
+about proudly on horses."
+
+Later on it occurred to him that Balaam too was mounted on an ass, and
+he derived a measure of consolation from the thought that Schiller was
+a prophet as well. Would it be venturesome to say that in Kalimann
+there was the stuff for poet or prophet?
+
+In addition to his trade, our bookbinder carried on another pursuit
+which was quite lucrative in its way, and one universally well
+established among all Jewish communities of Eastern Europe. Kalimann
+was Cupid's secretary: in other words, he wrote love-letters for those
+who could neither read nor write. The opportunity thus vouchsafed his
+native tendency toward sentiment helped not only to swell the hearts of
+his clients with gratitude, but also to swell his own slender income.
+Thus it was that the fire of his poetic genius was enkindled, and thus
+it was he became the Petrarch of Hort.
+
+One day Gutel Wolfner, Mrs. Barkany's cook, came to him with the
+request that he would write a letter for her to a friend at Gyongos.
+
+"Well, well, little one," said the scribe, "so Love's arrow has reached
+you at last!"
+
+"Heaven preserve me!" cried the girl, "he is not named Love, but Mendel
+Sucher, and he has never drawn a bow in his life."
+
+Gutel now gave the bookbinder a general idea of the letter she wished
+written, and inquired the price.
+
+"That will not depend upon the length of the epistle," he replied, "but
+upon its quality." Thereupon he read aloud to her his tariff.
+
+ 1st. A friendly letter ................... 10 kreutzers
+ 2d. A kind and well-intentioned letter ... 15 "
+ 3d. A tender letter ...................... 20 "
+ 4th. A touching letter ................... 30 "
+ 5th. A letter that goes straight to the
+ heart ................................ 1/2 florin
+
+"Very good; a friendly letter will do well enough this time," said the
+girl, as she deposited her ten kreutzers on the table.
+
+"I will write a kind and well-intentioned letter for you for the same
+price as a friendly one," said Kalimann, gallantly.
+
+Mendel Sucher received the missive the following day, and as his
+scholarship was as limited as Gutel's, he forthwith sought out Saul
+Wahl, a lawyer's clerk at Gyongos, likewise a member of the same erotic
+profession as the bookbinder of Hort. Wahl read Kalimann's letter to
+the smiling recipient with such pathos that Mendel was completely
+overcome. Placing twenty kreutzers on the table, the happy swain begged
+the clerk to write as finely turned a letter to Gutel as the one she
+had sent him.
+
+Saul, who had at a glance recognized Kalimann's calligraphy, said to
+himself: "It will go hard with me but I will show the bookbinder that
+they know how to write letters at Gyongos, and can also quote from the
+classic authors."
+
+He at once wrote Gutel a missive so thickly interlarded with quotations
+from the Song of Solomon, from Goethe, Petofi, Heine, and
+Chateaubriand, that when Kalimann read the billet-doux to the blushing
+girl her head was quite turned.
+
+The bookbinder himself scratched his head and muttered: "This Saul is a
+man of letters; his style is vigorous! Who would have thought it?"
+
+The correspondence between Gutel and Mendel, or rather between Kalimann
+and Saul, flourished for some time. If Kalimann addressed Mendel as "my
+cherished friend," "my turtle dove," Saul on his side would intersperse
+throughout his letters such expressions as "your gazelle-like eyes,"
+"your fairy form," "your crimson lips," "your voice rivalling the music
+of the celestial spheres."
+
+Kalimann's "friendly" letter was followed by those of the tender and
+touching variety, and finally Gutel decided upon sacrificing her half
+florin and sending one that "would go straight to the heart." To make
+assurance doubly sure she supplemented her silver piece by a bottle of
+wine. Her amanuensis poured out a glass, emptied it at a draught,
+smacked his lips, and began to write. Suddenly, however, he stopped,
+and turning to the girl, said: "Do you know, Gutel, that wine of yours
+was a happy inspiration, but the great poet Hafiz was not alone
+inspired by the spirit of wine, he placed a great virtue upon the
+crimson lips of pretty girls."
+
+Gutel was not slow to understand.
+
+"As I have given you a half florin and a bottle of wine," she said, in
+a shamefaced way, wiping her mouth with the corner of her apron the
+while, "I see no reason why I should not add a touch of my lips as
+well." So saying she gave the happy bookbinder a hearty kiss. The
+consequence of all this was that the pen flew over the paper, and when
+Kalimann read the letter for Gutel's approval the tender-hearted girl
+burst into tears of emotion.
+
+As for Mendel, when Saul read him this letter going "straight to the
+heart," he could contain himself no longer; rushing from the house he
+flew to the factory where he worked, and asked his employer, Mr.
+Schonberg, to permit him to quit his service.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" cried Schonberg. "Why do you wish to
+leave? Do you want more wages?"
+
+"No, no, Mr. Schonberg, that is not the reason. But--but I can stay no
+longer here at Gyongos, I must go to Hort."
+
+"To Hort? What is the reason of that?"
+
+For reply the dazed fellow held out the letter for him to read.
+Schonberg glanced over it, and smiled. "This Kalimann," he murmured,
+"is a deuce of a fellow. The world has lost a novelist in him. But let
+me see how I can arrange matters. Mendel," he continued, turning to the
+open-mouthed lover, "you shall stay here, and you shall marry your
+Gutel. I will give you two or three rooms in the factory for your
+housekeeping, and Mrs. Barkany will give the girl her trousseau. How
+does that strike you?"
+
+Mendel beamed. He would have thrown himself on his employer's neck, but
+resisted the impulse, and, instead, brushed the back of his hand across
+his eyes. Schonberg gave him a day's holiday, and the happy fellow lost
+no time in making his way to Hort, and subsequently into the arms of
+his inamorata. Mrs. Barkany gave Gutel the trousseau, and the marriage
+took place at harvest-time.
+
+At one end of the table, in the seat of honor next to the rabbi, sat
+the bookbinder of Hort. All had been his work, and, truth to tell, this
+was not the first happy couple he had been the means of bringing
+together.
+
+When it was his turn to deliver a toast in honor of the bride and
+groom, he rose, filled his glass, and holding it in his hand, declaimed
+from his favorite poet Schiller, and with an enthusiasm worthy the
+occasion:
+
+ "Honor to women! round Life they are wreathing
+ Roses, the fragrance of Heaven sweet-breathing!"
+
+
+
+
+THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER
+
+BY
+
+RUDOLPH BAUMBACH
+
+
+
+From "Summer Legends," translated by Helen B. Dole. Published by T. Y.
+Crowell & Co.
+
+Copyright, 1888, by T.Y. Crowell & Co
+
+
+
+
+Next Easter he must go to N--to school.--Fact.--It is high time; he is
+eleven years old, and here he is running wild with the
+street-boys.--That's what I say."
+
+He, that is, I, hung my head, and I felt more like crying than
+laughing. I had passed eleven sunny boyhood years in the little country
+town, I stood in high esteem among my playmates, and would rather be
+the first in the ranks of my birthplace than second in the metropolis.
+
+Through the gray mist, which surrounded my near future like a thick
+fog, gleamed only one light, but a bright, attractive light; that was
+the theatre, the splendor of which I had already learned to know. The
+white priests in the "Magic Flute," Sarastro's lions, the fire-spitting
+serpents, and the gay, merry Papageno,--such things could not be seen
+at home; and when my parents promised me occasional visits to the
+theatre, as a reward for diligence in study and exemplary conduct, I
+left the Eden of my childhood, half consoled.
+
+Young trees, transplanted at the proper time, soon take root. After a
+tearful farewell to my friends and a slight attack of home-sickness, I
+was quite content. I was received into the second class at the
+gymnasium, and drank eagerly of the fountain of knowledge; a certain
+Frau Eberlein, with whom I found board and lodging, cared for my bodily
+welfare.
+
+She was a widow, and kept a little store, in which, with the assistance
+of a shop-girl, she served customers, who called from morning to night.
+She dealt principally in groceries and vegetables, but besides these,
+every conceivable thing was found piled up in her shop: knitting-yarn,
+sheets of pictures, slate-pencils, cheese, pen-knives, balls of twine,
+herring, soap, buttons, writing-paper, glue, hairpins, cigar-holders,
+oranges, fly-poison, brushes, varnish, gingerbread, tin soldiers,
+corks, tallow candles, tobacco-pouches, thimbles, gum-balls, and
+torpedoes. Besides, she prepared, by means of essences, peach brandy,
+maraschino, ros solis, and other liqueurs, as well as an excellent ink,
+in the manufacture of which I used to help her. She rejoiced in
+considerable prosperity, lived well, and did not let me want for
+anything.
+
+My passion for the theatre was a source of great anxiety to good Frau
+Eberlein. She did not have a very good opinion of the art in general,
+but the comedy she despised from the bottom of her heart. Therefore she
+made my visiting the theatre as difficult as possible, and it was only
+after long discussions, and after the shop-girl had added her voice,
+that she would hand over the necessary amount for purchasing a ticket.
+The shop-girl was an oldish person, as thin as a giraffe which had
+fasted for a long time, and was very well read. She subscribed
+regularly to a popular periodical with the motto, "Culture is freedom,"
+and Frau Eberlein was influenced somewhat by her judgment. This
+kind-hearted woman was friendly towards me, and as often as her
+employer asked, "Is the play a proper one for young people?" she would
+answer, "Yes," and Frau Eberlein would have to let me go.
+
+Those were glorious evenings. Long before it was time for the play to
+begin, I was in my seat in the gallery, looking down from my dizzy
+height, into the house, still unlighted. Now a servant comes and lights
+the lamps in the orchestra. The parquet and the upper seats fill, but
+the reserved seats and the boxes are still empty. Now it suddenly grows
+light; the chandelier comes down from an opening in the ceiling. The
+musicians appear and tune their instruments. It makes a horrible
+discord, but still it is beautiful. The doors slam; handsomely dressed
+ladies, in white cloaks, gay officers, and civilians in stiff black and
+white evening dress take their seats in the boxes. The conductor mounts
+his elevated seat and now it begins. The overture is terribly long, but
+it comes to an end. Ting-aling-aling,--the curtain rises. Ah!--
+
+I soon decided in my own mind that it should be my destiny, some time,
+to delight the audience from the stage, but I was still undecided
+whether I would devote myself to the drama or the opera, for it seemed
+to me an equally desirable lot to shoot charmed bullets in "Der
+Freischutz," or, hidden behind elderberry bushes, to shoot at
+tyrannical Geslers in "William Tell." In the meantime I learned Tell's
+monologue, "Along this narrow path the man must come," by heart, and
+practised the aria, "Through the forest, through the meadows."
+
+Providence seemed to favor my plan, for it led me into an acquaintance
+with a certain Lipp, who, on account of his connections, was in a
+position to pave my way to the stage.
+
+Lipp was a tall, slender youth, about sixteen years old, with terribly
+large feet and hands. He usually wore a very faded, light-blue coat,
+the sleeves of which hardly came below his elbows, and a red vest. He
+had a rather stooping gait, and a beaming smile continually played
+about his mouth. Besides, the poor fellow was always hungry, and it was
+this peculiarity which brought about our acquaintance.
+
+On afternoons when there was no school, and I went out on the green to
+play ball with my companions or fly my kite, Frau Eberlein used to put
+something to eat in my pocket. Lipp soon spied it out, and he knew how
+to get a part, or even the whole of my luncheon for himself. He would
+pick up a pebble off the ground, slip it from one hand to the other
+several times, then place one fist above the other, saying:
+
+ "This hand, or that?
+ Burned is the tail of the cat.
+ Which do you choose?
+ Upper or under will lose!"
+
+If I said "upper," the stone was always in the lower hand, and vice
+versa. And Lipp would take my apple from me with a smile, and devour it
+as if he were half-famished.
+
+Why did I allow it? In the first place because Lipp was beyond me in
+years and in strength, and in the second place, because he was the son
+of a very important personage. His father was nothing less than the
+doorkeeper of the theatre; a splendid man with a shining red nose and
+coal-black beard reaching to his waist. The wise reader now knows how
+young Lipp came by a light-blue coat and red vest.
+
+My new friend from his earliest years had been constantly on the stage.
+He played the gamin in folk-scenes and the monster in burlesques.
+Besides, he was an adept at thunder and lightning; by means of cracking
+a whip and the close imitation of the neighing of horses, he announced
+the approaching stage-coach; he lighted the moon in "Der Freischutz;"
+and with a kettle and pair of tongs gave forewarning of the witches'
+hour. When I opened my heart to Lipp and confided to him that I wanted
+to go on the stage, he reached out his broad hand to me with emotion
+and said, "And so do I." Hereupon we swore eternal friendship, and Lipp
+promised as soon as possible to procure me an opportunity for putting
+my dramatic qualifications to the test. From that hour his manner
+changed towards me. Before, he had treated me with some condescension,
+but now his behavior towards me was more like that of a colleague.
+Moreover, the game of chance for my lunch came to an end, for from that
+time forth I shared it with him like a brother.
+
+The fine fellow kept his promise to make a way for me to go on the
+stage. A few evenings later ("Der Freischutz" was being played), I
+stood with a beating heart behind the scenes, and friend Lipp stood by
+my side. In my hand I held a string, with which I set the wings of the
+owl in the wolf's glen in rhythmic motion. My companion performed the
+wild chase. By turns he whistled through his fingers, cracked a whip,
+and imitated the yelping of the hounds. It was awfully fine.
+
+"You did your part splendidly," said Lipp to me at the end of the
+scene; "next time you must go out on the stage."
+
+I swam in a sea of delight. A short time after, "Preciosa" was given,
+and Lipp told me that I could play the gypsy boy. They put a white
+frock on me and wound red bands crosswise about my legs. Then a
+chorister took me by the hand and led me up and down the back of the
+stage two or three times. That was my first appearance.
+
+It was also my last. The affair became known. In school I received a
+severe reprimand, and in addition, as a consequence of the airy gypsy
+costume, a cold with a cough, which kept me in bed for a day or two.
+
+"It serves you right," said Frau Eberlein. "He who will not hear must
+feel. This comes from playing in the theatre. If your blessed
+grandmother knew that you had been with play-actors she would turn in
+her grave."
+
+Crushed and humiliated, I swallowed the various teas which my nurse
+steeped for me one after another. But with each cup I had to listen to
+an instructive story about the depravity of actors. In order to lead me
+back from the way of the transgressors to the path of virtue, Frau
+Eberlein painted with glowing colors; one story in particular, in which
+occurred three bottles of punch-essence never paid for, made a deep
+impression on me. But Frau Eberlein's anecdotes failed to make me
+change my resolves.
+
+Soon after, something very serious happened. Lipp's father, the
+doorkeeper of the theatre, after drinking heavily, fell down lifeless
+by the card-table in the White Horse; and my friend, in consequence of
+this misfortune, came under the control of a cold-hearted guardian, who
+had as little comprehension of the dramatic art as Frau Eberlein. Lipp
+was given over to a house-painter, who, invested with extended
+authority, took the unfortunate fellow as an apprentice.
+
+Lipp was inconsolable at the change in his lot. The smile disappeared
+from his face, and I too felt melancholy when I saw him going along the
+street in his paint-bespattered clothes, the picture of despair.
+
+One day I met the poor fellow outside the city gate, where the last
+houses stand, painting a garden fence with an arsenic-green color. "My
+good friend," he said, with a melancholy smile, "I cannot give you my
+hand, for there is paint on it; but we are just the same as ever." Then
+he spoke of his disappointed hopes. "But," he continued, "because they
+are deferred, they are not put off for ever, and these clouds" (by this
+he referred to his present apprenticeship as painter) "will pass away.
+The time will come--I say no more about it; but the time will come."
+Here Lipp stopped speaking and dipped his brush in the paint-pot, for
+his master was coming around the corner of the house.
+
+One day Lipp disappeared. The authorities did everything in their power
+to find him, but in vain; and since, at that time, the river, on which
+the city stood, had overflowed its banks, it was decided that Lipp had
+perished. The only person who did not share in this opinion was myself.
+I had a firm conviction that he had gone out into the wide world to
+seek his fortune, and that some day he would turn up again as a
+celebrated artist and a successful man. But year after year passed by
+and nothing was heard of Lipp.
+
+I had entered upon my fifteenth year, was reading Virgil and Xenophon,
+and could enumerate the causes which brought the Roman empire to ruin.
+But in the midst of my classical studies I did not lose sight of the
+real aim of my life, the dramatic art; and as the stage had been closed
+to me since my first appearance, I studied in my own room the roles in
+which I hoped to shine later. Then I had already tried my skill as a
+dramatic author, and in my writing-desk lay concealed a finished
+tragedy. It was entitled "Pharaoh." In it occurred the seven plagues of
+Egypt and the miracles of Moses; but Pharaoh's destruction in the Red
+Sea formed the finale from which I promised myself the most brilliant
+success.
+
+Therefore I went about dressed as a regular artist. My schoolmates
+imitated the University students,--wore gay-colored caps, dark
+golden-red bands, and carried canes adorned with tassels; but I wore
+over my wild hair a pointed Calabrian hat, around my neck a loose silk
+handkerchief fastened together in an artistic knot, and in unpleasant
+weather a cloak, the red-lined corner of which I threw picturesquely
+over my left shoulder.
+
+In this attire I went about in my native town, where I was accustomed
+to spend my summer vacations. The boys on the street made sport of me
+by their words and actions, but I thought, "What does the moon care
+when the dog bays at her!" and holding my head high, I walked past the
+scoffers.
+
+Every year, in the month of August, a fair was held in the little town.
+On the common, tents and arbors were put up, where beer and sausages
+were furnished. Further entertainment was provided in the way of
+rope-dancers, jugglers, a Punch-and-Judy show, fortune-tellers,
+monstrosities, wax figures, and tragedies.
+
+As a spoiled city youth, I considered it decidedly beneath my dignity
+to take part in the people's merry-making; but I couldn't get out of
+it, and so I went with my parents and brothers and sisters to the
+opening of the festival out in the park, and walked more proudly than
+ever under my Calabrian hat.
+
+The sights were inspected one after another, and in the evening we all
+sat together in the front row of a booth, the proprietor of which
+promised to exhibit the most extraordinary thing that had ever been
+seen. The spectacle was divided into three parts. In the first a little
+horse with a large head was brought out, which answered any questions
+asked him by nodding, shaking, and beating his hoofs. In the second
+part two trained hares performed their tricks. With their forelegs they
+beat the drum, fired off pistols, and in the "Battle with the Hounds"
+they put to flight a whining terrier.
+
+The proprietor had kept the best of all--that is, the Egyptian
+fire-eater, called "Phosphorus"--for the last part. The curtain went up
+for the third time, and on the stage, in fantastic scarlet dress, with
+a burning torch in his left hand, there stood a tall--ah! a form only
+too well known to me. It was Lipp, who had been looked upon as dead.
+
+I saw how the unfortunate fellow with a smile put a lump of burning
+pitch in his mouth, and then everything began to swim around me. I
+pulled my hat down over my eyes, made my way through the crowd howling
+their applause, and staggered home exhausted.
+
+During the rest of the festival I kept myself in strict seclusion. I
+announced that I was not well, and this was really no untruth, for I
+was very miserable. "That is because he is growing," said my anxious
+mother; and I assented, and swallowed submissively the family remedies
+which she brought to me.
+
+At last the fair was over, and the Egyptian fire-eater had left the
+town. But the poor fellow did not go far. In the city where he
+exhibited his skill he was recognized and arrested, because he had
+avoided service in the army. To be sure, he was set free again after a
+few weeks as unqualified; but in the meantime his employer with the
+performing hares had gone nobody knew where, and Lipp was left solely
+dependent on his art, which he practised for some time in the
+neighboring towns and villages.
+
+The end of his artistic career is sad and melancholy. He fell a victim
+to his calling. As an ambitious man he enlarged his artistic
+capabilities; he ate not only pitch but also pieces of broken glass,
+and an indigestible lamp-chimney was the cause of his destruction.
+
+When I returned to the city I burned my tragedy of "Pharaoh," and sold
+my cloak and Calabrian hat to an old-clothes dealer. I was thoroughly
+disgusted with the career of an artist, and whenever afterwards I was
+inclined to relapse, Frau Eberlein would call out to me, "Do you, too,
+want to die from a lamp-chimney?" Then I would bend my head and bury my
+nose in my Greek grammar.
+
+
+
+
+THE CREMONA VIOLIN
+
+BY
+
+E.T.A. HOFFMANN
+
+
+From "Weird Tales," translated by J.T. Beally. Published by Charles
+Scribner's Sons.
+
+
+
+
+Councillor Krespel was one of the strangest, oddest men I ever met with
+in my life. When I went to live in H---for a time the whole town was
+full of talk about him, as he happened to be just then in the midst of
+one of the very craziest of his schemes. Krespel had the reputation of
+being both a clever, learned lawyer and a skilful diplomatist. One of
+the reigning princes of Germany--not, however, one of the most
+powerful--had appealed to him for assistance in drawing up a memorial,
+which he was desirous of presenting at the Imperial Court with the view
+of furthering his legitimate claims upon a certain strip of territory.
+The project was crowned with the happiest success; and as Krespel had
+once complained that he could never find a dwelling sufficiently
+comfortable to suit him, the prince, to reward him for the memorial,
+undertook to defray the cost of building a house which Krespel might
+erect just as he pleased. Moreover, the prince was willing to purchase
+any site that he should fancy. This offer, however, the Councillor
+would not accept; he insisted that the house should be built in his
+garden, situated in a very beautiful neighborhood outside the
+town-walls. So he bought all kinds of materials and had them carted
+out. Then he might have been seen day after day, attired in his curious
+garments (which he had made himself according to certain fixed rules of
+his own), slacking the lime, riddling the sand, packing up the bricks
+and stones in regular heaps, and so on. All this he did without once
+consulting an architect or thinking about a plan. One fine day,
+however, he went to an experienced builder of the town and requested
+him to be in his garden at daybreak the next morning, with all his
+journeymen and apprentices, and a large body of laborers, etc., to
+build him his house. Naturally the builder asked for the architect's
+plan, and was not a little astonished when Krespel replied that none
+was needed, and that things would turn out all right in the end, just
+as he wanted them. Next morning, when the builder and his men came to
+the place, they found a trench drawn out in the shape of an exact
+square; and Krespel said, "Here's where you must lay the foundations;
+then carry up the walls until I say they are high enough." "Without
+windows and doors, and without partition walls?" broke in the builder,
+as if alarmed at Krespel's mad folly. "Do what I tell you, my dear
+sir," replied the Councillor quite calmly; "leave the rest to me; it
+will be all right." It was only the promise of high pay that could
+induce the builder to proceed with the ridiculous building; but none
+has ever been erected under merrier circumstances. As there was an
+abundant supply of food and drink, the workmen never left their work;
+and amidst their continuous laughter the four walls were run up with
+incredible quickness, until one day Krespel cried, "Stop!" Then the
+workmen, laying down trowel and hammer, came down from the scaffoldings
+and gathered round Krespel in a circle, whilst every laughing face was
+asking, "Well, and what now?" "Make way!" cried Krespel; and then
+running to one end of the garden, he strode slowly towards the square
+of brickwork. When he came close to the wall he shook his head in a
+dissatisfied manner, ran to the other end of the garden, again strode
+slowly towards the brickwork square, and proceeded to act as before.
+These tactics he pursued several times, until at length, running his
+sharp nose hard against the wall, he cried, "Come here, come here, men!
+break me a door in here! Here's where I want a door made!" He gave the
+exact dimensions in feet and inches, and they did as he bid them. Then
+he stepped inside the structure, and smiled with satisfaction as the
+builder remarked that the walls were just the height of a good
+two-storeyed house. Krespel walked thoughtfully backwards and forwards
+across the space within, the bricklayers behind him with hammers and
+picks, and wherever he cried, "Make a window here, six feet high by
+four feet broad!" "There a little window, three feet by two!" a hole
+was made in a trice.
+
+It was at this stage of the proceedings that I came to H---; and it was
+highly amusing to see how hundreds of people stood round about the
+garden and raised a loud shout whenever the stones flew out and a new
+window appeared where nobody had for a moment expected it. And in the
+same manner Krespel proceeded with the buildings and fittings of the
+rest of the house, and with all the work necessary to that end;
+everything had to be done on the spot in accordance with the
+instructions which the Councillor gave from time to time. However, the
+absurdity of the whole business, the growing conviction that things
+would in the end turn out better than might have been expected, but
+above all, Krespel's generosity--which indeed cost him nothing--kept
+them all in good-humor. Thus were the difficulties overcome which
+necessarily arose out of this eccentric way of building, and in a short
+time there was a completely finished house, its outside, indeed,
+presenting a most extraordinary appearance, no two windows, etc., being
+alike, but on the other hand the interior arrangements suggested a
+peculiar feeling of comfort. All who entered the house bore witness to
+the truth of this; and I too experienced it myself when I was taken in
+by Krespel after I had become more intimate with him. For hitherto I
+had not exchanged a word with this eccentric man; his building had
+occupied him so much that he had not even once been to Professor
+M----'s to dinner, as he was in the habit of doing on Tuesdays. Indeed,
+in reply to a special invitation, he sent word that he should not set
+foot over the threshold before the house-warming of his new building
+took place. All his friends and acquaintances, therefore, confidently
+looked forward to a great banquet; but Krespel invited nobody except
+the masters, journeymen, apprentices, and laborers who had built the
+house. He entertained them with the choicest viands; bricklayers'
+apprentices devoured partridge pies regardless of consequences; young
+joiners polished off roast pheasants with the greatest success; whilst
+hungry laborers helped themselves for once to the choicest morsels of
+truffes fricassees. In the evening their wives and daughters came, and
+there was a great ball. After waltzing a short while with the wives of
+the masters, Krespel sat down amongst the town musicians, took a violin
+in his hand, and directed the orchestra until daylight.
+
+On the Tuesday after this festival, which exhibited Councillor Krespel
+in the character of a friend of the people, I at length saw him appear,
+to my no little joy, at Professor M---'s. Anything more strange and
+fantastic than Krespel's behavior it would be impossible to find. He
+was so stiff and awkward in his movements, that he looked every moment
+as if he would run up against something or do some damage. But he did
+not; and the lady of the house seemed to be well aware that he would
+not, for she did not grow a shade paler when he rushed with heavy steps
+round a table crowded with beautiful cups, or when he manoeuvred near a
+large mirror that reached down to the floor, or even when he seized a
+flower-pot of beautifully painted porcelain and swung it round in the
+air as if desirous of making its colors play. Moreover, before dinner
+he subjected everything in the Professor's room to a most minute
+examination; he also took down a picture from the wall and hung it up
+again, standing on one of the cushioned chairs to do so. At the same
+time he talked a good deal and vehemently; at one time his thoughts
+kept leaping, as it were, from one subject to another (this was most
+conspicuous during dinner); at another, he was unable to have done with
+an idea; seizing upon it again and again, he gave it all sorts of
+wonderful twists and turns, and couldn't get back into the ordinary
+track until something else took hold of his fancy. Sometimes his voice
+was rough and harsh and screeching, and sometimes it was low and
+drawling and singing; but at no time did it harmonize with what he was
+about. Music was the subject of conversation; the praises of a new
+composer were being sung, when Krespel, smiling, said in his low,
+singing tones, "I wish the devil with his pitchfork would hurl that
+atrocious garbler of music millions of fathoms down to the bottomless
+pit of hell!" Then he burst out passionately and wildly, "She is an
+angel of heaven, nothing but pure God-given music!--the paragon and
+queen of song!"--and tears stood in his eyes. To understand this, we
+had to go back to a celebrated artiste, who had been the subject of
+conversation an hour before.
+
+Just at this time a roast hare was on the table; I noticed that Krespel
+carefully removed every particle of meat from the bones on his plate,
+and was most particular in his inquiries after the hare's feet; these
+the Professor's little five-year-old daughter now brought to him with a
+very pretty smile. Besides, the children had cast many friendly glances
+towards Krespel during dinner; now they rose and drew nearer to him,
+but not without signs of timorous awe. What's the meaning of that?
+thought I to myself. Dessert was brought in; then the Councillor took a
+little box from his pocket, in which he had a miniature lathe of steel.
+This he immediately screwed fast to the table, and turning the bones
+with incredible skill and rapidity, he made all sorts of little fancy
+boxes and balls, which the children received with cries of delight.
+Just as we were rising from table, the Professor's niece asked, "And
+what is our Antonia doing?" Krespel's face was like that of one who has
+bitten of a sour orange and wants to look as if it were a sweet one;
+but this expression soon changed into the likeness of a hideous mask,
+whilst he laughed behind it with downright, bitter, fierce, and, as it
+seemed to me, satanic scorn. "Our Antonia? our dear Antonia?" he asked
+in his drawling, disagreeable singing way. The Professor hastened to
+intervene; in the reproving glance which he gave his niece I read that
+she had touched a point likely to stir up unpleasant memories in
+Krespel's heart. "How are you getting on with your violins?" interposed
+the Professor in a jovial manner, taking the Councillor by both hands.
+Then Krespel's countenance cleared up, and with a firm voice he
+replied, "Capitally, Professor; you recollect my telling you of the
+lucky chance which threw that splendid Amati [Footnote: The Amati were
+a celebrated family of violin-makers of the sixteenth and seventeenth
+centuries, belonging to Cremona in Italy. They form the connecting-link
+between the Brescian school of makers and the greatest of all makers,
+Straduarius and Guarnerius.] into my hands. Well, I've only cut it open
+to-day--not before to-day. I hope Antonia has carefully taken the rest
+of it to pieces." "Antonia is a good child," remarked the Professor.
+"Yes, indeed, that she is," cried the Councillor, whisking himself
+round; then, seizing his hat and stick, he hastily rushed out of the
+room. I saw in the mirror how that tears were standing in his eyes.
+
+As soon as the Councillor was gone, I at once urged the Professor to
+explain to me what Krespel had to do with violins, and particularly
+with Antonia. "Well," replied the Professor, "not only is the
+Councillor a remarkably eccentric fellow altogether, but he practises
+violin-making in his own crack-brained way." "Violin-making!" I
+exclaimed, perfectly astonished. "Yes," continued the Professor,
+"according to the judgment of men who understand the thing, Krespel
+makes the very best violins that can be found nowadays; formerly he
+would frequently let other people play on those in which he had been
+especially successful, but that's been all over and done with now for a
+long time. As soon as he has finished a violin he plays on it himself
+for one or two hours, with very remarkable power and with the most
+exquisite expression, then he hangs it up beside the rest, and never
+touches it again or suffers anybody else to touch it. If a violin by
+any of the eminent old masters is hunted up anywhere, the Councillor
+buys it immediately, no matter what the price put upon it. But he plays
+it as he does his own violins, only once; then he takes it to pieces in
+order to examine closely its inner structure, and should he fancy he
+hasn't found exactly what he sought for, he in a pet throws the pieces
+into a big chest, which is already full of the remains of broken
+violins." "But who and what is Antonia?" I inquired, hastily and
+impetuously. "Well, now, that," continued the Professor,--"that is a
+thing which might very well make me conceive an unconquerable aversion
+to the Councillor, were I not convinced that there is some peculiar
+secret behind it, for he is such a good-natured fellow at bottom as to
+be sometimes guilty of weakness. When we came to H---, several years
+ago, he led the life of an anchorite, along with an old housekeeper, in
+---- Street. Soon, by his oddities, he excited the curiosity of his
+neighbors; and immediately he became aware of this, he sought and made
+acquaintances. Not only in my house but everywhere we became so
+accustomed to him that he grew to be indispensable. In spite of his
+rude exterior, even the children liked him, without ever proving a
+nuisance to him; for, notwithstanding all their friendly passages
+together, they always retained a certain timorous awe of him, which
+secured him against all over-familiarity. You have to-day had an
+example of the way in which he wins their hearts by his ready skill in
+various things. We all took him at first for a crusty old bachelor, and
+he never contradicted us. After he had been living here some time, he
+went away, nobody knew where, and returned at the end of some months.
+The evening following his return his windows were lit up to an unusual
+extent! This alone was sufficient to arouse his neighbors' attention,
+and they soon heard the surpassingly beautiful voice of a female
+singing to the accompaniment of a piano. Then the music of a violin was
+heard chiming in and entering upon a keen ardent contest with the
+voice. They knew at once that the player was the Councillor. I myself
+mixed in the large crowd which had gathered in front of his house to
+listen to this extraordinary concert; and I must confess that, besides
+this voice and the peculiar, deep, soul-stirring impression which the
+execution made upon me, the singing of the most celebrated artistes
+whom I had ever heard seemed to me feeble and void of expression. Until
+then I had had no conception of such long-sustained notes, of such
+nightingale trills, of such undulations of musical sound, of such
+swelling up to the strength of organ-notes, of such dying away to the
+faintest whisper. There was not one whom the sweet witchery did not
+enthral; and when the singer ceased, nothing but soft sighs broke the
+impressive silence. Somewhere about midnight the Councillor was heard
+talking violently, and another male voice seemed, to judge from the
+tones, to be reproaching him, whilst at intervals the broken words of a
+sobbing girl could be detected. The Councillor continued to shout with
+increasing violence, until he fell into that drawling, singing way that
+you know. He was interrupted by a loud scream from the girl, and then
+all was as still as death. Suddenly a loud racket was heard on the
+stairs; a young man rushed out sobbing, threw himself into a
+post-chaise which stood below, and drove rapidly away. The next day the
+Councillor was very cheerful, and nobody had the courage to question
+him about the events of the previous night. But on inquiring of the
+housekeeper, we gathered that the Councillor had brought home with him
+an extraordinarily pretty young lady whom he called Antonia, and she it
+was who had sung so beautifully. A young man also had come along with
+them; he had treated Antonia very tenderly, and must evidently have
+been her betrothed. But he, since the Councillor peremptorily insisted
+on it, had had to go away again in a hurry. What the relations between
+Antonia and the Councillor are has remained until now a secret, but
+this much is certain, that he tyrannizes over the poor girl in the most
+hateful fashion. He watches her as Doctor Bartholo watches his ward in
+the Barber of Seville; she hardly dare show herself at the window; and
+if, yielding now and again to her earnest entreaties, he takes her into
+society, he follows her with Argus' eyes, and will on no account suffer
+a musical note to be sounded, far less let Antonia sing--indeed, she is
+not permitted to sing in his own house. Antonia's singing on that
+memorable night has, therefore, come to be regarded by the townspeople
+in the light of a tradition of some marvellous wonder that suffices to
+stir the heart and the fancy; and even those who did not hear it often
+exclaim, ever any other singer attempts to display her powers in the
+place, 'What sort of a wretched squeaking do you call that? Nobody but
+Antonia knows how to sing.'"
+
+Having a singular weakness for such like fantastic histories, I found
+it necessary, as may easily be imagined, to make Antonia's
+acquaintance. I had myself often enough heard the popular sayings about
+her singing, but had never imagined that that exquisite artiste was
+living in the place, held a captive in the bonds of this eccentric
+Krespel like the victim of a tyrannous sorcerer. Naturally enough I
+heard in my dreams on the following night Antonia's marvellous voice,
+and as she besought me in the most touching manner in a glorious adagio
+movement (very ridiculously it seemed to me, as if I had composed it
+myself) to save her--I soon resolved, like a second Astolpho,[Footnote:
+A reference to Ariosto's Orlando Furioso. Astolpho, an English cousin
+of Orlando, was a great boaster, but generous, courteous, gay, and
+remarkably handsome; he was carried to Alcina's island on the back of a
+whale.] to penetrate into Krespel's house, as if into another Alcina's
+magic ca stle, and deliver the queen of song from her ignominious
+fetters.
+
+It all came about in a different way from what I had expected; I had
+seen the Councillor scarcely more than two or three times, and eagerly
+discussed with him the best method of constructing violins, when he
+invited me to call and see him. I did so; and he showed me his
+treasures of violins. There were fully thirty of them hanging up in a
+closet; one amongst them bore conspicuously all the marks of great
+antiquity (a carved lion's head, etc.), and, hung up higher than the
+rest, and surmounted by a crown of flowers, it seemed to exercise a
+queenly supremacy over them. "This violin," said Krespel, on my making
+some inquiry relative to it, "this violin is a very remarkable and
+curious specimen of the work of some unknown master, probably of
+Tartini's [Footnote: Giuseppe Tartini, born in 1692, died in 1770, was
+one of the most celebrated violinists of the eighteenth century, and
+the discoverer (in 1714) of "resultant tones," or "Tartini's tones," as
+they are frequently called. Most of his life was spent at Padua. He did
+much to advance the art of the violinist, both by his compositions for
+that instrument, as well as by his treatise on its capabilities.] age.
+I am perfectly convinced that there is something especially exceptional
+in its inner construction, and that, if I took it to pieces, a secret
+would be revealed to me which I have long been seeking to discover,
+but--laugh at me if you like--this senseless thing which only gives
+signs of life and sound as I make it, often speaks to me in a strange
+way of itself. The first time I played upon it I somehow fancied that I
+was only the magnetizer who has the power of moving his subject to
+reveal of his own accord in words the visions of his inner nature.
+Don't go away with the belief that I am such a fool as to attach even
+the slightest importance to such fantastic notions, and yet it's
+certainly strange that I could never prevail upon myself to cut open
+that dumb lifeless thing there. I am very pleased now that I have not
+cut it open, for since Antonia has been with me I sometimes play to her
+upon this violin. For Antonia is fond of it--very fond of it." As the
+Councillor uttered these words with visible signs of emotion, I felt
+encouraged to hazard the question, "Will you not play it to me,
+Councillor?" Krespel made a wry face, and falling into his drawling,
+singing way, said, "No, my good sir!" and that was an end of the
+matter. Then I had to look at all sorts of rare curiosities, the
+greater part of them childish trifles; at last thrusting his arm into a
+chest, he brought out a folded piece of paper, which he pressed into my
+hand, adding solemnly, "You are a lover of art; take this present as a
+priceless memento, which you must value at all times above everything
+else." Therewith he took me by the shoulders and gently pushed me
+towards the door, embracing me on the threshold. That is to say, I was
+in a symbolical manner virtually kicked out of doors. Unfolding the
+paper, I found a piece of a first string of a violin about an eighth of
+an inch in length, with the words, "A piece of the treble string with
+which the deceased Stamitz [Footnote: This was the name of a well-known
+musical family from Bohemia. Karl Stamitz is the one here possibly
+meant, since he died about eighteen or twenty years previous to the
+publication of this tale.] strung his violin for the last concert at
+which he ever played."
+
+This summary dismissal at mention of Antonia's name led me to infer
+that I should never see her; but I was mistaken, for on my second visit
+to the Councillor's I found her in his room, assisting him to put a
+violin together. At first sight Antonia did not make a strong
+impression; but soon I found it impossible to tear myself away from her
+blue eyes, her sweet rosy lips, her uncommonly graceful, lovely form.
+She was very pale; but a shrewd remark or a merry sally would call up a
+winning smile on her face and suffuse her cheeks with a deep burning
+flush, which, however, soon faded away to a faint rosy glow. My
+conversation with her was quite unconstrained, and yet I saw nothing
+whatever of the Argus-like watchings on Krespel's part which the
+Professor had imputed to him; on the contrary, his behavior moved along
+the customary lines, nay, he even seemed to approve of my conversation
+with Antonia. So I often stepped in to see the Councillor; and as we
+became accustomed to each other's society, a singular feeling of
+homeliness, taking possession of our little circle of three, filled our
+hearts with inward happiness. I still continued to derive exquisite
+enjoyment from the Councillor's strange crotchets and oddities; but it
+was of course Antonia's irresistible charms alone which attracted me,
+and led me to put up with a good deal which I should otherwise, in the
+frame of mind in which I then was, have impatiently shunned. For it
+only too often happened that in the Councillor's characteristic
+extravagance there was mingled much that was dull and tiresome; and it
+was in a special degree irritating to me that, as often as I turned the
+conversation upon music, and particularly upon singing, he was sure to
+interrupt me, with that sardonic smile upon his face and those
+repulsive singing tones of his, by some remark of a quite opposite
+tendency, very often of a commonplace character. From the great
+distress which at such times Antonia's glances betrayed, I perceived
+that he only did it to deprive me of a pretext for calling upon her for
+a song. But I didn't relinquish my design. The hindrances which the
+Councillor threw in my way only strengthened my resolution to overcome
+them; I MUST hear Antonia sing if I was not to pine away in reveries
+and dim aspirations for want of hearing her.
+
+One evening Krespel was in an uncommonly good humor; he had been taking
+an old Cremona violin to pieces, and had discovered that the sound-post
+was fixed half a line more obliquely than usual--an important
+discovery!--one of incalculable advantage in the practical work of
+making violins! I succeeded in setting him off at full speed on his
+hobby of the true art of violin-playing. Mention of the way in which
+the old masters picked up their dexterity in execution from really
+great singers (which was what Krespel happened just then to be
+expatiating upon) naturally paved the way for the remark that now the
+practice was the exact opposite of this, the vocal score erroneously
+following the affected and abrupt transitions and rapid scaling of the
+instrumentalists. "What is more nonsensical," I cried, leaping from my
+chair, running to the piano, and opening it quickly--"what is more
+nonsensical than such an execrable style as this, which, far from being
+music, is much more like the noise of peas rolling across the floor?"
+At the same time I sang several of the modern fermatas, which rush up
+and down and hum like a well-spun peg-top, striking a few villainous
+chords by way of accompaniment.
+
+Krespel laughed outrageously and screamed: "Ha! ha! methinks I hear our
+German-Italians or our Italian-Germans struggling with an aria from
+Pucitta, [Footnote: Vincenzo Pucitta (1778-1861) was an Italian opera
+composer, whose music "shows great facility, but no invention." He also
+wrote several songs.] or Portogallo, [Footnote: Il Portogallo was the
+Italian sobriquet of a Portuguese musician named Mark Anthony Simao
+(1763-1829). He lived alternately in Italy and Portugal, and wrote
+several operas.] or some other Maestro di capella, or rather schiavo
+d'un primo uomo." [Footnote: Literally, "The slave of a primo uomo,"
+primo uomo being the masculine form corresponding to prima donna, that
+is, a singer of hero's parts in operatic music. At one time also female
+parts were sung and acted by men or boys.] Now, thought I, now's the
+time; so turning to Antonia, I remarked, "Antonia knows nothing of such
+singing as that, I believe?" At the same time I struck up one of old
+Leonardo Leo's [Footnote: Leonardo Leo, the chief Neapolitan
+representative of Italian music in the first part of the eighteenth
+century, and author of more than forty operas and nearly one hundred
+compositions for the Church.] beautiful soul-stirring songs. Then
+Antonia's cheeks glowed; heavenly radiance sparkled in her eyes, which
+grew full of reawakened inspiration; she hastened to the piano; she
+opened her lips; but at that very moment Krespel pushed her away,
+grasped me by the shoulders, and with a shriek that rose up to a tenor
+pitch, cried, "My son--my son--my son!' And then he immediately went
+on, singing very softly, and grasping my hand with a bow that was the
+pink of politeness, "In very truth, my esteemed and honorable
+student-friend, in very truth, it would be a violation of the codes of
+social intercourse, as well as of all good manners, were I to express
+aloud and in a stirring way my wish that here, on this very spot, the
+devil from hell would softly break your neck with his burning claws,
+and so in a sense make short work of you; but, setting that aside, you
+must acknowledge, my dearest friend, that it is rapidly growing dark,
+and there are no lamps burning to-night, so that, even though I did not
+kick you downstairs at once, your darling limbs might still run a risk
+of suffering damage. Go home by all means; and cherish a kind
+remembrance of your faithful friend, if it should happen that you
+never,--pray, understand me,--If you should never see him in his own
+house again." Therewith he embraced me, and, still keeping fast hold of
+me, turned with me slowly towards the door, so that I could not get
+another single look at Antonia. Of course it is plain enough that in my
+position I couldn't thrash the Councillor, though that is what he
+really deserved. The Professor enjoyed a good laugh at my expense, and
+assured me that I had ruined for ever all hopes of retaining the
+Councillor's friendship. Antonia was too dear to me, I might say too
+holy, for me to go and play the part of the languishing lover and stand
+gazing up at her window, or to fill the role of the lovesick
+adventurer. Completely upset, I went away from H---; but, as is usual
+in such cases, the brilliant colors of the picture of my fancy faded,
+and the recollection of Antonia, as well as of Antonia's singing (which
+I had never heard), often fell upon my heart like a soft faint
+trembling light, comforting me.
+
+Two years afterwards I received an appointment in B---, and set out on
+a journey to the south of Germany. The towers of H---- rose before me
+in the red vaporous glow of the evening; the nearer I came the more was
+I oppressed by an indescribable feeling of the most agonizing distress;
+it lay upon me like a heavy burden; I could not breathe; I was obliged
+to get out of my carriage into the open air. But my anguish continued
+to increase until it became actual physical pain. Soon I seemed to hear
+the strains of a solemn chorale floating in the air; the sounds
+continued to grow more distinct; I realized the fact that they were
+men's voices chanting a church chorale. "What's that? what's that?" I
+cried, a burning stab darting as it were through my breast. "Don't you
+see?" replied the coachman, who was driving along beside me, "why don't
+you see? they're burying somebody up yonder in yon churchyard." And
+indeed we were near the churchyard; I saw a circle of men clothed in
+black standing round a grave, which was on the point of being closed.
+Tears started to my eyes; I somehow fancied they were burying there all
+the joy and all the happiness of life. Moving on rapidly down the hill,
+I was no longer able to see into the churchyard; the chorale came to an
+end, and I perceived not far distant from the gate some of the mourners
+returning from the funeral. The Professor, with his niece on his arm,
+both in deep mourning, went close past me without noticing me. The
+young lady had her handkerchief pressed close to her eyes, and was
+weeping bitterly. In the frame of mind in which I then was I could not
+possibly go into the town, so I sent on my servant with the carriage to
+the hotel where I usually put up, whilst I took a turn in the familiar
+neighborhood to get rid of a mood that was possibly only due to
+physical causes, such as heating on the journey, etc. On arriving at a
+well-known avenue, which leads to a pleasure resort, I came upon a most
+extraordinary spectacle. Councillor Krespel was being conducted by two
+mourners, from whom he appeared to be endeavoring to make his escape by
+all sorts of strange twists and turns. As usual, he was dressed in his
+own curious home-made gray coat; but from his little cocked-hat, which
+he wore perched over one ear in military fashion, a long narrow ribbon
+of black crape fluttered backwards and forwards in the wind. Around his
+waist he had buckled a black sword-belt; but instead of a sword he had
+stuck a long fiddle-bow into it. A creepy shudder ran through my limbs:
+"He's insane," thought I, as I slowly followed them. The Councillor's
+companions led him as far as his house, where he embraced them,
+laughing loudly. They left him; and then his glance fell upon me, for I
+now stood near him. He stared at me fixedly for some time; then he
+cried in a hollow voice, "Welcome, my student friend! you also
+understand it!" Therewith he took me by the arm and pulled me into the
+house, up the steps, into the room where the violins hung. They were
+all draped in black crape; the violin of the old master was missing; in
+its place was a cypress wreath. I knew what had happened. "Antonia!
+Antonia!" I cried, in inconsolabie grief. The Councillor, with his arms
+crossed on his breast, stood beside me, as if turned into stone. I
+pointed to the cypress wreath. "When she died," said he, in a very
+hoarse solemn voice, "when she died, the sound-post of that violin
+broke into pieces with a ringing crack, and the sound-board was split
+from end to end. The faithful instrument could only live with her and
+in her; it lies beside her in the coffin, it has been buried with her."
+Deeply agitated, I sank down upon a chair, whilst the Councillor began
+to sing a gay song in a husky voice; it was truly horrible to see him
+hopping about on one foot, and the crape strings (he still had his hat
+on) flying about the room and up to the violins hanging on the walls.
+Indeed, I could not repress a loud cry that rose to my lips when, on
+the Councillor making an abrupt turn, the crape came all over me; I
+fancied he wanted to envelop me in it and drag me down into the
+horrible dark depths of insanity. Suddenly he stood still and addressed
+me in his singing way, "My son! my son! why do you call out? Have you
+espied the angel of death? That always precedes the ceremony." Stepping
+into the middle of the room, he took the violin-bow out of his
+sword-belt, and, holding it over his head with both hands, broke it
+into a thousand pieces. Then, with a loud laugh, he cried, "Now you
+imagine my sentence is pronounced, don't you, my son? but it's nothing
+of the kind--not at all! not at all! Now I'm free--free--free--hurrah!
+I'm free! Now I shall make no more violins--no more violins--hurrah! no
+more violins!" This he sang to a horrible mirthful tune, again spinning
+round on one foot. Perfectly aghast, I was making the best of my way to
+the door, when he held me fast, saying quite calmly, "Stay, my student
+friend, pray don't think from this outbreak of grief, which is
+torturing me as if with the agonies of death, that I am insane; I only
+do it because a short time ago I made myself a dressing-gown in which I
+wanted to look like Fate or like God!" The Councillor then went on with
+a medley of silly and awful rubbish, until he fell down utterly
+exhausted; I called up the old housekeeper, and was very pleased to
+find myself in the open air again.
+
+I never doubted for a moment that Krespel had become insane; the
+Professor, however, asserted the contrary. "There are men," he
+remarked, "from whom nature or a special destiny has taken away the
+cover behind which the mad folly of the rest of us runs its course
+unobserved. They are like thin-skinned insects, which, as we watch the
+restless play of their muscles, seem to be misshapen, while
+nevertheless everything soon comes back into its proper form again. All
+that with us remains thought passes over with Krespel into action. That
+bitter scorn which the spirit that is wrapped up in the doings and
+dealings of the earth often has at hand, Krespel gives vent to in
+outrageous gestures and agile caprioles. But these are his lightning
+conductor. What comes up out of the earth he gives again to the earth,
+but what is divine, that he keeps; and so I believe that his inner
+consciousness, in spite of the apparent madness which springs from it
+to the surface, is as right as a trivet. To be sure, Antonia's sudden
+death grieves him sore, but I warrant that to-morrow will see him going
+along in his old jog-trot way as usual." And the Professor's prediction
+was almost literally filled. Next day the Councillor appeared to be
+just as he formerly was, only he averred that he would never make
+another violin, nor yet ever play on another. And, as I learned later,
+he kept his word.
+
+Hints which the Professor let fall confirmed my own private conviction
+that the so carefully guarded secret of the Councillor's relations to
+Antonia, nay, that even her death, was a crime which must weigh heavily
+upon him, a crime that could not be atoned for. I determined that I
+would not leave H---- without taxing him with the offence which I
+conceived him to be guilty of; I determined to shake his heart down to
+its very roots, and so compel him to make open confession of the
+terrible deed. The more I reflected upon the matter, the clearer it
+grew in my own mind that Krespel must be a villain, and in the same
+proportion did my intended reproach, which assumed of itself the form
+of a real rhetorical masterpiece, wax more fiery and more impressive.
+Thus equipped and mightily incensed, I hurried to his house. I found
+him with a calm smiling countenance making playthings. "How can peace,"
+I burst out--"how can peace find lodgment even for a single moment in
+your breast, so long as the memory of your horrible deed preys like a
+serpent upon you?" He gazed at me in amazement, and laid his chisel
+aside. "What do you mean, my dear sir?" he asked; "pray take a seat."
+But my indignation chafing me more and more, I went on to accuse him
+directly of having murdered Antonia, and to threaten him with the
+vengeance of the Eternal.
+
+Further, as a newly full-fledged lawyer, full of my profession, I went
+so far as to give him to understand that I would leave no stone
+unturned to get a clue to the business, and so deliver him here in this
+world into the hands of an earthly judge. I must confess that I was
+considerably disconcerted when, at the conclusion of my violent and
+pompous harangue, the Councillor, without answering so much as a single
+word, calmly fixed his eyes upon me as though expecting me to go on
+again. And this I did indeed attempt to do, but it sounded so
+ill-founded and so stupid as well that I soon grew silent again.
+Krespel gloated over my embarrassment, whilst a malicious ironical
+smile flitted across his face. Then he grew very grave, and addressed
+me in solemn tones. "Young man, no doubt you think I am foolish,
+insane; that I can pardon you, since we are both confined in the same
+mad-house; and you only blame me for deluding myself with the idea that
+I am God the Father because you imagine yourself to be God the Son. But
+how do you dare desire to insinuate yourself into the secrets and lay
+bare the hidden motives of a life that is strange to you and that must
+continue so? She has gone and the mystery is solved." He ceased
+speaking, rose, and traversed the room backwards and forwards several
+times. I ventured to ask for an explanation; he fixed his eyes upon me,
+grasped me by the hand, and led me to the window, which he threw wide
+open. Propping himself upon his arms, he leaned out, and, looking down
+into the garden, told me the history of his life. When he finished I
+left him, touched and ashamed.
+
+In a few words, his relations with Antonia rose in the following way.
+Twenty years before, the Councillor had been led into Italy by his
+favorite engrossing passion of hunting up and buying the best violins
+of the old masters. At that time he had not yet begun to make them
+himself, and so of course he had not begun to take to pieces those
+which he bought. In Venice he heard the celebrated singer Angela----i,
+who at that time was playing with splendid success as prima donna at
+St. Benedict's Theatre. His enthusiasm was awakened, not only in her
+art--which Signora Angela had indeed brought to a high pitch of
+perfection--but in her angelic beauty as well. He sought her
+acquaintance; and in spite of all his rugged manners he succeeded in
+winning her heart, principally through his bold and yet at the same
+time masterly violin-playing. Close intimacy led in a few weeks to
+marriage, which, however, was kept a secret, because Angela was
+unwilling to sever her connection with the theatre, neither did she
+wish to part with her professional name, that by which she was
+celebrated, nor to add to it the cacophonous "Krespel." With the most
+extravagant irony he described to me what a strange life of worry and
+torture Angela led him as soon as she became his wife. Krespel was of
+opinion that more capriciousness and waywardness were concentrated in
+Angela's little person than in all the rest of the prima donnas in the
+world put together. If he now and again presumed to stand up in his own
+defence, she let loose a whole army of abbots, musical composers, and
+students upon him, who, ignorant of his true connection with Angela,
+soundly rated him as a most intolerable, ungallant lover for not
+submitting to all the Signora's caprices. It was just after one of
+these stormy scenes that Krespel fled to Angela's country seat to try
+and forget in playing fantasias on his Cremona violin the annoyances of
+the day. But he had not been there long before the Signora, who had
+followed hard after him, stepped into the room. She was in an
+affectionate humor; she embraced her husband, overwhelmed him with
+sweet and languishing glances, and rested her pretty head on his
+shoulder. But Krespel, carried away into the world of music; continued
+to play on until the walls echoed again; thus he chanced to touch the
+Signora somewhat ungently with his arm and the fiddle-bow. She leapt
+back full of fury, shrieking that he was a "German brute," snatched the
+violin from his hands, and dashed it on the marble table into a
+thousand pieces. Krespel stood like a statue of stone before her; but
+then, as if awakening out of a dream, he seized her with the strength
+of a giant and threw her out of the window of her own house, and,
+without troubling himself about anything more, fled back to Venice--to
+Germany. It was not, however, until some time had elapsed that he had a
+clear recollection of what he had done; although he knew that the
+window was scarcely five feet from the ground, and although he was
+fully cognizant of the necessity, under the above-mentioned
+circumstances, of throwing the Signora out of the window, he yet felt
+troubled by a sense of painful uneasiness, and the more so since she
+had imparted to him in no ambiguous terms an interesting secret as to
+her condition. He hardly dared to make inquiries; and he was not a
+little surprised about eight months afterwards at receiving a tender
+letter from his beloved wife, in which she made not the slightest
+allusion to what had taken place in her country house, only adding to
+the intelligence that she had been safely delivered of a sweet little
+daughter the heartfelt prayer that her dear husband and now a happy
+father would come at once to Venice. That, however, Krespel did not do;
+rather he appealed to a confidential friend for a more circumstantial
+account of the details, and learned that the Signora had alighted upon
+the soft grass as lightly as a bird, and that the sole consequences of
+the fall or shock had been psychic. That is to say, after Krespel's
+heroic deed she had become completely altered; she never showed a trace
+of caprice, of her former freaks, or of her teasing habits; and the
+composer who wrote for the next carnival was the happiest fellow under
+the sun, since the Signora was willing to sing his music without the
+scores and hundreds of changes which she at other times had insisted
+upon. "To be sure," added his friend, "there was every reason for
+preserving the secret of Angela's cure, else every day would see lady
+singers flying through windows." The Councillor was not a little
+excited at this news; he engaged horses; he took his seat in the
+carriage. "Stop!" he cried suddenly. "Why, there's not a shadow of
+doubt," he murmured to himself, "that as soon as Angela sets eyes upon
+me again, the evil spirit will recover his power and once more take
+possession of her. And since I have already thrown her out of the
+window, what could I do if a similar case were to occur again? What
+would there be left for me to do?" He got out of the carriage, and
+wrote an affectionate letter to his wife, making graceful allusion to
+her tenderness in especially dwelling upon the fact that his tiny
+daughter had, like him, a little mole behind the ear, and--remained in
+Germany. Now ensued an active correspondence between them. Assurances
+of unchanged affection--invitations--laments over the absence of the
+beloved one--thwarted wishes--hopes, etc.--flew backwards and forwards
+from Venice to H----, from H---- to Venice. At length Angela came to
+Germany, and, as is well known, sang with brilliant success as prima
+donna at the great theatre in F----. Despite the fact that she was no
+longer young, she won all hearts by the irresistible charm of her
+wonderfully splendid singing. At that time she had not lost her voice
+in the least degree. Meanwhile, Antonia had been growing up; and her
+mother never tired of writing to tell her father how that a singer of
+the first rank was developing in her. Krespel's friends in F---- also
+confirmed this intelligence, and urged him to come for once to F---- to
+see and admire this uncommon sight of two such glorious singers. They
+had not the slightest suspicion of the close relations in which Krespel
+stood to the pair. Willingly would he have seen with his own eyes the
+daughter who occupied so large a place in his heart, and who moreover
+often appeared to him in his dreams; but as often as he thought upon
+his wife he felt very uncomfortable, and so he remained at home amongst
+his broken violins. There was a certain promising young composer, B----
+of F----, who was found to have suddenly disappeared, nobody knew
+where. This young man fell so deeply in love with Antonia that, as she
+returned his love, he earnestly besought her mother to consent to an
+immediate union, sanctified as it would further be by art. Angela had
+nothing to urge against his suit; and the Councillor the more readily
+gave his consent that the young composer's productions had found favor
+before his rigorous critical judgment. Krespel was expecting to hear of
+the consummation of the marriage, when he received instead a
+black-sealed envelope addressed in a strange hand. Doctor R----
+conveyed to the Councillor the sad intelligence that Angela had fallen
+seriously ill in consequence of a cold caught at the theatre, and that
+during the night immediately preceding what was to have been Antonia's
+wedding-day, she had died. To him, the Doctor, Angela had disclosed the
+fact that she was Krespel's wife, and that Antonia was his daughter;
+he, Krespel, had better hasten therefore to take charge of the orphan.
+Notwithstanding that the Councillor was a good deal upset by this news
+of Angela's death, he soon began to feel that an antipathetic,
+disturbing influence had departed out of his life, and that now for the
+first time he could begin to breathe freely. The very same day he set
+out for F----. You could not credit how heartrending was the
+Councillor's description of the moment when he first saw Antonia. Even
+in the fantastic oddities of his expression there was such a marvellous
+power of description that I am unable to give even so much as a faint
+indication of it. Antonia inherited all her mother's amiability and all
+her mother's charms, but not the repellent reverse of the medal. There
+was no chronic moral ulcer, which might break out from time to time.
+Antonia's betrothed put in an appearance, whilst Antonia herself,
+fathoming with happy instinct the deeper-lying character of her
+wonderful father, sang one of old Padre Martini's [Footnote:
+Giambattista Martini, more commonly called Padre Martini, of Bologna,
+formed an influential school of music there in the latter half of the
+eighteenth century. He wrote vocal and instrumental pieces both for the
+church and for the theatre. He was also a learned historian of music.
+He has the merit of having discerned and encouraged the genius of
+Mozart when, a boy of fourteen, he visited Bologna in 1770.] motets,
+which, she knew, Krespel in the heyday of his courtship had never grown
+tired of hearing her mother sing. The tears ran in streams down
+Krespel's cheeks; even Angela he had never heard sing like that.
+Antonia's voice was of a very remarkable and altogether peculiar
+timbre: at one time it was like the sighing of an Aeolian harp, at
+another like the warbled gush of the nightingale. It seemed as if there
+was not room for such notes in the human breast. Antonia, blushing with
+joy and happiness, sang on and on--all her most beautiful songs, B----
+playing between whiles as only enthusiasm that is intoxicated with
+delight can play. Krespel was at first transported with rapture, then
+he grew thoughtful--still--absorbed in reflection. At length he leapt
+to his feet, pressed Antonia to his heart, and begged her in a low
+husky voice, "Sing no more if you love me--my heart is bursting--I
+fear--I fear--don't sing again."
+
+"No!" remarked the Councillor next day to Doctor R----, "when, as she
+sang, her blushes gathered into two dark red spots on her pale cheeks,
+I knew it had nothing to do with your nonsensical family likenesses, I
+knew it was what I dreaded." The Doctor, whose countenance had shown
+signs of deep distress from the very beginning of the conversation,
+replied, "Whether it arises from a too early taxing of her powers of
+song, or whether the fault is Nature's--enough, Antonia labors under an
+organic failure in the chest, while it is from it too that her voice
+derives its wonderful power and its singular timbre, which I might
+almost say transcend the limits of human capabilities of song. But it
+bears the announcement of her early death; for, if she continues to
+sing, I wouldn't give her at the most more than six months longer to
+live." Krespel's heart was lacerated as if by the stabs of hundreds of
+stinging knives. It was as though his life had been for the first time
+overshadowed by a beautiful tree full of the most magnificent blossoms,
+and now it was to be sawn to pieces at the roots, so that it could not
+grow green and blossom any more. His resolution was taken. He told
+Antonia all; he put the alternatives before her--whether she would
+follow her betrothed and yield to his and the world's seductions, but
+with the certainty of dying early, or whether she would spread round
+her father in his old days that joy and peace which had hitherto been
+unknown to him, and so secure a long life. She threw herself sobbing
+into his arms, and he, knowing the heartrending trial that was before
+her, did not press for a more explicit declaration, He talked the
+matter over with her betrothed; but, notwithstanding that the latter
+averred that no note should ever cross Antonia's lips, the Councillor
+was only too well aware that even B---- could not resist the temptation
+of hearing her sing, at any rate arias of his own composition. And the
+world, the musical public, even though acquainted with the nature of
+the singer's affliction, would certainly not relinquish its claims to
+hear her, for in cases where pleasure is concerned people of this class
+are very selfish and cruel. The Councillor disappeared from F---- along
+with Antonia, and came to H----. B---- was in despair when he learned
+that they had gone. He set out on their track, overtook them, and
+arrived at H---- at the same time that they did. "Let me see him only
+once, and then die!" entreated Antonia. "Die! die!" cried Krespel, wild
+with anger, an icy shudder running through him. His daughter, the only
+creature in the wide world who had awakened in him the springs of
+unknown joy, who alone had reconciled him to life, tore herself away
+from his heart, and he--he suffered the terrible trial to take place.
+B---- sat down to the piano; Antonia sang; Krespel fiddled away
+merrily, until the two red spots showed themselves on Antonia's cheeks.
+Then he bade her stop; and as B---- was taking leave of his betrothed,
+she suddenly fell to the floor with a loud scream. "I thought,"
+continued Krespel in his narration, "I thought that she was, as I had
+anticipated, really dead; but as I had prepared myself for the worst,
+my calmness did not leave me, nor my self-command desert me. I grasped
+B----, who stood like a silly sheep in his dismay, by the shoulders,
+and said (here the Councillor fell into his singing tone), 'Now that
+you, my estimable pianoforte-player, have, as you wished and desired,
+really murdered your betrothed, you may quietly take your departure; at
+least have the goodness to make yourself scarce before I run my bright
+hanger through your heart. My daughter, who, as you see, is rather
+pale, could very well do with some color from your precious blood. Make
+haste and run, for I might also hurl a nimble knife or two after you.'
+I must, I suppose, have looked rather formidable as I uttered these
+words, for, with a cry of the greatest terror, B---- tore himself loose
+from my grasp, rushed out of the room, and down the steps." Directly
+after B---- was gone, when the Councillor tried to lift up his
+daughter, who lay unconscious on the floor, she opened her eyes with a
+deep sigh, but soon closed them again as if about to die. Then
+Krespel's grief found vent aloud, and would not be comforted. The
+doctor, whom the old housekeeper had called in, pronounced Antonia's
+case a somewhat serious but by no means dangerous attack; and she did
+indeed recover more quickly than her father had dared to hope. She now
+clung to him with the most confiding childlike affection; she entered
+into his favorite hobbies--into his mad schemes and whims. She helped
+him take old violins to pieces and glue new ones together. "I won't
+sing again any more, but live for you," she often said, sweetly smiling
+upon him, after she had been asked to sing and had refused. Such
+appeals, however, the Councillor was anxious to spare her as much as
+possible; therefore it was that he was unwilling to take her into
+society, and solicitously shunned all music. He well understood how
+painful it must be for her to forego altogether the exercise of that
+art which she had brought to such a pitch of perfection. When the
+Councillor bought the wonderful violin that he had buried with Antonia,
+and was about to take it to pieces, she met him with such sadness in
+her face and softly breathed the petition, "What! this as well?" By
+some power, which he could not explain, he felt impelled to leave this
+particular instrument unbroken, and to play upon it. Scarcely had he
+drawn the first few notes from it than Antonia cried aloud with joy,
+"Why, that's me!--now I shall sing again." And, in truth, there was
+something remarkably striking about the clear, silvery, bell-like tones
+of the violin; they seemed to have been engendered in the human soul.
+Krespel's heart was deeply moved; he played, too, better than ever. As
+he ran up and down the scale, playing bold passages with consummate
+power and expression, she clapped her hands together and cried with
+delight, "I did that well! I did that well."
+
+From this time onwards her life was filled with peace and cheerfulness.
+She often said to the Councillor, "I should like to sing something,
+father." Then Krespel would take his violin down from the wall and play
+her most beautiful songs, and her heart was right glad and happy.
+Shortly before my arrival in H----, the Councillor fancied one night
+that he heard somebody playing the piano in the adjoining room, and he
+soon made out distinctly that B---- was flourishing on the instrument
+in his usual style. He wished to get up, but felt himself held down as
+if by a dead weight, and lying as if fettered in iron bonds; he was
+utterly unable to move an inch. Then Antonia's voice was heard singing
+low and soft; soon, however, it began to rise and rise in volume until
+it became an ear-splitting fortissimo; and at length she passed over
+into a powerfully impressive song which B---had once composed for her
+in the devotional style of the old masters. Krespel described his
+condition as being incomprehensible, for terrible anguish was mingled
+with a delight he had never experienced before. All at once he was
+surrounded by a dazzling brightness, in which he beheld B---and Antonia
+locked in a close embrace, and gazing at each other in a rapture of
+ecstasy. The music of the song and of the pianoforte accompanying it
+went on without any visible signs that Antonia sang or that B----
+touched the instrument. Then the Councillor fell into a sort of dead
+faint, whilst the images vanished away. On awakening he still felt the
+terrible anguish of his dream. He rushed into Antonia's room. She lay
+on the sofa, her eyes closed, a sweet angelic smile on her face, her
+hands devoutly folded, and looking as if asleep and dreaming of the
+joys and raptures of heaven. But she was--dead.
+
+
+
+
+ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE
+
+BY
+
+HEINRICH ZSCHOKKE
+
+
+From "Tales by Heinrich Zschokke." Translated by Parke Godwin.
+Published by G. P. Putnam's Sons.
+
+
+
+
+Mother Kate, the watchman's wife, at nine o'clock on New Year's Eve,
+opened her little window, and put out her head into the night air. The
+snow was reddened by the light from the window as it fell in silent,
+heavy flakes upon the street. She observed the crowds of happy people,
+hurrying to and fro from the brilliantly lighted shops with presents,
+or pouring out of the various inns and coffee-houses, and going to the
+dances and other entertainments with which the New Year is married to
+the Old in joy and pleasure. But when a few cold flakes had lighted on
+her nose, she drew back her head, closed the window, and said to her
+husband: "Gottlieb, stay at home, and let Philip watch for thee
+to-night; for the snow comes as fast as it can from Heaven, and thou
+knowest the cold does thy old bones no good. The streets will be gay
+to-night. There seems dancing and feasting in every house, masqueraders
+are going about, and Philip will enjoy the sport."
+
+Old Gottlieb nodded his assent. "I am willing, Kate," he said. "My
+barometer, the old wound above my knee, has given me warning the last
+two days of a change of weather. It is only right that my son should
+aid me in a service to which he will be my successor."
+
+We must give the reader to understand that old Gottlieb had been a
+sergeant of cavalry in one of the king's regiments, until he was made a
+cripple for life by a musket-ball, as he was the first mounting the
+walls of a hostile fort in a battle for his fatherland. The officer who
+commanded the attack received the cross of honor on the battlefield for
+his heroism, and was advanced in the service; while Gottlieb was fain
+to creep homewards on a pair of crutches. From pity they made him a
+schoolmaster, for he was intelligent, liked to read, and wrote a good
+hand. But when the school increased they took it away from him to
+provide for a young man who could do none of these as well as he,
+merely because he was a godson of one of the trustees. However, they
+promoted Gottlieb to the post of watchman, with the reversion of it to
+his son Philip, who had in the meantime bound himself to a gardener. It
+was only the good housewifery of Mistress Katharine, and the extreme
+moderation of old Gottlieb, that enabled them to live happily on the
+little they possessed. Philip gave his services to the gardener for his
+board and lodging, but he occasionally received very fine presents when
+he carried home flowers to the rich people of the town. He was a fresh,
+handsome young fellow, of six-and-twenty. Noble ladies often gave him
+sundry extra dollars for his fine looks, a thing they would never have
+thought of doing for an ugly face. Mrs. Kate had already put on her
+cloak to go to the gardener's house to fetch her son, when he entered
+the apartment.
+
+"Father," said Philip, giving a hand to both father and mother, "it's
+snowing, and the snow won't do you much good. I'll take the watch
+to-night, and you can get to bed."
+
+"You're a good boy," said old Gottlieb.
+
+"And then I've been thinking," continued Philip, "that as to-morrow is
+New Year's Day, I may come and dine with you and make myself happy.
+Mother perhaps has no joint in the kitchen, and--"
+
+"No," interrupted the mother, "we've no joint, but then we have a pound
+and a and a half of venison; with potatoes for a relish, and a little
+rice with laurel leaves for a soup, and two flasks of beer to drink.
+Only come, Philip, for we shall live finely to-morrow! Next week we may
+do better, for the New Year's gifts will be coming in, and Gottlieb's
+share will be something! Oh! we shall live grandly."
+
+"Well, so much the better, dear mother," said Philip; "but have you
+paid the rent of the cottage yet?"
+
+Old Gottlieb shrugged his shoulders.
+
+Philip laid a purse upon the table.
+
+"There are two-and-twenty dollars that I have saved. I can do very well
+without them; take them for a New Year's gift, and then we can all
+three enter on the new year without a debt or a care. God grant that we
+may end it in health and happiness! Heaven in its goodness will provide
+for both you and me!"
+
+Tears came into Mother Katharine's eyes as she kissed her son; old
+Gottlieb said: "Philip, you are the prop and stay of our old age.
+Continue to be honest and good, and to love your parents, so will a
+blessing rest on you. I can give you nothing for a New Year's gift, but
+a prayer that you may keep your heart pure and true--this is in your
+power--you will be rich enough--for a clear conscience is a Heaven in
+itself."
+
+So said old Gottlieb, and then he wrote down in an account-book the sum
+of two-and-twenty dollars that his son had given him.
+
+"All that you have cost me in childhood is now nearly paid up. Your
+savings amount to three hundred and seventeen dollars, which I have
+received."
+
+"Three hundred and seventeen dollars!" cried Mistress Katharine, in the
+greatest amazement; and then turning to Philip with a voice full of
+tenderness, "Ah, Philip," she said, "thou grievest me. Child of my
+heart! Yes, indeed thou dost. Hadst thou saved that money for thyself
+thou might have bought some land with it, and started as gardener on
+thy own account, and married Rose. NOW that is impossible. But take
+comfort, Philip. We are old, and thou wilt not have to support us long."
+
+"Mother!" exclaimed Philip, and he frowned a little; "what are you
+thinking of? Rose is dear to me as my life, but I would give up a
+hundred Roses rather than desert you and my father. I should never find
+any other parents in this world but you, but there are plenty of Roses,
+although I would have none but Mrs. Bittner's Rose, were there even ten
+thousand others."
+
+"You are right, Philip," said Gottlieb; "loving and marrying are not in
+the commandments--but to honor your father and mother is a duty and
+commandment. To give up strong passions and inclinations for the
+happiness of your parents is the truest gratitude of a son. It will
+gain you the blessing from above:--it will make you rich in your own
+heart."
+
+"If it were only not too long for Rose to wait," said Mrs. Katharine,
+"or if you could give up the engagement altogether! For Rose is a
+pretty girl, that can't be denied; and though she is poor, there will
+be no want of wooers. She is virtuous and understands housekeeping."
+
+"Never fear, mother," replied Philip; "Rose has solemnly sworn to marry
+no man but me; and that is sufficient. Her mother has nothing to object
+to me. And if I was in business and had money enough to keep a wife
+with, Rose would be my wife to-morrow. The only annoyance we have is,
+that her mother will not let us meet so often as we wish. She says
+frequent meetings do no good; but I differ from her, and so does
+Rose--for we think meeting often does us both a great deal of good. And
+we have agreed to meet to-night, at twelve o'clock, at the great door
+of St. Gregory's Church, for Rose is bringing in the year at a friend's
+house, and I am to take her home."
+
+In the midst of such conversation the clock of the neighboring tower
+struck three-quarters, and Philip took his father's great-coat from the
+warm stove where Katharine had carefully laid it, wrapped himself in
+it, and taking the lantern and staff, and wishing his parents
+good-night, proceeded to his post.
+
+
+
+
+II.
+
+
+Philip stalked majestically through the snow-covered streets of the
+capital, where as many people were still visible as in the middle of
+the day. Carriages were rattling in all directions, the houses were all
+brilliantly lighted. Our watchman enjoyed the scene, he sang his verses
+at ten o'clock, and blew his horn lustily in the neighborhood of St.
+Gregory's Church, with many a thought on Rose, who was then with her
+friend. "Now she hears me," he said to himself; "now she thinks on me,
+and forgets the scene around her. I hope she won't fail me at twelve
+o'clock at the church door." And when he had gone his round, he always
+returned to the dear house and looked up at the lighted windows.
+Sometimes he saw female figures, and his heart beat quick at the sight;
+sometimes he fancied he saw Rose herself; and sometimes he studied the
+long shadows thrown on the wall or the ceiling to discover which of
+them was Rose's, and to fancy what she was doing. It was certainly not
+a very pleasant employment to stand in frost and snow and look up at a
+window; but what care lovers for frost and snow? And watchmen are as
+fiery and romantic lovers as ever were the knights of ancient ballads.
+
+He only felt the effects of the frost when, at eleven o'clock, he had
+to set out upon his round. His teeth chattered with cold; he could
+scarcely call the hour or sound his horn. He would willingly have gone
+into a beer-house to warm himself at the fire. As he was pacing through
+a lonely by-street, he met a man with a black half-mask on his face,
+enveloped in a fire-colored silken mantle, and wearing on his head a
+magnificent hat turned up at one side, and fantastically ornamented
+with a number of high and waving plumes.
+
+Philip endeavored to escape the mask, but in vain. The stranger blocked
+up his path and said: "Ha! thou art a fine fellow; I like thy phiz
+amazingly. Where are you going, eh? I say, where are you going?"
+
+"To Mary Street," replied Philip. "I am going to call the hour there."
+
+"Enchanting!" answered the mask. "I'll hear thee: I'll go with thee.
+Come along, thou foolish fellow, and let me hear thee, and mind thou
+singest well, for I am a good judge. Canst thou sing me a jovial song?"
+
+Philip saw that his companion was of high rank and a little tipsy, and
+answered: "I sing better over a glass of wine in a warm room, than when
+up to my waist in snow."
+
+They had now reached Mary Street, and Philip sang and blew the horn.
+
+"Ha! that's but a poor performance," exclaimed the mask, who had
+accompanied him thither. "Give me the horn! I shall blow so well that
+you'll half die with delight."
+
+Philip yielded to the mask's wishes, and let him sing the verses and
+blow. For four or five times all was done as if the stranger had been a
+watchman all his life. He dilated most eloquently on the joys of such
+an occupation, and was so inexhaustible in his own praises that he made
+Philip laugh at his extravagance. His spirits evidently owed no small
+share of their elevation to an extra glass of wine.
+
+"I'll tell you what, my treasure, I've a great fancy to be a watchman
+myself for an hour or two. If I don't do it now, I shall never arrive
+at that honor in the course of my life. Give me your great-coat and
+wide-brimmed hat, and take my domino. Go into a beer-house and take a
+bottle at my expense; and when you have finished it, come again and
+give me back my masking-gear. You shall have a couple of dollars for
+your trouble. What do you think, my treasure?"
+
+But Philip did not like this arrangement. At last, however, at the
+solicitations of the mask, he capitulated as they entered a dark lane.
+Philip was half frozen; a warm drink would do him good, and so would a
+warm fire. He agreed for one half-hour to give up his watchmanship,
+which would be till twelve o'clock. Exactly at that time the stranger
+was to come to the great door of St. Gregory's and give back the
+great-coat, horn, and staff, taking back his own silk mantle, hat, and
+domino. Philip also told him the four streets in which he was to call
+the hour. The mask was in raptures: "Treasure of my heart, I could kiss
+thee if thou wert not a dirty, miserable fellow! But thou shalt have
+naught to regret, if thou art at the church at twelve, for I will give
+thee money for a supper then. Joy! I am a watchman!" The mask looked a
+watchman to the life, while Philip was completely disguised with the
+half-mask tied over his face, the bonnet ornamented with a buckle of
+brilliants on his head, and the red silk mantle thrown around him. When
+he saw his companion commence his walk he began to fear that the young
+gentleman might compromise the dignity of the watchman. He therefore
+addressed him once more, and said:
+
+"I hope you will not abuse my good nature and do any mischief or
+misbehave in any way, as it may cost me the situation."
+
+"Hallo!" answered the stranger. "What are you talking about? Do you
+think I don't know my duty? Off with you this moment, or I'll let you
+feel the weight of my staff. But come to St. Gregory's Church and give
+me back my clothes at twelve o'clock. Good-bye. This is glorious fun!"
+
+The new guardian of the streets walked onward with all the dignity
+becoming his office, while Philip hurried to a neighboring tavern.
+
+
+
+
+III.
+
+
+As he was passing the door of the royal palace, he was laid hold of by
+a person in a mask who had alighted from a carriage. Philip turned
+round, and in a low whispering voice asked what the stranger wanted.
+
+"My gracious lord," answered the mask, "in your reverie you have passed
+the door. Will your Royal Highness--"
+
+"What? Royal Highness?" said laughing. "I am no highness. What put that
+in your head?"
+
+The mask bowed respectfully, and pointed to the brilliant buckle in
+Philip's hat. "I ask your pardon if I have betrayed your disguise. But,
+in whatever character you asume, your noble bearing will betray you.
+Will you condescend to lead the way? Does your Highness intend to
+dance?"
+
+"I? To dance?" replied Philip. "No--you see I have boots on."
+
+"To play, then?" inquired the mask.
+
+"Still less. I have brought no money with me," said the assistant
+watchman.
+
+"Good heaven!" exclaimed the mask. "Command my purse--all that I
+possess is at your service!" Saying this, he forced a full purse into
+Philip's hand.
+
+"But do you know who I am?" inquired Philip, and rejected the purse.
+
+The mask whispered with a bow of profound obeisance: "His Royal
+Highness, Prince Julian."
+
+At this moment Philip heard his deputy in an adjoining street calling
+the hour very distinctly, and he now became aware of his metamorphosis.
+Prince Julian, who was well known in the capital as an amiable, wild,
+and good-hearted young man, had been the person with whom he had
+changed his clothes. "Now, then," thought Philip, "as he enacts the
+watchman so well, I will not shame his rank; I'll see if, for one
+half-hour, I can't be the Prince. If I make any mistake, he has himself
+to blame for it." He wrapped the red silken mantle closer round him,
+took the offered purse, put it in his pocket, and said: "Who are you,
+mask? I will return your gold to-morrow."
+
+"I am the Chamberlain Pilzou."
+
+"Good--lead the way--I'll follow." The Chamberlain obeyed, and tripped
+up the marble stairs, Philip coming close behind him. They entered an
+immense hall lighted by a thousand tapers and dazzling chandeliers,
+which were reflected by brilliant mirrors. A confused crowd of maskers
+jostled each other, sultans, Tyrolese, harlequins, knights in armor,
+nuns, goddesses, satyrs, monks, Jews, Medes, and Persians. Philip for a
+while was abashed and blinded. Such splendor he had never dreamt of. In
+the middle of the hall the dance was carried on with hundreds of people
+to the music of a full band. Philip, whom the heat of the apartment
+recovered from his frozen state, was so bewildered with the scene that
+he could scarcely nod his head as different masks addressed him, some
+confidentially, others deferentially.
+
+"Will you go to the hazard table?" whispered the Chamberlain, who stood
+beside him, and who Philip now saw was dressed as a Brahmin.
+
+"Let me get thawed first," answered Philip; "I am an icicle at present."
+
+"A glass of warm punch?" inquired the Brahmin, and led him into the
+refreshment-room. The pseudo-prince did not wait for a second
+invitation, but emptied one glass after the other in short time. The
+punch was good, and it spread its genial warmth through Philip's veins.
+
+"How is it you don't dance tonight, Brahmin?" he asked of his
+companion, when they returned into the hall. The Brahmin sighed, and
+shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"I have no pleasure now in the dance. Gayety is distasteful to me. The
+only person I care to dance with--the Countess Bonau--I thought she
+loved me; our families offered no objection--but all at once she broke
+with me." His voice trembled as he spoke.
+
+"How?" said Philip, "I never heard of such a thing."
+
+"You never heard of it?" repeated the other; "the whole city rings with
+it. The quarrel happened a fortnight ago, and she will not allow me to
+justify myself, but has sent back three letters I wrote to her,
+unopened. She is a declared enemy of the Baroness Reizenthal, and had
+made me promise to drop her acquaintance. But, think how unfortunate I
+was! When the Queen-mother made the hunting party to Freudenwald, she
+appointed me cavalier to the Baroness. What could I do? It was
+impossible to refuse. On the very birthday of the adorable Bonau I was
+obliged to set out.....She heard of it.....She put no trust in my
+heart!"
+
+"Well, then, Brahmin, take advantage of the present moment. The New
+Year makes up all quarrels. Is the Countess here?"
+
+"Do you not see her over there--the Carmelite on the left of the third
+pillar beside the two black dominos. She has laid aside her mask. Ah,
+Prince! your intercession would--"
+
+Philip thought: "Now I can do a good work!" and, as the punch had
+inspired him, he walked directly to the Carmelite. The Countess Bonau
+looked at him for some time seriously, and with flushed cheeks, as he
+sat down beside her. She was a beautiful girl; yet Philip remained
+persuaded that Rose was a thousand times more beautiful.
+
+"Countess," he said,--and became embarrassed when he met her clear
+bright eye fixed upon him.
+
+"Prince," said the Countess, "an hour ago you were somewhat too bold."
+
+"Fair Countess, I am therefore at this present moment the more quiet."
+
+"So much the better. I shall not, then, be obliged to keep out of your
+way."
+
+"Fair lady, allow me to ask one question. Have you put on a nun's gown
+to do penance for your sins?"
+
+"I have nothing to do penance for."
+
+"But you have, Countess!--your cruelties--your injustice to the poor
+Brahmin yonder, who seems neglected by his God and all the world."
+
+The beautiful Carmelite cast down her eyes, and appeared uneasy.
+
+"And do you know, fair Countess, that in the Freudenwald affair the
+Chamberlain is as innocent as I am?"
+
+"As you, Prince?" said the Countess, frowning, "what did you tell me an
+hour ago?"
+
+"You are right, dear Countess, I was too bold. You said so yourself.
+But now I declare to you the Chamberlain was obliged to go to
+Freudenwald by command of the Queen-mother--against his will was
+obliged to be cavalier to the hated Reizenthal--"
+
+"Hated--by him?"--interrupted the Countess with a bitter and sneering
+laugh.
+
+"Yes--he hates,--he despises the Baroness. Believe me, he scarcely
+treated her with civility, and incurred the Royal displeasure by so
+doing. I know it; and it was for your sake. You are the only person he
+loves--to you he offers his hand, his heart--and you!--you reject him!"
+
+"How comes it, Prince, that you intercede so warmly for Pilzou? You did
+not do so formerly."
+
+"That was because I did not know him, and still less the sad state into
+which you have thrown him by your behavior. I swear to you he is
+innocent--you have nothing to forgive in him--he has much to forgive in
+you."
+
+"Hush!" whispered the Carmelite, "we are watched here; away from this."
+She replaced her mask, stood up, and placing her arm within that of the
+supposed Prince, they crossed the hall and entered a side-room. The
+Countess uttered many bitter complaints against the Chamberlain, but
+they were the complaints of jealous love. The Countess was in tears,
+when the tender Brahmin soon after came timidly into the apartment.
+There was a deep silence among the three. Philip, not knowing how to
+conclude his intercession better, led the Brahmin to the Carmelite, and
+joined their hands together, without saying a word, and left them to
+fate. He himself returned into the hall.
+
+IV.
+
+Here he was hastily addressed by a Mameluke: "I'm glad I have met you,
+Domino. Is the Rose-girl in the side-room?" The Mameluke rushed into
+it, but returned in a moment evidently disappointed. "One word alone
+with you, Domino," he said, and led Philip into a window recess in a
+retired part of the hall.
+
+"What do you want?" asked Philip.
+
+"I beseech you," replied the Mameluke, in a subdued yet terrible voice,
+"where is the Rose-girl?"
+
+"What is the Rose-girl to me?"
+
+"But to me she is everything!" answered the Mameluke, whose suppressed
+voice and agitated demeanor showed that a fearful struggle was going on
+within. "To me she is everything. She is my wife. You make me wretched,
+Prince! I conjure you drive me not to madness. Think of my wife no
+more!"
+
+"With all my heart," answered Philip, dryly; "what have I to do with
+your wife?"
+
+"O Prince, Prince!" exclaimed the Mameluke, "I have made a resolve
+which I shall execute if it cost me my life. Do not seek to deceive me
+a moment longer. I have discovered everything. Here! look at this! 'tis
+a note my false wife slipped into your hand, and which you dropped in
+the crowd, without having read."
+
+Philip took the note. 'T was written in pencil, and in a fine delicate
+hand: "Change your mask. Everybody knows you. My husband watches you.
+He does not know me. If you obey me, I will reward you."
+
+"Hem!" muttered Philip. "As I live, this was not written to me. I don't
+trouble my head about your wife."
+
+"Death and fury, Prince! do not drive me mad! Do you know who it is
+that speaks to you? I am the Marshal Blankenswerd. Your advances to my
+wife are not unknown to me, ever since the last rout at the palace."
+
+"My Lord Marshal," answered Philip, "excuse me for saying that jealousy
+has blinded you. If you knew me well, you would not think of accusing
+me of such folly. I give you my word of honor I will never trouble your
+wife."
+
+"Are you in earnest, Prince?"
+
+"Entirely."
+
+"Give me a proof of this?"
+
+"Whatever you require."
+
+"I know you have hindered her until now from going with me to visit her
+relations in Poland. Will you persuade her to do so now?"
+
+"With all my heart, if you desire it."
+
+"Yes, yes! and your Royal Highness will prevent inconceivable and
+unavoidable misery."
+
+The Mameluke continued for some time, sometimes begging and praying,
+and sometimes threatening so furiously, that Philip feared he might
+make a scene before the whole assembly that would not have suited him
+precisely. He therefore quitted him as soon as possible. Scarcely had
+he lost himself in the crowd, when a female, closely wrapped in deep
+mourning, tapped him familiarly on the arm, and whispered:
+
+"Butterfly, whither away? Have you no pity for the disconsolate Widow?"
+
+Philip answered very politely: "Beautiful widows find no lack of
+comforters. May I venture to include myself amongst them?"
+
+"Why are you so disobedient? and why have you not changed your mask?"
+said the Widow, while she led him aside that they might speak more
+freely. "Do you really fancy, Prince, that every one here does not know
+who you are?"
+
+"They are very much mistaken in me, I assure you," replied Philip.
+
+"No, indeed," answered the Widow, "they know you very well, and if you
+do not immediately change your apparel, I shall not speak to you again
+the whole evening. I have no desire to give my husband an opportunity
+of making a scene."
+
+By this Philip discovered whom he was talking with. "You were the
+beautiful Rose-girl; are your roses withered so soon?"
+
+"What is there that does not wither? not the constancy of man? I saw
+you when you slipped off with the Carmelite. Acknowledge your
+inconstancy--you can deny it no longer."
+
+"Hem," answered Philip, dryly, "accuse me if you will, I can return the
+accusation."
+
+"How,--pretty butterfly?"
+
+"Why, for instance, there is not a more constant man alive than the
+Marshal."
+
+"There is not indeed!--and I am wrong, very wrong to have listened to
+you so long. I reproached myself enough, but he has unfortunately
+discovered our flirtation."
+
+"Since the last rout at Court, fair Widow---"
+
+"Were you so unguarded and particular--pretty butterfly!"
+
+"Let us repair the mischief. Let us part. I honor the Marshal, and, for
+my part, do not like to give him pain."
+
+The Widow looked at him for some time in speechless amazement.
+
+"If you have indeed any regard for me," continued Philip, "you will go
+with the Marshal to Poland, to visit your relations. 'Tis better that
+we should not meet so often. A beautiful woman is beautiful--but a pure
+and virtuous woman is more beautiful still."
+
+"Prince!" cried the astonished Widow, "are you really in earnest? Have
+you ever loved me, or have you all along deceived?"
+
+"Look you," answered Philip, "I am a tempter of a peculiar kind. I
+search constantly among women to find truth and virtue, and 'tis but
+seldom that I encounter them. Only the true and virtuous can keep me
+constant--therefore I am true to none; but no!--I will not lie--there
+is one that keeps me in her chains--I am sorry, fair Widow, that that
+one--is not you!"
+
+"You are in a strange mood to-night, Prince," answered the Widow, and
+the trembling of her voice and heaving of her bosom showed the working
+of her mind.
+
+"No," answered Philip, "I am in as rational a mood to-night as I ever
+was in my life. I wish only to repair an injury; I have promised to
+your husband to do so."
+
+"How!" exclaimed the Widow, in a voice of terror, "you have discovered
+all to the Marshal?"
+
+"Not everything," answered Philip, "only what I knew."
+
+The Widow wrung her hands in the extremity of agitation, and at last
+said, "Where is my husband?"
+
+Philip pointed to the Mameluke, who at this moment approached them with
+slow steps.
+
+"Prince," said the Widow, in a tone of inexpressible rage,--"Prince,
+you may be forgiven this, but not from me! I never dreamt that the
+heart of man could be so deceitful,--but you are unworthy of a thought.
+You are an impostor! My husband in the dress of a barbarian is a
+prince; you in the dress of a prince are a barbarian. In this world you
+see me no more!"
+
+With these words she turned proudly away from him, and going up to the
+Mameluke, they left the hall in deep and earnest conversation. Philip
+laughed quietly, and said to himself: "My substitute, the watchman,
+must look to it, for I do not play my part badly; I only hope when he
+returns he will proceed as I have begun."
+
+He went up to the dancers, and was delighted to see the beautiful
+Carmelite standing up in a set with the overjoyed Brahmin. No sooner
+did the latter perceive him, than he kissed his hand to him, and in
+dumb-show gave him to understand in what a blessed state he was. Philip
+thought: "'T is a pity I am not to be prince all my life-time. The
+people would be satisfied then; to be a prince is the easiest thing in
+the world. He can do more with a single word than a lawyer with a
+four-hours' speech. Yes! if I were a prince, my beautiful Rose would
+be--lost to me for ever. No! I would not be a prince." He now looked at
+the clock, and saw 't was half-past eleven. The Mameluke hurried up to
+him and gave him a paper. "Prince," he exclaimed, "I could fall at your
+feet and thank you in the very dust. I am reconciled to my wife. You
+have broken her heart; but it is better that it should be so. We leave
+for Poland this very night, and there we shall fix our home. Farewell!
+I shall be ready whenever your Royal Highness requires me, to pour out
+my last drop of blood in your service. My gratitude is eternal.
+Farewell!"
+
+"Stay!" said Philip to the Marshal, who was hurrying away, "what am I
+to do with this paper?"
+
+"Oh, that,-'tis the amount of my loss to your Highness last week at
+hazard. I had nearly forgotten it; but before my departure, I must
+clear my debts. I have indorsed it on the back." With these words the
+Marshal disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+V.
+
+
+Philip opened the paper, and read in it an order for five thousand
+dollars. He put it in his pocket, and thought: "Well, it's a pity that
+I'm not a prince." Some one whispered in his ear:
+
+"Your Royal Highness, we are both discovered; I shall blow my brains
+out."
+
+Philip turned round in amazement, and saw a negro at his side.
+
+"What do you want, mask?" he asked, in an unconcerned tone.
+
+"I am Colonel Kalt," whispered the negro. "The Marshal's wife has been
+chattering to Duke Herman, and he has been breathing fire and fury
+against us both."
+
+"He is quite welcome," answered Philip.
+
+"But the King will hear it all," sighed the negro. "This very night I
+may be arrested and carried to a dungeon; I'll sooner hang myself."
+
+"No need of that," said Philip.
+
+"What! am I to be made infamous for my whole life? I am lost, I tell
+you. The Duke will demand entire satisfaction. His back is black and
+blue yet with the marks of the cudgelling I gave him. I am lost, and
+the baker's daughter too! I'll jump from the bridge and drown myself at
+once!"
+
+"God forbid!" answered Philip; "what have you and the baker's daughter
+to do with it?"
+
+"Your Royal Highness banters me, and I am in despair!--I humbly beseech
+you to give me two minutes' private conversation."
+
+Philip followed the negro into a small boudoir dimly lighted up with a
+few candles. The negro threw himself on a sofa, quite overcome, and
+groaned aloud. Philip found some sandwiches and wine on the table, and
+helped himself with great relish.
+
+"I wonder your Royal Highness can be so cool on hearing this cursed
+story. If that rascally Salmoni was here who acted the conjurer, he
+might save us by some contrivance, for the fellow was a bunch of
+tricks. As it is, he has slipped out of the scrape."
+
+"So much the better," interrupted Philip, replenishing his glass;
+"since he has got out of the way, we can throw all the blame on his
+shoulders."
+
+"How can we do that? The Duke, I tell you, knows that you, and I, and
+the Marshal's wife, and the baker's daughter, were all in the plot
+together, to take advantage of his superstition. He knows that it was
+you that engaged Salmoni to play the conjurer; that it was I that
+instructed the baker's daughter (with whom he is in love) how to
+inveigle him into the snare; that it was I that enacted the ghost, that
+knocked him down, and cudgelled him till he roared again. If I had only
+not carried the joke too far, but I wished to cool his love a little
+for my sweetheart. 'T was a devilish business. I'll take poison."
+
+"Rather swallow a glass of wine--'t is delicious," said Philip, taking
+another tart at the same time. "For to tell you the truth, my friend, I
+think you are rather a white-livered sort of rogue for a colonel, to
+think of hanging, drowning, shooting, and poisoning yourself about such
+a ridiculous story as that. One of these modes would be too much, but
+as to all the four--nonsense. I tell you that at this moment I don't
+know what to make out of your tale."
+
+"Your Royal Highness, have pity on me, my brain is turned. The Duke's
+page, an old friend of mine, has told me this very moment, that the
+Marshal's wife, inspired by the devil, went up to the Duke, and told
+him that the trick played on him at the baker's house was planned by
+Prince Julian, who opposed his marriage with his sister; that the
+spirit he saw was myself, sent by the Princess to be a witness of his
+superstition; that your Highness was a witness of his descent into the
+pit after hidden gold, and of his promise to make the baker's daughter
+his mistress, and also to make her one of the nobility immediately
+after his marriage with the Princess. 'Do not hope to gain the
+Princess. It is useless for you to try,' were the last words of the
+Marshal's wife to the Duke."
+
+"And a pretty story it is," muttered Philip; "why, behavior like that
+would be a disgrace to the meanest of the people. I declare there is no
+end to these deviltries."
+
+"Yes, indeed. 'T is impossible to behave more meanly than the Marshal's
+lady. The woman must be a fury. My gracious Lord, save me from
+destruction."
+
+"Where is the Duke?" asked Philip.
+
+"The page told me he started up on hearing the story, and said, 'I will
+go to the King.' And if he tells the story to the King in his own way--"
+
+"Is the King here, then?"
+
+"Oh, yes, he is at play in the next room, with the Archbishop and the
+Minister of Police."
+
+Philip walked with long steps through the boudoir. The case required
+consideration.
+
+"Your Royal Highness," said the negro, "protect me. Your own honor is
+at stake. You can easily make all straight; otherwise, I am ready at
+the first intimation of danger to fly across the border. I will pack
+up, and to-morrow I shall expect your last commands as to my future
+behavior."
+
+With these words the negro took his leave.
+
+
+
+
+VI.
+
+
+"It is high time I were a watchman again," thought Philip. "I am
+getting both myself and my substitute into scrapes he will find it hard
+to get out of--and this makes the difference between a peasant and a
+prince. One is no better off than the other. Good heavens! what stupid
+things these court lords are doing which we do not dream of with our
+lanterns and staff in hand, or when at the spade. We think they lead
+the lives of angels, without sin or care. Pretty piece of business!
+Within a quarter of an hour I have heard of more rascally tricks than I
+ever played in my whole life. And--" but his reverie was interrupted by
+a whisper.
+
+"So lonely, Prince! I consider myself happy in having a minute's
+conversation with your Royal Highness."
+
+Philip looked at the speaker; and he was a miner, covered over with
+gold and jewels.
+
+"But one instant," said the mask. "The business is pressing, and deeply
+concerns you."
+
+"Who are you?" inquired Philip.
+
+"Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, at your Highness's service,"
+answered the miner, and showed his face, which looked as if it were a
+second mask, with its little eyes and copper-colored nose.
+
+"Well, then, my lord, what are your commands?"
+
+"May I speak openly? I waited on your Royal Highness thrice, and was
+never admitted to the honor of an audience; and yet--Heaven is my
+witness--no man in all this court has a deeper interest in your Royal
+Highness than I have."
+
+"I am greatly obliged to you," replied Philip; "what is your business
+just now? But be quick."
+
+"May I venture to speak of the house of Abraham Levi?"
+
+"As much as you like."
+
+"They have applied to me about the fifty thousand dollars which you owe
+them, and threaten to apply to the King. And you remember your promise
+to his Majesty, when last he paid your debts."
+
+"Can't the people wait?" asked Philip.
+
+"No more than the Brothers, goldsmiths, who demand their seventy-five
+thousand dollars."
+
+"It is all one to me. If the people won't wait for their money, I
+must--"
+
+"No hasty resolution, my gracious Lord! I have it in my power to make
+everything comfortable, if--"
+
+"Well, if what?"
+
+"If you will honor me by listening to me one moment. I hope to have no
+difficulty in redeeming all your debts. The house of Abraham Levi has
+bought up immense quantities of corn, so that the price is very much
+raised. A decree against importation will raise it three or four
+percent. higher. By giving Abraham Levi the monopoly, the business will
+be arranged. The house erases your debt, and pays off your seventy-five
+thousand dollars to the goldsmiths, and I give you over the receipts.
+But everything depends on my continuing for another year at the head of
+the Finance. If Baron Griefensack succeeds in ejecting me from the
+Ministry, I shall be unable to serve your Royal Highness as I could
+wish. If your Highness will leave the party of Griefensack, our point
+is gained. For me, it is a matter of perfect indifference whether I
+remain in office or not. I sigh for repose. But for your Royal
+Highness, it is a matter of great moment. If I have not the mixing of
+the pack, I lose the game."
+
+Philip for some time did not know what answer to make. At last, while
+the Finance Minister, in expectation of his reply, took a pinch out of
+his snuff-box set with jewels, Philip said:
+
+"If I rightly understand you, Sir Count, you would starve the country a
+little, in order to pay my debts. Consider, sir, what misery you will
+cause. And will the King consent to it?"
+
+"If I remain in office I will answer for that, my gracious Lord! When
+the price of corn rises, the King will, of course, think of permitting
+importation, and prevent exportation by levying heavy imposts. The
+permission to do so is given to the house of Abraham Levi, and they
+export as much as they choose. But, as I said before, if Griefensack
+gets the helm, nothing can be done. For the first year he would be
+obliged to attend strictly to his duty, in order to be able afterwards
+to feather his nest at the expense of the country. He must first make
+sure of his ground. He is dreadfully grasping!"
+
+"A pretty project," answered Philip; "and how long do you think a
+finance minister must be in office before he can lay his shears on the
+flock to get wool enough for himself and me?"
+
+"Oh, if he has his wits about him, he may manage it in a year."
+
+"Then the King ought to be counselled to change his finance minister
+every twelve months, if he wishes to be faithfully and honorably
+served."
+
+"I hope, your Royal Highness, that since I have had the Exchequer, the
+King and Court have been faithfully served?"
+
+"I believe you, Count, and the poor people believe you still more.
+Already they scarcely know how to pay their rates and taxes. You should
+treat us with a little more consideration, Count."
+
+"Us!--don't I do everything for the Court?"
+
+"No! I mean the people. You should have a little more consideration for
+them."
+
+"I appreciate what your Royal Highness says; but I serve the King and
+the Court, and the people are not to be considered. The country is his
+private property, and the people are only useful to him as increasing
+the value of the land. But this is no time to discuss the old story
+about the interests of the people. I beg your Royal Highness' answer to
+my propositions. Shall I have the honor to discharge your debts on the
+above specified conditions?"
+
+"Answer,--no--never, never! at the expense of hundreds and thousands of
+starving families."
+
+"But, your Royal Highness, if, in addition to the clearance of your
+debts, I make the house of Abraham Levi present you with fifty thousand
+dollars in hard cash? I think it may afford you that sum. The house
+will gain so much by the operation, that--"
+
+"Perhaps it may be able to give YOU also a mark of its regard."
+
+"Your Highness is pleased to jest with me. I gain nothing by the
+affair. My whole object is to obtain the protection of your Royal
+Highness."
+
+"You are very polite!"
+
+"I may hope, then, Prince? My duty is to be of service to you.
+To-morrow I shall send for Abraham, and conclude the arrangement with
+him. I shall have the honor to present your Royal Highness with the
+receipt for all your debts, besides the gift of fifty thousand dollars."
+
+"Go, I want to hear no more of it."
+
+"And your Royal Highness will honor me with your favor? For unless I am
+in the Ministry, it is impossible for me to deal with Abraham Levi so
+as--"
+
+"I wish to Heaven you and your Ministry and Abraham Levi were all three
+on the Blocksberg! I tell you what, unless you lower the price of corn,
+and take away the monopoly from that infernal Jew, I'll go this moment
+and reveal your villainy to the King, and get you and Abraham Levi
+banished from the country. See to it--I'll keep my word." Philip turned
+away in a rage, and proceeded into the dancing-room, leaving the
+Minister of Finance petrified with amazement.
+
+
+
+
+VII.
+
+
+"When does your Royal Highness require the carriage?" whispered a stout
+little Dutch merchant in a bob-wig.
+
+"Not at all," answered Philip.
+
+"'Tis after half-past eleven, and the beautiful singer expects you. She
+will tire of waiting."
+
+"Let her sing something to cheer her."
+
+"How, Prince? Have you changed your mind? Would you leave the
+captivating Rollina in the lurch, and throw away the golden opportunity
+you have been sighing for for two months? The letter you sent to-day,
+inclosing the diamond watch, did wonders. The proud but fragile beauty
+surrenders. This morning you were in raptures, and now you are as cold
+as ice! What is the cause of the change?"
+
+"That is my business, not yours," said Philip.
+
+"I had your orders to join you at half-past eleven. Perhaps you have
+other engagements?"
+
+"Perhaps."
+
+"A petit souper with the Countess Born? She is not present here; at
+least among all the masks I can't trace her out. I should know her
+among a thousand by that graceful walk and her peculiar way of carrying
+her little head--eh, Prince?"
+
+"Well, but if it were so, there would be no necessity for making you my
+confidant, would there?"
+
+"I will take the hint, and be silent. But won't you at any rate send to
+the Signora Rollina to let her know you are not coming?"
+
+"If I have sighed for her for two months, she had better sigh a month
+or two for me. I sha'n't go near her."
+
+"So that beautiful necklace which you sent her for a New Year's present
+was all for nothing?"
+
+"As far as I am concerned."
+
+"Will you break with her entirely?"
+
+"There is nothing between us to break, that I know of."
+
+"Well, then, since you speak so plainly, I may tell you something which
+you perhaps know already. Your love for the Signora has hitherto kept
+me silent; but now that you have altered your mind about her, I can no
+longer keep the secret from you. You are deceived."
+
+"By whom?"
+
+"By the artful singer. She would divide her favors between your Royal
+Highness and a Jew."
+
+"A Jew?"
+
+"Yes! with the son of Abraham Levi."
+
+"Is that rascal everywhere?"
+
+"So your Highness did not know it? but I am telling you the exact
+truth; if it were not for your Royal Highness, she would be his
+mistress. I am only sorry you gave her that watch."
+
+"I don't regret it at all."
+
+"The jade deserves to be whipped."
+
+"Few people meet their deserts," answered Philip.
+
+"Too true, too true, your Royal Highness. For instance, I have
+discovered a girl--O Prince, there is not such another in this city or
+in the whole world! Few have seen this angel.--Pooh! Rollina is nothing
+to her. Listen--a girl tall and slender as a palm tree--with a
+complexion like the red glow of evening upon snow--eyes like
+sunbeams--rich golden tresses,--in short, the most beautiful creature I
+ever beheld--a Venus--a goddess in rustic attire. Your Highness, we
+must give her chase."
+
+"A peasant girl?"
+
+"A mere rustic; but then you must see her yourself, and you will love
+her. But my descriptions are nothing. Imagine the embodiment of all
+that you can conceive most charming--add to that, artlessness, grace,
+and innocence. But the difficulty is to catch sight of her. She seldom
+leaves her mother. I know her seat in church, and have watched her for
+many Sundays past, as she walked with her mother to the Elm-Gate. I
+have ascertained that a handsome young fellow, a gardener, is making
+court to her. He can't marry her, for he is a poor devil, and she has
+nothing. The mother is the widow of a poor weaver."
+
+"And the mother's name is?"
+
+"Widow Bittner, in Milk Street; and the daughter, fairest of flowers,
+is in fact called Rose."
+
+Philip's blood boiled at the sound of the beloved name. His first
+inclination was to knock the communicative Dutchman down. He restrained
+himself, however, and only asked:
+
+"Are you the devil himself?"
+
+"'T is good news, is it not? I have taken some steps in the matter
+already, but you must see her first. But perhaps such a pearl has not
+altogether escaped your keen observation? Do you know her?"
+
+"Intimately."
+
+"So much the better. Have I been too lavish of my praises? You confess
+their truth? She sha'n't escape us. We must go together to the widow;
+you must play the philanthropist. You have heard of the widow's
+poverty, and must insist on relieving it. You take an interest in the
+good woman; enter into her misfortunes; leave a small present at each
+visit, and by this means become acquainted with Rose. The rest follows,
+of course. The gardener can be easily got out of the way, or perhaps a
+dozen or two dollars slipped quietly into his hand may--"
+
+Philip's rage broke forth.
+
+"I'll throttle you--"
+
+"If the gardener makes a fuss?" interposed the Dutchman. "Leave me to
+settle this matter. I'll get him kidnapped, and sent to the army to
+fight for his country. In the meantime you get possession of the field;
+for the girl has a peasant's attachment for the fellow, and it will not
+be easy to get the nonsense out of her head, which she has been taught
+by the canaille. But I will give her some lessons, and then--"
+
+"I'll break your neck."
+
+"Your Highness is too good. But if your Highness would use your
+influence with the King to procure me the Chamberlain's key--"
+
+"I wish I could procure you--"
+
+"Oh, don't flatter me, your Highness. Had I only known you thought so
+much of her beauty, she would have been yours long ago."
+
+"Not a word more," cried the enraged Philip, in a smothered voice; for
+he dared not speak aloud, he was so surrounded by maskers, who were
+listening, dancing, talking, as they passed him, and he might have
+betrayed himself; "not a word more!"
+
+"No, there will be more than words. Deeds shall show my sincerity. You
+may advance. You are wont to conquer. The outposts will be easily
+taken. The gardener I will manage, and the mother will range herself
+under your gilded banners. Then the fortress will be won!"
+
+"Sir, if you venture," said Philip, who now could hardly contain
+himself. It was with great difficulty he refrained from open violence,
+and he clutched the arm of the Dutchman with the force of a vice.
+
+"Your Highness, for Heaven's sake, moderate your joy. I shall
+scream--you are mashing my arm!"
+
+"If you venture to go near that innocent girl, I will demolish every
+bone in your body."
+
+"Good, good," screamed the Dutchman, in intense pain; "only let go my
+arm."
+
+"If I find you anywhere near Milk Street, I'll dash your miserable
+brains out. So look to it."
+
+The Dutchman seemed almost stupefied; trembling, he said:
+
+"May it please your Highness, I could not imagine you really loved the
+girl as it seems you do."
+
+"I love her! I will own it before the whole world!"
+
+"And are loved in return?"
+
+"That's none of your business. Never mention her name to me again. Do
+not even think of her; it would be a stain upon her purity. Now you
+know what I think. Be off!"
+
+Philip twirled the unfortunate Dutchman round as he let go his arm, and
+that worthy gentleman slunk out of the hall.
+
+
+
+
+VIII.
+
+
+In the meantime Philip's substitute supported his character of watchman
+on the snow-covered streets. It is scarcely necessary to say that this
+was none other than Prince Julian who had taken a notion to join the
+watch--his head being crazed by the fire of the sweet wine. He attended
+to the directions left by Philip, and went his rounds, and called the
+hour with great decorum, except that, instead of the usual watchman's
+verses, he favored the public with rhymes of his own. He was cogitating
+a new stanza, when the door of a house beside him opened, and a
+well-wrapped-up girl beckoned to him, and ran into the shadow of the
+house.
+
+The Prince left his stanza half finished, and followed the apparition.
+A soft hand grasped his in the darkness, and a voice whispered:
+
+"Good-evening, dear Philip. Speak low, that nobody may hear us. I have
+only got away from the company for one moment to speak to you as you
+passed. Are you happy to see me?"
+
+"Blest as a god, my angel,--who could be otherwise than happy by thy
+side?"
+
+"I've some good news for you, Philip. You must sup at our house
+to-morrow evening. My mother has allowed me to ask you. You 'll come?"
+
+"For the whole evening, and as many more as you wish. Would we might be
+together till the end of the world! 'T would be a life fit for gods!"
+
+"Listen, Philip; in half an hour I shall be at St. Gregory's. I shall
+expect you there. You won't fail me? Don't keep me waiting long--we
+shall have a walk together. Go now--we may be discovered." She tried to
+go, but Julian held her back and threw his arms round her.
+
+"What, wilt thou leave me so coldly?" he said, and tried to press a
+kiss upon her lips.
+
+Rose did not know what to think of this boldness, for Philip had always
+been modest, and never dared more than kiss her hand, except once, when
+her mother had forbidden their meeting again. They had then exchanged
+their first kiss in great sorrow and in great love, but never since
+then. She struggled to free herself, but Julian held her firm, till at
+last she had to buy her liberty by submitting to the kiss, and begged
+him to go. But Julian seemed not at all inclined to move.
+
+"What! go? I'm not such a fool as that comes to! You think I love my
+horn better than you? No indeed!"
+
+"But then it isn't right, Philip."
+
+"Not right? why not, my beauty? there is nothing against kissing in the
+ten commandments."
+
+"Why, if we could marry, perhaps you might--but you know very well we
+can't marry, and--"
+
+"Not marry? why not? You can marry me any day you like."
+
+"Philip!--why will you talk such folly? You know we must not think of
+such a thing."
+
+"But _I_ think very seriously about it--if you would consent."
+
+"You are unkind to speak thus. Ah, Philip, I had a dream last night."
+
+"A dream--what was it?"
+
+"You had won a prize in the lottery; we were both so happy! you had
+bought a beautiful garden, handsomer than any in the city. It was a
+little paradise of flowers--and there were large beds of vegetables,
+and the trees were laden with fruit. And when I awoke, Philip, I felt
+so wretched--I wished I had not dreamed such a happy dream. You've
+nothing in the lottery, Philip, have you? Have you really won anything?
+The drawing took place to-day."
+
+"How much must I have gained to win you too?"
+
+"Ah, Philip, if you had only gained a thousand dollars, you might buy
+such a pretty garden!"
+
+"A thousand dollars! And what if it were more?"
+
+"Ah, Philip--what? is it true? is it really? Don't deceive me! 'twill
+be worse than the dream. You had a ticket! and you've won!--own it! own
+it!"
+
+"All you can wish for."
+
+Rose flung her arms around his neck in the extremity of her joy, and
+kissed him.
+
+"More than the thousand dollars? and will they pay you the whole?"
+
+Her kiss made the Prince forget to answer. It was so strange to hold a
+pretty form in his arms, receive its caresses, and to know they were
+not meant for him.
+
+"Answer me, answer me!" cried Rose, impatiently. "Will they give you
+all that money?"
+
+"They've done it already--and if it will add to your happiness I will
+hand it to you this moment."
+
+"What! have you got it with you?"
+
+The Prince took out his purse, which he had filled with money in
+expectation of some play.
+
+"Take it and weigh it, my girl," he said, placing it in her hand and
+kissing her again. "This, then, makes you mine!"
+
+"Oh, not THIS--nor all the gold in the world, if you were not my own
+dear Philip!"
+
+"And how if I had given you twice as much as all this money, and yet
+were not your own dear Philip?"
+
+"I would fling the purse at your feet, and make you a very polite
+curtsey," said Rose.
+
+A door now opened; the light streamed down the steps, and the laughing
+voices of girls were heard. Rose whispered:
+
+"In half an hour, at St. Gregory's," and ran up the steps, leaving the
+Prince in the darkness. Disconcerted by the suddenness of the parting,
+and his curiosity excited by his ignorance of the name of his new
+acquaintance, and not even having had a full view of her face, he
+consoled himself with the rendezvous at St. Gregory's Church door. This
+he resolved to keep, though it was evident that all the tenderness
+which had been bestowed on him was intended for his friend the watchman.
+
+
+
+
+IX.
+
+
+The interview with Rose, or the coldness of the night, increased the
+effect of the wine to such an extent that the mischievous propensities
+of the young Prince got the upper hand of him. Standing amidst a crowd
+of people, in the middle of the street, he blew so lustily on his horn
+that the women screamed, and the men gasped with fear. He called the
+hour, and then shouted, at the top of his lungs:
+
+ The bus'ness of our lovely state
+ Is stricken by the hand of fate--
+ Even our maids, both light and brown,
+ Can find no sale in all the town;
+ They deck themselves with all their arts,
+ But no one buys their worn-out hearts."
+
+"Shame! shame!" cried several female voices from the window at the end
+of this complimentary effusion, which, however, was crowned with a loud
+laugh from the men. "Bravo, watchman!" cried some; "Encore! encore!"
+shouted others. "How dare you, fellow, insult ladies in the open
+street?" growled a young lieutenant, who had a very pretty girl on his
+arm.
+
+"Mr. Lieutenant," answered a miller, "unfortunately watchmen always
+tell the truth, and the lady on your arm is a proof of it. Ha! young
+jade, do you know me? do you know who I am? Is it right for a betrothed
+bride to be gadding at night about the streets with other men?
+To-morrow your mother shall hear of this. I'll have nothing more to do
+with you!"
+
+The girl hid her face, and nudged the young officer to lead her away.
+But the lieutenant, like a brave soldier, scorned to retreat from the
+miller, and determined to keep the field. He therefule made use of a
+full round of oaths, which were returned with interest, and a sabre was
+finally resorted to, with some flourishes; but two Spanish cudgels were
+threateningly held over the head of the lieutenant by a couple of stout
+townsmen, while one of them, who was a broad-shouldered beer-brewer,
+cried: "Don't make any more fuss about the piece of goods beside
+you--she ain't worth it. The miller's a good fellow, and what he says
+is true, and the watchman's right too. A plain tradesman can hardly
+venture to marry now. All the women wish to marry above their station.
+Instead of darning stockings, they read romances; instead of working in
+the kitchen, they run after comedies and concerts. Their houses are
+dirty, and they are walking out, dressed like princesses; all they
+bring a husband as a dowry are handsome dresses, lace ribbons,
+intrigues, romances, and idleness! Sir, I speak from experience; I
+should have married long since, if girls were not spoiled."
+
+The spectators laughed heartily, and the lieutenant slowly put back his
+sword, saying peevishly: "It's a little too much to be obliged to hear
+a sermon from the canaille."
+
+"What! Canaille!" cried a smith, who held the second cudgel. "Do you
+call those canaille who feed you noble idlers by duties and taxes? Your
+licentiousness is the cause of our domestic discords, and noble ladies
+would not have so much cause to mourn if you had learned both to pray
+and to work."
+
+Several young officers had gathered together already, and so had some
+mechanics; and the boys, in the meantime, threw snowballs among both
+parties, that their share in the fun might not be lost. The first ball
+hit the noble lieutenant on the nose, and thinking it an attack from
+the canaille, he raised his sabre. The fight began.
+
+The Prince, who had laughed amazingly at the first commencement of the
+uproar, had betaken himself to another region, and felt quite
+unconcerned as to the result. In the course of his wanderings, he came
+to the palace of Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, with whom, as
+Philip had discovered at the masquerade, the Prince was not on the best
+terms. The Countess had a large party. Julian saw the lighted windows,
+and still feeling poetically disposed, he planted himself opposite the
+balcony, and blew a peal on his horn. Several ladies and gentlemen
+opened the shutters, because they had nothing better to do, and
+listened to what he should say.
+
+"Watchman," cried one of them, "sing us a New Year's greeting!"
+
+This invitation brought a fresh accession of the Countess' party to the
+windows. Julian called the hour in the usual manner, and sang, loud
+enough to be distinctly heard inside:
+
+ "Ye who groan with heavy debts,
+ And swift approaching failure frets,
+ Pray the Lord that He this hour
+ May raise you to some place of power;
+ And while the nation wants and suffers,
+ Fill your own from the people's coffers."
+
+"Outrageous!" screamed the lady of the Minister; "who is the insolent
+wretch that dares such an insult?"
+
+"Pleashe your exshellenshy," answered Julian, imitating the Jewish
+dialect in voice and manner, "I vash only intendsh to shing you a
+pretty shong. I am de Shew Abraham Levi, vell known at dish court. Your
+ladyship knowsh me ver' well."
+
+"How dare you tell such a lie, you villain?" exclaimed a voice,
+trembling with rage, at one of the windows; "how dare you say you are
+Abraham Levi? I am Abraham Levi! You are a cheat!"
+
+"Call the police!" cried the Countess. "Have that man arrested!"
+
+At these words the party confusedly withdrew from the windows. Nor did
+the Prince remain where he was, but quickly effected his escape through
+a cross-street. A crowd of servants rushed out of the palace, led by
+the secretaries of the Finance Minister, and commenced a search for the
+offender. "We have him!" cried some, as the rest eagerly approached. It
+was in fact the real guardian of the night, who was carefully
+perambulating his beat, in innocent unconsciousness of any offence. In
+spite of all he could say, he was disarmed and carried off to the
+watch-house, and charged with causing a disturbance by singing
+libellous songs. The officer of the police shook his head at the
+unaccountable event, and said: "We have already one watchman in
+custody, whose verses about some girl caused a very serious affray
+between the town's people and the garrison."
+
+The prisoner would confess to nothing, but swore prodigiously at the
+tipsy young people who had disturbed him in the fulfilment of his duty.
+One of the secretaries of the Finance Minister repeated the whole verse
+to him. The soldiers standing about laughed aloud, but the ancient
+watchman swore with tears in his eyes that he had never thought of such
+a thing. While the examination was going on, and one of the secretaries
+of the Finance Minister began to be doubtful whether the poor watchman
+was really in fault or not, an uproar was heard outside, and loud cries
+of "Watch, watch!"
+
+The guard rushed out, and in a few minutes the Field-Marshal entered
+the office, accompanied by the captain of the guards on duty. "Have
+that scoundrel locked up tight," said the Marshal, pointing behind
+him--and two soldiers brought in a watchman, whom they held close
+prisoner, and whom they had disarmed of his staff and horn.
+
+"Are the watchmen gone all mad to-night?" exclaimed the chief of police.
+
+"I'll have the rascal punished for his infamous verses," said the
+Field-Marshal angrily.
+
+"Your excellency," exclaimed the trembling watchman, "as true as I
+live, I never made a verse in my born days."
+
+"Silence, knave!" roared the Marshal. "I'll have you hanged for them!
+And if you contradict me again, I'll cut you in two on the spot."
+
+The police officer respectfully observed to the Field-Marshal that
+there must be some poetical epidemic among the watchmen, for three had
+been brought before him within the last quarter of an hour, accused of
+the same offence.
+
+"Gentlemen," said the Marshal to the officers who had accompanied him,
+"since the scoundrel refuses to confess, it will be necessary to take
+down from your remembrance the worlds of his atrocious libel. Let them
+be written down while you still recollect them. Come, who can say them?"
+
+The officer of police wrote to the dictation of the gentlemen who
+remembered the whole verses between them:
+
+ "On empty head a flaunting feather,
+ A long queue tied with tape and leather;
+ Padded breast and waist so little,
+ Make the soldier to a tittle;
+ By cards and dance, and dissipation,
+ He's sure to win a Marshal's station."
+
+"Do you deny, you rascal," cried the Field-Marshal to the terrified
+watchman; "do you deny that you sang these infamous lines as I was
+coming out of my house?"
+
+"They may sing it who like, it was not me," said the watchman.
+
+"Why did you run away, then, when you saw me?"
+
+"I did not run away."
+
+"What!" said the two officers who had accompanied the Marshal--"not run
+away? Were you not out of breath when at last we laid hold of you there
+by the market?"
+
+"Yes, but it was with fright at being so ferociously attacked. I am
+trembling yet in every limb."
+
+"Lock the obstinate dog up till the morning," said the Marshal; "he
+will come to his senses by that time!" With these words the wrathful
+dignitary went away. These incidents had set the whole police force of
+the city on the qui vive. In the next ten minutes two more watchmen
+were brought to the office on similar charges with the others. One was
+accused of singing a libel under the window of the Minister of Foreign
+Affairs, in which it was insinuated that there were no affairs to which
+he was more foreign than those of his own department. The other had
+sung some verses before the door of the Bishop's palace, informing him
+that the "lights of the church" were by no means deficient in tallow,
+but gave a great deal more smoke than illumination. The Prince, who had
+wrought the poor watchmen all this woe, was always lucky enough to
+escape, and grew bolder and bolder with every new attempt. The affair
+was talked of everywhere. The Minister of Police, who was at cards with
+the King, was informed of the insurrection among the hitherto peaceful
+watchmen, and, as a proof of it, some of the verses were given to him
+in writing. The King laughed very heartily at the doggerel verse about
+the miserable police, who were always putting their noses into other
+people's family affairs, but could never smell anything amiss in their
+own, and were therefore lawful game, and ordered the next poetical
+watchman who should be taken to be brought before him. He broke up the
+card-table, for he saw that the Minister of Police had lost his good
+humor.
+
+
+
+
+X.
+
+
+In the dancing-hall next to the card-room, Philip had looked at his
+watch, and discovered that the time of his appointment with Rose at St.
+Gregory's had nearly come. He was by no means sorry at the prospect of
+giving back his silk mantle and plumed bonnet to his substitute, for he
+began to find high life not quite to his taste. As he was going to the
+door, the Negro once more came up to him, and whispered: "Your
+Highness, Duke Herrman is seeking for you everywhere." Philip shook his
+head impatiently and hurried out, followed by the Negro. When they got
+to the ante-chamber, the Negro cried out, "By Heaven, here comes the
+Duke!"--and slipped back into the hall.
+
+A tall black mask walked fiercely up to Philip, and said: "Stay a
+moment, sir; I've a word or two to say to you; I've been seeking for
+you long."
+
+"Quick, then," said Philip, "for I have no time to lose."
+
+"I would not waste a moment, sir; I have sought you long enough; you
+owe me satisfaction, you have injured me infamously."
+
+"Not that I am aware of."
+
+"You don't know me, perhaps," said the Duke, lifting up his mask; "now
+that you see me, your own conscience will save me any more words. I
+demand satisfaction. You and the cursed Salmoni have deceived me!"
+
+"I know nothing about it," said Philip.
+
+"You got up that shameful scene in the cellar of the baker's daughter.
+It was at your instigation that Colonel Kalt made an assault upon me
+with a cudgel."
+
+"There's not a word of truth in what you say."
+
+"What!--you deny it? The Lady Blankenswerd, the Marshal's lady, was an
+eye-witness of it all, and she has told me every circumstance."
+
+"She has told your grace a fancy tale--I have had nothing to do with
+it; if you made an ass of yourself in the baker's cellar, that was your
+own fault."
+
+"I ask, once more, will you give me satisfaction? If not, I will expose
+you. Follow me instantly to the King. You shall either fight with me,
+or--go to his Majesty."
+
+Philip was nonplussed. "Your grace," he said, "I have no wish either to
+fight with you or to go to the King."
+
+This was indeed the truth, for he was afraid he should be obliged to
+unmask, and would be punished, of course, for the part he had played.
+He therefore tried to get off by every means, and watched the door to
+seize a favorable moment for effecting his escape. The Duke, on the
+other hand, observed the uneasiness of the Prince (as he thought him),
+and waxed more valorous every minute. At last he seized poor Philip by
+the arm, and was dragging him into the hall.
+
+"What do you want with me?" said Philip, sorely frightened, and shook
+off the Duke.
+
+"To the King. He shall hear how shamefully you insult a guest at his
+court."
+
+"Very good," replied Philip, who saw no hope of escape, except by
+continuing the character of the Prince. "Very good. Come, then, I am
+ready. By good luck I happen to have the agreement with me between you
+and the baker's daughter, in which you promise--"
+
+"Nonsense! stuff!" answered the Duke, "that was only a piece of fun,
+which may be allowed surely with a baker's daughter. Show it if you
+like, I will explain all that."
+
+But it appeared that the Duke was not quite so sure of the explanation,
+for he no longer urged Philip to go before the King. He, however,
+insisted more earnestly than ever on getting into his carriage, and
+going that moment--Heaven knows where--to decide the matter with sword
+and pistol, an arrangement which did not suit our watchman at all.
+Philip pointed out the danger and consequences of such a proceeding,
+but the Duke overruled all objections. He had made every preparation,
+and when it was over he would leave the city that same night.
+
+"If you are not the greatest coward in Europe, you will follow me to
+the carriage--Prince!"
+
+"I--am--no--prince," at last stuttered Philip, now driven to
+extremities.
+
+"You are! Everybody recognized you at the ball. I know you by your hat.
+You sha'n't escape me."
+
+Philip lifted up his mask, and showed the Duke his face.
+
+"Now, then, am I a prince?"
+
+Duke Herrman, when he saw the countenance of a man he had never seen
+before, started back, and stood gazing as if he had been petrified. To
+have revealed his secrets to a perfect stranger! 'T was horrible beyond
+conception! But before he had recovered from his surprise, Philip had
+opened the door and effected his escape.
+
+
+
+
+XI.
+
+
+The moment he found himself at liberty he took off his hat and
+feathers, and wrapping them in his silk mantle, rushed through the
+streets towards St. Gregory's, carrying them under his arm. There stood
+Rose already, in a corner of the high church door, expecting his
+arrival.
+
+"Ah, Philip, dear Philip," she said, pressing his hand, "how happy you
+have made me! how lucky we are! I was very uneasy to get away from my
+friend's house, and I have been waiting here this quarter of an hour,
+but never cared for the frost and snow--my happiness was so great: I am
+so glad you're come back."
+
+"And I too, dear Rose, thank God that I have got back to you. May the
+eagles fly away with these trinkum-trankums of great people. But I'll
+tell you some other time of the scenes I've had. Tell me now, my
+darling, how you are, and whether you love me still!"
+
+"Ah! Philip, you've become a great man now, and it would be better to
+ask if you still care anything for me."
+
+"Thunder! How came you to know so soon that I've been a great man?"
+
+"Why, you told me yourself. Ah! Philip, Philip, I only hope you won't
+be proud, now that you've grown so rich. I am but a poor girl, and not
+good enough for you now--and I have been thinking, Philip, if you
+forsake me, I would rather have had you continue a poor gardener. I
+should fret myself to death if you forsook me."
+
+"What are you talking about, Rose? 'T is true that for one half-hour I
+have been a prince; 't was but a joke, and I want no more of such jokes
+in my life. Now I am a watchman again, and as poor as ever. To be sure,
+I have five thousand dollars in my pocket, that I got from a Mameluke;
+that would make us rich, but unfortunately they don't belong to me!"
+
+"You're speaking nonsense, Philip," said Rose, giving him the purse of
+gold that the Prince had given her. "Here, take back your money, 't is
+too heavy for my bag."
+
+"What should I do with all this gold? Where did you get it, Rose?"
+
+"You won it in the lottery, Philip."
+
+"What! have I won? and they told me at the office my number was not yet
+out. I had hoped and wished that it might come to give us a setting up
+in the world; but gardener Redman said to me as I went a second time
+towards the office: 'Poor Philip--a blank.' Huzzah! I have won! Now I
+will buy a large garden and marry you. How much is it?"
+
+"Are you crazy, Philip, or have you drunk too much? You must know
+better than I can tell you how much it is. I only looked at it quietly
+under the table at my friend's, and was frightened to see so many
+glittering coins, all of gold, Philip. Ah! then I thought, no wonder
+Philip was so impertinent--for, you know, you were very impertinent,
+Philip,--but I can't blame you for it. Oh, I could throw my own arms
+round your neck and cry for joy."
+
+"Rose, if you will do it I shall make no objections. But there's some
+misunderstanding here. Who was it that gave you this money, and told
+you it was my prize in the lottery? I have my ticket safe in my drawer
+at home, and nobody has asked me for it."
+
+"Ah! Philip, don't play your jokes on me! you yourself told me it half
+an hour ago, and gave me the purse with your own hand."
+
+"Rose--try to recollect yourself. This morning I saw you at mass, and
+we agreed to meet here to-night, but since that time I have not seen
+you for an instant."
+
+"No, except half an hour ago, when I saw you at Steinman's door. But
+what is that bundle under your arm? why are you without a hat this cold
+night? Philip! Philip! be careful. All that gold may turn your brain.
+You've been in some tavern, Philip, and have drunk more than you
+should. But tell me, what is in the bundle? Why--here's a woman's silk
+gown.--Philip, Philip, where have you been?"
+
+"Certainly not with you half an hour ago; you want to play tricks on
+me, I fancy; where have you got that money, I should like to know?"
+
+"Answer me first, Philip, where you got that woman's gown. Where have
+you been, sir?"
+
+They were both impatient for explanations, both a little jealous--and
+finally began to quarrel.
+
+
+
+
+XII.
+
+
+But as this was a lovers' quarrel, it ended as lovers' quarrels
+invariably do. When Rose took out her white pocket-handkerchief, put it
+to her beautiful eyes, and turned away her head as the sighs burst
+forth from her breast, this sole argument proved instantly that she was
+in the right, and Philip decidedly in the wrong. He confessed he was to
+blame for everything, and told her that he had been at a masked ball,
+and that his bundle was not a silk gown, but a man's mantle and a hat
+and feathers. And now he had to undergo a rigid examination. Every
+maiden knows that a masked ball is a dangerous maze for unprotected
+hearts. It is like plunging into a whelming sea of dangers, and you
+will be drowned if you are not a good swimmer. Rose did not consider
+Philip the best swimmer in the world--it is difficult to say why. He
+denied having danced, but when she asked him, he could not deny having
+talked with some feminine masks. He related the whole story to her, yet
+would constantly add: "The ladies were of high rank, and they took me
+for another." Rose doubted him a little, but she suppressed her
+resentment until he said they took him for Prince Julian. Then she
+shook her little head, and still more when she heard that Prince Julian
+was transformed into a watchman while Philip was at the ball. But he
+smothered her doubts by saying that in a few minutes the Prince would
+appear at St. Gregory's Church and exchange his watch-coat for the mask.
+
+Rose, in return, related all her adventure; but when she came to the
+incident of the kiss--
+
+"Hold there!" cried Philip; "I didn't kiss you, nor, I am sure, did you
+kiss me in return."
+
+"I am sure 'twas INTENDED for you, then," replied Rose, whilst her
+lover rubbed his hair down, for fear it should stand on end.
+
+"If 'twas not you," continued Rose, anxiously, "I will believe all that
+you have been telling me."
+
+But as she went on in her story a light seemed to break in on her, and
+she exclaimed: "And, after all, I do not believe it was Prince Julian
+in your coat!"
+
+Philip was certain it was, and cried: "The rascal! He stole my
+kisses--now I understand! That's the reason why he wanted to take my
+place and gave me his mask!" And now the stories he had heard at the
+masquerade came into Philip's head. He asked if anybody had called at
+her mother's to offer her money; if any gentleman was much about Milk
+Street; if she saw any one watching her at church; but to all his
+questions her answers were so satisfactory, that it was impossible to
+doubt her total ignorance of all the machinations of the rascally
+courtiers. He warned her against all the advances of philanthropical
+and compassionate princes--and Rose warned him against the dangers of a
+masked ball and adventures with ladies of rank, by which many young men
+have been made unhappy--and as everything was now forgiven, in
+consideration of the kiss not been wilfully bestowed, he was on the
+point of claiming for himself the one of which he had been cheated,
+when his designs were interrupted by an unexpected incident. A man out
+of breath with his rapid flight rushed against them. By the great-coat,
+staff, and horn, Philip recognized his deputy. He, on the other hand,
+snatched at the silk cloak and hat. "Ah! sir," said Philip, "here are
+your things. I would not change places with you again in this world! I
+should be no gainer by the operation."
+
+"Quick! quick!" cried the Prince, and threw the watchman's apparel on
+the snow and fastened on his mask, hat, and cloak. Philip returned to
+his old beaver and coat, and took up the lantern and staff. Rose had
+shrunk back into the door.
+
+"I promised thee a dole, comrade--but it's a positive fact--I have not
+got my purse."
+
+"I've got it here," said Philip, and held it out to him. "You gave it
+to my intended there; but, please your Highness, I must forbid all
+presents in that quarter."
+
+"Comrade, keep what you've got, and be off as quick as you can. You are
+not safe here."
+
+The Prince was flying off as he spoke, but Philip held him by the
+mantle.
+
+"One thing, my Lord, we have to settle--"
+
+"Run! watchman! I tell you. They're in search of you."
+
+"I have nothing to run for. But your purse, here--"
+
+"Keep it, I tell you. Fly! if you can run."
+
+"And a billet of Marshal Blankenswerd's for five thousand dollars--"
+
+"Ha! what the plague do you know about Marshal Blankenswerd?"
+
+"He said it was a gambling debt he owed you. He and his lady start
+to-night for their estates in Poland."
+
+"Are you mad? how do you know that? Who gave you the message for me?"
+
+"And, your Highness, the Minister of Finance will pay all your debts to
+Abraham Levi and others if you will use your influence with the King to
+keep him in office."
+
+"Watchman! you've been tampering with Old Nick."
+
+"But I rejected the offer."
+
+"YOU rejected the offer of the Minister?"
+
+"Yes, your Highness. And, moreover, I have entirely reconciled the
+Baroness Bonau with the Chamberlain Pilzou."
+
+"Which of us two is a fool?"
+
+"Another thing, your Highness. Signora Rollina is a bad woman. I have
+heard of some love affairs of hers. You are deceived--I therefore
+thought her not worthy of your attentions, and put off the meeting
+to-night at her house."
+
+"Signora Rollina! How did you come to hear of her?"
+
+"Another thing. Duke Herrman is terribly enraged about that business in
+the cellar. He is going to complain of you to the King."
+
+"The Duke! Who told you about that?"
+
+"Himself. You are not secure yet--but I don't think he'll go to the
+King, for I threatened him with his agreement with the baker's
+daughter. But he wants to fight you; be on yoor guard."
+
+"Once for all--do you know how the Duke was informed of all this?"
+
+"Through the Marshal's wife. She told all, and confessed she had acted
+the witch in the ghost-raising."
+
+The Prince took Philip by the arm. "My good fellow," he said, "you are
+no watchman." He turned his face towards a lamp, and started when he
+saw the face of this strange man.
+
+"Are you possessed by Satan, or...Who are you?" said Julian, who had
+now become quite sober.
+
+"I am Philip Stark, the gardener, son of old Gottlieb Stark, the
+watchman," said Philip, quietly.
+
+
+
+
+XIII.
+
+
+"Lay hold on him! That's the man!" cried many voices, and Philip, Rose,
+and Julian saw themselves surrounded by six lusty servants of the
+police. Rose screamed, Philip took her hand, and told her not to be
+alarmed. The Prince clapped his hand on Philip's shoulder.
+
+"'Tis a stupid business," he said, "and you should have escaped when I
+told you. But don't be frightened; there shall no harm befall you."
+
+"That's to be seen," said one of the captors. "In the meantime he must
+come along with us."
+
+"Where to?" inquired Philip; "I am doing my duty. I am watchman of this
+beat."
+
+"That's the reason we take you. Come."
+
+The Prince stepped forward. "Let the man go, good people," he said, and
+searched in all his pockets for his purse. As he found it nowhere, he
+was going to whisper to Philip to give it him, but the police tore them
+apart, and one of them shouted: "On! We can't stop to talk here."
+
+"The masked fellow must go with us too; he is suspicious-looking."
+
+"Not so," exclaimed Philip; "you are in search of the watchman. Here I
+am, if you choose to answer for taking me from my duty. But let this
+gentleman go."
+
+"We don't want any lessons from you in our duty," replied the sergeant;
+"march! all of them!"
+
+"The damsel too?" asked Philip; "you don't want her surely!"
+
+"No, she may go; but we must see her face, and take down her name and
+residence; it may be of use."
+
+"She is the daughter of Widow Bittner," said Philip; and was not a
+little enraged when the whole party took Rose to a lamp and gazed on
+her tearful face.
+
+"Go home, Rose, and don't be alarmed on my account," said Philip,
+trying to comfort her; "my conscience is clear."
+
+But Rose sobbed so as to move even the policemen to pity her. The
+Prince, availing himself of the opportunity, attempted to spring out of
+his captors' hands, but one of the men was a better jumper than he, and
+put an obstacle in his way.
+
+"Hallo!" cried the sergeant, "this conscience is not quite so clear;
+hold him firm; march!"
+
+"Whither?" said the Prince.
+
+"Directly to the Minister of Police."
+
+"Listen," said the Prince, seriously but affably, for he did not like
+the turn affairs were taking, as he was anxious to keep his watchman
+frolic concealed. "I have nothing to do with this business. I belong to
+the court. If you venture to force me to go with you, you will be sorry
+for it when you are feasting on bread and water tomorrow in prison."
+
+"For Heaven's sake, let the gentleman go," cried Philip; "I give you my
+word he is a great lord, and will make you repent your conduct. He is--"
+
+"Hush; be silent," interrupted Julian; "tell no human being who I am.
+Whatever happens keep my name a secret. Do you hear? an entire secret
+from every one!"
+
+"We do our duty," said the sergeant, "and nobody can punish us for
+that; you may go to a prison yourself; we have often had fellows speak
+as high, and threaten as fiercely; forward!"
+
+"Men! take advice; he is a distinguished man at court."
+
+"If it were a king himself he should go with us. He is a suspicious
+character, and we must do our duty."
+
+While the contest about the Prince went on, a carriage, with eight
+horses and outriders, bearing flambeaux, drove past the church.
+
+"Stop!" said a voice from the carriage, as it was passing the crowd of
+policemen who had the Prince in custody.
+
+The carriage stopped. The door flew open, and a gentleman, with a
+brilliant star on the breast of his surtout, leaped out. He pushed
+through the party, and examined the Prince from head to foot.
+
+"I thought," he said, "I knew the bird by his feathers. Mask, who are
+you?"
+
+Julian was taken by surprise, for in the inquirer he recognized Duke
+Herrman.
+
+"Answer me," roared Herrman in a voice of thunder.
+
+Julian shook his head, and made signs to the Duke to desist, but he
+pressed the question he upon him, being determined to know who it he
+had accosted at the masquerade. He asked the policemen. They stood with
+heads uncovered, and told him they had orders to bring the watchman
+instantly before the Minister of Police, for he had been singing wicked
+verses, they had heard some of them; that the mask had given himself
+out as some great lord of the court, but that they believed that to be
+a false pretence, and therefore considered it their duty to take him
+into custody.
+
+"The man is not of the court," answered the Duke; "take my word for
+that. He himself clandestinely into the ball, and himself off for
+Prince Julian. I forced him to unmask, and detected the impostor, but
+he escaped me. I have informed the Lord Chamberlain; off with him to
+the palace! You have made a fine prize!"
+
+With these words the Duke strode back to his carriage, and once more
+urging them not to let the villains escape, gave orders to drive on.
+
+The Prince saw no chance left. To reveal himself now would be to make
+his night's adventures the talk of the whole city. He thought it better
+to disclose his incognito to the Chamberlain or the Minister of Police.
+"Since it must be so, come on then," he said; and the party marched
+forward, keeping a firm hand on the two prisoners.
+
+
+
+
+XIV.
+
+
+Phipip was not sure whether he was bewitched, or whether the whole
+business was not a dream, for it was a night such as he had never
+passed before in his life. He had nothing to blame himself for except
+that he had changed clothes with the Prince, and then, whether he would
+or no, been forced to support his character. He felt pretty safe, for
+it was the princely watchman who had been at fault, and he saw no
+occasion for his being committed. His heart beat, however, when they
+came to the palace. His coat, horn, and staff were taken from him.
+Julian spoke a few words to a young nobleman, and immediately the
+policemen were sent away. The Prince ascended the stairs, and Philip
+had to follow.
+
+"Fear nothing," said Julian, and left him. Philip was taken to a little
+ante-room, where he had to wait a good while. At last one of the royal
+grooms came to him, and said: "Come this way; the King will see you."
+
+Philip was distracted with fear. His knees shook so that he could
+hardly walk. He was led into a splendid chamber. The old King was
+sitting at a table, and laughing long and load; near him stood Prince
+Julian without a mask. Besides these, there was nobody in the room.
+
+The King looked at Philip with a good-humored expression. "Tell me
+all--without missing a syllable--that you have done to-night."
+
+Philip took courage from the condescension of the old King, and told
+the whole story from beginning to end. He had the good sense, however,
+to conceal all he had heard among the courtiers that could turn to the
+prejudice of the Prince. The King laughed again and again, and at last
+took two gold-pieces from his pocket and gave them to Philip. "Here, my
+son, take these, but say not a word of your night's adventures. Await
+your trial; no harm shall cone of it to you. Now go, my friend, and
+remember what I have told you."
+
+Philip knelt down at the King's feet and kissed his hand as he
+stammered some words of thanks. When he arose, and was leaving the
+room, Prince Julian said: "I beseech your Majesty to allow the young
+man to wait a few minutes outside. I have some compensation to make to
+him for the inconvenience he has suffered."
+
+The King, smiling, nodded his assent, and Philip left the apartment.
+
+"Prince!" said the King, holding up his forefinger in a threatening
+manner to his son, "'tis well for you that you told me nothing but the
+truth. For this time I must pardon your wild scrape, but if such a
+thing happens again you will offend me. There will be no excuse for
+you! I must take Duke Herrman in hand myself. I shall not be sorry if
+we can get quit of him. As to the Ministers of Finance and Police. I
+must have further proofs of what you say. Go now, and give some present
+to the gardener. He has shown more discretion in your character than
+you have in his."
+
+The Prince took leave of the King, and having changed his dress in an
+ante-room, sent for Philip to go to his palace with him; there he made
+him go over--word for word--everything that had occurred. When Philip
+had finished his narrative, the Prince clapped him on the shoulder and
+said: "Philip, listen! You're a sensible fellow. I can confide in you,
+and I am satisfied with you. What you have done in my name with the
+Chamberlain Pilzou, the Countess Bonau, the Marshal and his wife,
+Colonel Kalt, and the Minister of Finance--I will maintain--as if I had
+done it myself. But, on the other hand, YOU must take all the blame of
+my doings with the horn and staff. As a penalty for verses, you shall
+lose your office of watchman. You shall be my head-gardener from this
+date, and have charge of my two gardens at Heimleben and Quellenthal.
+The money I gave your bride she shall keep as her marriage
+portion,--and I give you the order of Marshal Blankenswerd for five
+thousand dollars, as a mark of my regard. Go, now; be faithful and
+true!"
+
+Who could be happier than Philip! He almost flew to Rose's house. She
+had not yet gone to bed, but sat with her mother beside a table, and
+was weeping. He threw the purse on the table and said: "Rose, there is
+thy dowry! and here are five thousand dollars, which are mine! As a
+watchman I have transgressed, and shall therefore lose my father's
+situation; but the day after to-morrow I shall go, as head-gardener of
+Prince Julian, to Heimleben. And you, mother and Rose, must go with me.
+My father and mother also. I can support you all. Huzza! Gods send all
+good people such a happy New Year!"
+
+Mother Bittner hardly knew whether to believe Philip or not,
+notwithstanding she saw the gold. But when he told her how it had all
+happened--though with some reservations--she wept with joy, embraced
+him, laid her her daughter on his breast, and then danced about the
+room in a perfect ecstasy, "Do thy father and mother know this,
+Philip?" she said. And when he answered no, she cried: "Rose, kindle
+the fire, put over the water, and make some coffee for all of us." She
+then wrapped herself in her little woollen shawl and left the house.
+
+But Rose lay on Philip's breast, and forgot all about the wood and
+water. And there she yet lay when Mother Bittner returned with old
+Gottlieb and Mother Katharine. They surrounded their children and
+blessed them. Mother Bittner saw if she wanted coffee, she would be
+obliged to cook it herself.
+
+Philip lost his situation as watchman. Rose became his wife in two
+weeks; their parents went with them to--; but this does not belong to
+the adventures of a New Year's Eve, a night more ruinous to the
+Minister of Finance than any one else; neither have we heard of any
+more pranks by the wild Prince Julian.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Stories by Foreign Authors: German, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS: GERMAN ***
+
+***** This file should be named 5431.txt or 5431.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/3/5431/
+
+Produced by Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/5431.zip b/5431.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93b76db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/5431.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f3d8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #5431 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5431)
diff --git a/old/s4fag10.txt b/old/s4fag10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b68a56c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/s4fag10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6006 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Stories by Foreign Authors: German, by Various
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Stories by Foreign Authors: German
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: April, 2004 [EBook #5431]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on July 18, 2002]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS: GERMAN ***
+
+
+
+
+Nicole Apostola, Charles Franks and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS
+
+GERMAN
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY ...... BY PAUL HEYSE
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM ...... BY RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT........BY LEOPOLD VON SACHER-MASOCH
+
+THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER........BY RUDOLPH BAUMBACH
+
+THE CREMONA VIOLIN ........BY E.T. . HOFFMANN
+
+ADVENTURES Of A NEW-YEAR'S EVE...... BY HEINRICH ZSCHOKKE
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY
+
+BY
+
+PAUL HEYSE
+
+
+From "Tales from the German of Paul Heyse"
+
+
+
+
+THE FURY
+
+(L'ARRABIATA)
+
+The day had scarcely dawned. Over Vesuvius hung one broad gray
+stripe of mist, stretching across as far as Naples, and darkening
+all the small towns along the coast. The sea lay calm. Along the
+shore of the narrow creek that lies beneath the Sorrento cliffs,
+fishermen and their wives were at work already, some with giant
+cables drawing their boats to land, with the nets that had been cast
+the night before, while others were rigging their craft, trimming
+the sails, or fetching out oars and masts from the great grated
+vaults that have been built deep into the rocks for shelter to the
+tackle overnight. Nowhere an idle hand; even the very aged, who had
+long given up going to sea, fell into the long chain of those who
+were hauling in the nets. Here and there, on some flat housetop, an
+old woman stood and spun, or busied herself about her grandchildren,
+whom their mother had left to help her husband.
+
+"Do you see, Rachela? yonder is our padre curato," said one to a
+little thing of ten, who brandished a small spindle by her side;
+"Antonio is to row him over to Capri. Madre Santissima! but the
+reverend signore's eyes are dull with sleep!" and she waved her hand
+to a benevolent-looking little priest, who was settling himself in
+the boat, and spreading out upon the bench his carefully tucked-up
+skirts.
+
+The men upon the quay had dropped their work to see their pastor
+off, who bowed and nodded kindly, right and left.
+
+"What for must he go to Capri, granny?" asked the child. "Have the
+people there no priest of their own, that they must borrow ours?"
+
+"Silly thing!" returned the granny. "Priests they have in plenty--
+and the most beautiful of churches, and a hermit too, which is more
+than we have. But there lives a great signora, who once lived here;
+she was so very ill! Many's the time our padre had to go and take
+the Most Holy to her, when they thought she could not live the
+night. But with the Blessed Virgin's help she got strong and well,
+and was able to bathe every day in the sea. When she went away, she
+left a fine heap of ducats behind her for our church, and for the
+poor; and she would not go, they say, until our padre promised to go
+and see her over there, that she might confess to him as before. It
+is quite wonderful, the store she lays by him! Indeed, and we have
+cause to bless ourselves for having a curato who has gifts enough
+for an archbishop, and is in such request with all the great folks.
+The Madonna be with him!" she cried, and waved her hand again, as
+the boat was about to put from shore.
+
+"Are we to have fair weather, my son?" inquired the little priest,
+with an anxious look toward Naples.
+
+"The sun is not yet up," the young man answered; "when he comes, he
+will easily do for that small trifle of mist."
+
+"Off with you, then! that we may arrive before the heat."
+
+Antonio was just reaching for his long oar to shove away the boat,
+when suddenly he paused, and fixed his eyes upon the summit of the
+steep path that leads down from Sorrento to the water. A tall and
+slender girlish figure had become visible upon the heights, and was
+now hastily stepping down the stones, waving her handkerchief She
+had a small bundle under her arm, and her dress was mean and poor.
+Yet she had a distinguished if somewhat savage way of throwing back
+her head, and the dark tress wreathed around it was like a diadem.
+
+"What have we to wait for?" inquired the curato.
+
+"There is some one coming who wants to go to Capri--with your
+permission, padre. We shall not go a whit the slower. It is a slight
+young thing, but just eighteen."
+
+At that moment the young girl appeared from behind the wall that
+bounds the winding path.
+
+"Laurella!" cried the priest; "and what has she to do in Capri?"
+
+Antonio shrugged his shoulders. She came up with hasty steps, her
+eyes fixed straight before her.
+
+"Ha! l'Arrabiata! good-morning!" shouted one or two of the young
+boatmen. But for the curato's presence, they might have added more;
+the look of mute defiance with which the young girl received their
+welcome appeared to tempt the more mischievous among them.
+
+"Good-day, Laurella!" now said the priest; "how are you? Are you
+coming with us to Capri?"
+
+"If I may, padre."
+
+"Ask Antonio there; the boat is his. Every man is master of his own,
+I say, as God is master of us all."
+
+"There is half a carlino, if I may go for that?" said Laurella,
+without looking at the young boatman.
+
+"You need it more than I," he muttered, and pushed aside some
+orange-baskets to make room: he was to sell the oranges in Capri,
+which little isle of rocks has never been able to grow enough for
+all its visitors.
+
+"I do not choose to go for nothing," said the girl, with a slight
+frown of her dark eyebrows.
+
+"Come, child," said the priest; "he is a good lad, and had rather
+not enrich himself with that little morsel of your poverty. Come
+now, and step in," and he stretched out his hand to help her, "and
+sit you down by me. See, now, he has spread his jacket for you, that
+you may sit the softer. Young folks are all alike; for one little
+maiden of eighteen they will do more than for ten of us reverend
+fathers. Nay, no excuse, Tonino. It is the Lord's own doing, that
+like and like should hold together."
+
+Meantime Laurella had stepped in, and seated herself beside the
+padre, first putting away Antonio's jacket without a word. The young
+fellow let it lie, and, muttering between his teeth, he gave one
+vigorous push against the pier, and the little boat flew out into
+the open bay.
+
+"What are you carrying there in that little bundle?" inquired the
+padre, as they were floating on over a calm sea, now just beginning
+to be lighted up with the earliest rays of the rising sun. "Silk,
+thread, and a loaf, padre. The silk is to be sold at Anacapri, to a
+woman who makes ribbons, and the thread to another."
+
+"Spun by yourself?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"You once learned to weave ribbons yourself, if I remember right?"
+
+"I did, sir; but mother has been much worse, and I cannot stay so
+long from home; and a loom to ourselves we are not rich enough to
+buy."
+
+"Worse, is she? Ah! dear, dear! when I was with you last, at Easter,
+she was up."
+
+"The spring is always her worst time. Ever since those last great
+storms, and the earthquakes she has been forced to keep her bed from
+pain."
+
+"Pray, my child. Never slacken your prayers and petitions that the
+Blessed Virgin may intercede for you; and be industrious and good,
+that your prayers may find a hearing."
+
+After a pause: "When you were coming toward the shore, I heard them
+calling after you. 'Good-morning, l'Arrabiata!' they said. What made
+them call you so? It is not a nice name for a young Christian
+maiden, who should be meek and mild."
+
+The young girl's brown face glowed all over, while her eyes flashed
+fire.
+
+"They always mock me so, because I do not dance and sing, and stand
+about to chatter, as other girls do. I might be left in peace, I
+think; I do THEM no harm."
+
+"Nay, but you might be civil. Let others dance and sing, on whom
+this life sits lighter; but a kind word now and then is seemly even
+from the most afflicted."
+
+Her dark eyes fell, and she drew her eyebrows closer over them, as
+if she would have hidden them.
+
+They went on a while in silence. The sun now stood resplendent above
+the mountain chain; only the tip of Mount Vesuvius towered beyond
+the group of clouds that had gathered about its base; and on the
+Sorrento plains the houses were gleaming white from the dark green
+of their orange-gardens.
+
+"Have you heard no more of that painter, Laurella?" asked the
+curato--"that Neapolitan, who wished so much to marry you?" She
+shook her head." He came to make a picture of you. Why would you not
+let him?"
+
+"What did he want it for? There are handsomer girls than I. Who
+knows what he would have done with it? He might have bewitched me
+with it, or hurt my soul, or even killed me, mother says."
+
+"Never believe such sinful things!" said the little curato very
+earnestly. "Are not you ever in God's keeping, without whose will
+not one hair of your head can fall? and is one poor mortal with an
+image in his hand to prevail against the Lord? Besides, you might
+have seen that he was fond of you; else why should he want to marry
+you?"
+
+She said nothing.
+
+"And wherefore did you refuse him? He was an honest man, they say,
+and comely; and he would have kept you and your mother far better
+than you ever can yourself, for all your spinning and silk-winding."
+
+"We are so poor!" she said passionately; "and mother has been ill so
+long, we should have become a burden to him. And then I never should
+have done for a signora. When his friends came to see him, he would
+only have been ashamed of me."
+
+"How can you say so? I tell you the man was good and kind; he would
+even have been willing to settle in Sorrento. It will not be so easy
+to find another, sent straight from heaven to be the saving of you,
+as this man, indeed, appeared to be."
+
+"I want no husband--I never shall," she said, very stubbornly, half
+to herself.
+
+"Is this a vow? or do you mean to be a nun?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"The people are not so wrong who call you wilful, although the name
+they give you is not kind. Have you ever considered that you stand
+alone in the world, and that your perverseness must make your sick
+mother's illness worse to bear, her life more bitter? And what sound
+reason can you have to give for rejecting an honest hand, stretched
+out to help you and your mother? Answer me, Laurella."
+
+"I have a reason," she said reluctantly, and speaking low; "but it
+is one I cannot give."
+
+"Not give! not give to me? not to your confessor, whom you surely
+know to be your friend--or is he not?"
+
+Laurella nodded.
+
+"Then, child, unburden your heart. If your reason be a good one, I
+shall be the very first to uphold you in it. Only you are young, and
+know so little of the world. A time may come when you will find
+cause to regret a chance of happiness thrown away for some foolish
+fancy now."
+
+Shyly she threw a furtive glance over to the other end of the boat,
+where the young boatman sat, rowing fast. His woollen cap was pulled
+deep down over his eyes; he was gazing far across the water, with
+averted head, sunk, as it appeared, in his own meditations.
+
+The priest observed her look, and bent his ear down closer.
+
+"You did not know my father?" she whispered, while a dark look
+gathered in her eyes.
+
+"Your father, child! Why, your father died when you were ten years
+old. What can your father (Heaven rest his soul in paradise!) have
+to do with this present perversity of yours?"
+
+"You did not know him, padre; you did not know that mother's illness
+was caused by him alone."
+
+"And how?"
+
+"By his ill-treatment of her; he beat her and trampled upon her. I
+well remember the nights when he came home in his fits of frenzy.
+She never said a word, and did everything he bade her. Yet he would
+beat her so, my heart felt ready to break. I used to cover up my
+head and pretend to be asleep, but I cried all night. And then, when
+he saw her lying on the floor, quite suddenly he would change, and
+lift her up and kiss her, till she screamed and said he smothered
+her. Mother forbade me ever to say a word of this; but it wore her
+out. And in all these long years since father died, she has never
+been able to get well again. And if she should soon die--which God
+forbid!--I know who it was that killed her."
+
+The little curato's head wagged slowly to and fro; he seemed
+uncertain how far to acquiesce in the young girl's reasons. At
+length he said: "Forgive him, as your mother has forgiven! And turn
+your thoughts from such distressing pictures, Laurella; there may be
+better days in store for you, which will make you forget the past."
+
+"Never shall I forget that!" she said, and shuddered. "And you must
+know, padre, it is the reason why I have resolved to remain
+unmarried. I never will be subject to a man, who may beat and then
+caress me. Were a man now to want to beat or kiss me, I could defend
+myself; but mother could not--neither from his blows nor kisses--
+because she loved him. Now, I will never so love a man as to be made
+ill and wretched by him."
+
+"You are but a child, and you talk like one who knows nothing at all
+of life. Are all men like that poor father of yours? Do all ill-
+treat their wives, and give vent to every whim and gust of passion?
+Have you never seen a good man yet? or known good wives, who live in
+peace and harmony with their husbands?"
+
+"But nobody ever knew how father was to mother; she would have died
+sooner than complain or tell of him, and all because she loved him.
+If this be love--if love can close our lips when they should cry out
+for help--if it is to make us suffer without resistance, worse than
+even our worst enemy could make us suffer--then, I say, I never will
+be fond of mortal man."
+
+"I tell you you are childish; you know not what you are saying. When
+your time comes, you are not likely to be consulted whether you
+choose to fall in love or not." After a pause, he added, "And that
+painter: did you think he could have been cruel?"
+
+"He made those eyes I have seen my father make, when he begged my
+mother's pardon and took her in his arms to make it up. I know those
+eyes. A man may make such eyes, and yet find it in his heart to beat
+a wife who never did a thing to vex him! It made my flesh creep to
+see those eyes again."
+
+After this she would not say another word. The curato also remained
+silent. He bethought himself of more than one wise saying, wherewith
+the maiden might have been admonished; but he refrained, in
+consideration of the young boatman, who had been growing rather
+restless toward the close of this confession.
+
+When, after two hours' rowing, they reached the little bay of Capri,
+Antonio took the padre in his arms, and carried him through the last
+few ripples of shallow water, to set him reverently down upon his
+legs on dry land. But Laurella did not wait for him to wade back and
+fetch her. Gathering up her little petticoat, holding in one hand
+her wooden shoes and in the other her little bundle, with one
+splashing step or two she had reached the shore. "I have some time
+to stay at Capri," said the priest. "You need not wait--I may not
+perhaps return before to-morrow. When you get home, Laurella,
+remember me to your mother; I will come and see her within the week.
+You mean to go back before it gets dark?"
+
+"If I find an opportunity," answered the girl, turning all her
+attention to her skirts.
+
+"I must return, you know," said Antonio, in a tone which he believed
+to be one of great indifference. "I shall wait here till the Ave
+Maria. If you should not come, it is the same to me."
+
+"You must come," interposed the little priest; "you never can leave
+your mother all alone at night. Is it far you have to go?"
+
+"To a vineyard by Anacapri."
+
+"And I to Capri. So now God bless you, child--and you, my son."
+
+Laurella kissed his hand, and let one farewell drop, for the padre
+and Antonio to divide between them. Antonio, however, appropriated
+no part of it to himself; he pulled off his cap exclusively to the
+padre, without even looking at Laurella. But after they had turned
+their backs, he let his eyes travel but a short way with the padre,
+as he went toiling over the deep bed of small, loose stones; he soon
+sent them after the maiden, who, turning to the right, had begun to
+climb the heights, holding one hand above her eyes to protect them
+from the scorching sun. Just before the path disappeared behind high
+walls, she stopped, as if to gather breath, and looked behind her.
+At her feet lay the marina; the rugged rocks rose high around her;
+the sea was shining in the rarest of its deep-blue splendor. The
+scene was surely worth a moment's pause. But, as chance would have
+it, her eyes, in glancing past Antonio's boat, met Antonio's own,
+which had been following her as she climbed.
+
+Each made a slight movement, as persons do who would excuse
+themselves for some mistake; and then, with her darkest look, the
+maiden went her way.
+
+Hardly one hour had passed since noon, and yet for the last two
+Antonio had been sitting waiting on the bench before the fishers'
+tavern. He must have been very much preoccupied with something, for
+he jumped up every moment to step out into the sunshine, and look
+carefully up and down the roads, which, parting right and left, lead
+to the only two little towns upon the island. He did not altogether
+trust the weather, he then said to the hostess of the osteria; to be
+sure, it was clear enough, but he did not quite like that tint of
+sea and sky. Just so it had looked, he said, before the last awful
+storm, when the English family had been so nearly lost; surely she
+must remember it?
+
+No, indeed, she said, she didn't.
+
+Well, if the weather should happen to change before night, she was
+to think of him, he said.
+
+"Have you many fine folk over there?" she asked him, after a while.
+
+"They are only just beginning; as yet, the season has been bad
+enough; those who came to bathe, came late."
+
+"The spring came late. Have you not been earning more than we at
+Capri?"
+
+"Not enough to give me macaroni twice a week, if I had had nothing
+but the boat--only a letter now and then to take to Naples, or a
+gentleman to row out into the open sea, that he might fish. But you
+know I have an uncle who is rich; he owns more than one fine orange-
+garden; and, 'Tonino,' says he to me, 'while I live you shall not
+suffer want; and when I am gone you will find that I have taken care
+of you.' And so, with God's help, I got through the winter."
+
+"Has he children, this uncle who is rich?"
+
+"No, he never married; he was long in foreign parts, and many a good
+piastre he has laid together. He is going to set up a great fishing
+business, and set me over it, to see the rights of it."
+
+"Why, then you are a made man, Tonino!"
+
+The young boatman shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Every man has his own burden," said he, starting up again to have
+another look at the weather, turning his eyes right and left,
+although he must have known that there can be no weather side but
+one.
+
+"Let me fetch you another bottle," said the hostess; "your uncle can
+well afford to pay for it."
+
+"Not more than one glass; it is a fiery wine you have in Capri, and
+my head is hot already."
+
+"It does not heat the blood; you may drink as much of it as you
+like. And here is my husband coming; so you must sit a while, and
+talk to him."
+
+And in fact, with his nets over his shoulder, and his red cap upon
+his curly head, down came the comely padrone of the osteria. He had
+been taking a dish of fish to that great lady, to set before the
+little curato. As soon as he caught sight of the young boatman, he
+began waving him a most cordial welcome; and he came to sit beside
+him on the bench, chattering and asking questions. Just as his wife
+was bringing her second bottle of pure unadulterated Capri, they
+heard the crisp sand crunch, and Laurella was seen approaching from
+the left-hand road to Anacapri. She nodded slightly in salutation;
+then stopped, and hesitated.
+
+Antonio sprang from his seat. "I must go," he said. "It is a young
+Sorrento girl, who came over with the signor curato in the morning.
+She has to get back to her sick mother before night."
+
+"Well, well, time enough yet before night," observed the fisherman;
+"time enough to take a glass of wine. Wife, I say, another glass!"
+
+"I thank you; I had rather not;" and Laurella kept her distance.
+
+"Fill the glasses, wife; fill them both, I say; she only wants a
+little pressing."
+
+"Don't," interposed the lad. "It is a wilful head of her own she
+has; a saint could not persuade her to do what she does not choose."
+And, taking a hasty leave, he ran down to the boat, loosened the
+rope, and stood waiting for Laurella. Again she bent her head to the
+hostess, and slowly approached the water, with lingering steps. She
+looked around on every side, as if in hopes of seeing some other
+passenger. But the marina was deserted. The fishermen were asleep,
+or rowing about the coast with rods or nets; a few women and
+children sat before their doors, spinning or sleeping: such
+strangers as had come over in the morning were waiting for the cool
+of the evening to return. She had not time to look about her long;
+before she could prevent him, Antonio had seized her in his arms and
+carried her to the boat, as if she had been an infant. He leaped in
+after her, and with a stroke or two of his oar they were in deep
+water.
+
+She had seated herself at the end of the boat, half turning her back
+to him, so that he could only see her profile. She wore a sterner
+look than ever; the low, straight brow was shaded by her hair; the
+rounded lips were firmly closed; only the delicate nostril
+occasionally gave a wilful quiver. After they had gone on a while in
+silence, she began to feel the scorching of the sun; and,
+unloosening her bundle, she threw the handkerchief over her head,
+and began to make her dinner of the bread; for in Capri she had
+eaten nothing.
+
+Antonio did not stand this long; he fetched out a couple of the
+oranges with which the baskets had been filled in the morning. "Here
+is something to eat to your bread, Laurella," he said. "Don't think
+I kept them for you; they had rolled out of the basket, and I only
+found them when I brought the baskets back to the boat."
+
+"Eat them yourself; bread is enough for me."
+
+"They are refreshing in this heat, and you have had to walk so far."
+
+"They gave me a drink of water, and that refreshed me."
+
+"As you please," he said, and let them drop into the basket.
+
+Silence again. The sea was smooth as glass. Not a ripple was heard
+against the prow. Even the white sea-birds that roost among the
+caves of Capri pursued their prey with soundless flight.
+
+"You might take the oranges to your mother," again commenced Tonino.
+
+"We have oranges at home; and when they are gone, I can go and buy
+some more."
+
+"Nay, take these to her, and give them to her with my compliments."
+
+"She does not know you."
+
+"You could tell her who I am."
+
+"I do not know you either."
+
+It was not the first time that she had denied him thus. One Sunday
+of last year, when that painter had first come to Sorrento, Antonio
+had chanced to be playing boccia with some other young fellows in
+the little piazza by the chief street.
+
+There, for the first time, had the painter caught sight of Laurella,
+who, with her pitcher on her head, had passed by without taking any
+notice of him. The Neapolitan, struck by her appearance, stood still
+and gazed after her, not heeding that he was standing in the very
+midst of the game, which, with two steps, he might have cleared. A
+very ungentle ball came knocking against his shins, as a reminder
+that this was not the spot to choose for meditation. He looked
+round, as if in expectation of some excuse. But the young boatman
+who had thrown the ball stood silent among his friends, in such an
+attitude of defiance that the stranger had found it more advisable
+to go his ways and avoid discussion. Still, this little encounter
+had been spoken of, particularly at the time when the painter had
+been pressing his suit to Laurella. "I do not even know him," she
+said indignantly, when the painter asked her whether it was for the
+sake of that uncourteous lad she now refused him. But she had heard
+that piece of gossip, and known Antonio well enough when she had met
+him since.
+
+And now they sat together in this boat, like two most deadly
+enemies, while their hearts were beating fit to kill them. Antonio's
+usually so good-humored face was heated to scarlet; he struck the
+oars so sharply that the foam flew over to where Laurella sat, while
+his lips moved as if muttering angry words. She pretended not to
+notice, wearing her most unconscious look, bending over the edge of
+the boat, and letting the cool water pass between her fingers. Then
+she threw off her handkerchief again, and began to smooth her hair,
+as though she had been alone. Only her eyebrows twitched, and she
+held up her wet hands in vain attempts to cool her burning cheeks.
+
+Now they were well out in the open sea. The island was far behind,
+and the coast before them lay yet distant in the hot haze. Not a
+sail was within sight, far or near--not even a passing gull to break
+the stillness. Antonio looked all round, evidently ripening some
+hasty resolution. The color faded suddenly from his cheek, and he
+dropped his oars. Laurella looked round involuntarily--fearless, yet
+attentive.
+
+"I must make an end of this," the young fellow burst forth. "It has
+lasted too long already! I only wonder that it has not killed me!
+You say you do not know me? And all this time you must have seen me
+pass you like a madman, my whole heart full of what I had to tell
+you; and then you only made your crossest mouth, and turned your
+back upon me."
+
+"What had I to say to you?" she curtly replied. "I may have seen
+that you were inclined to meddle with me, but I do not choose to be
+on people's wicked tongues for nothing. I do not mean to have you
+for a husband--neither you nor any other."
+
+"Nor any other? So you will not always say! You say so now, because
+you would not have that painter. Bah! you were but a child! You will
+feel lonely enough yet, some day; and then, wild as you are, you
+will take the next best who comes to hand."
+
+"Who knows? which of us can see the future? It may be that I will
+change my mind. What is that to you?"
+
+"What is it to me?" he flew out, starting to his feet, while the
+small boat leaped and danced; "what is it to me, you say? You know
+well enough! I tell you, that man shall perish miserably to whom you
+shall prove kinder than you have been to me!"
+
+"And to you, what did I ever promise? Am I to blame if you be mad?
+What right have you to me?"
+
+"Ah! I know," he cried, "my right is written nowhere. It has not
+been put in Latin by any lawyer, nor stamped with any seal. But this
+I feel: I have just the right to you that I have to heaven, if I die
+an honest Christian. Do you think I could look on and see you go to
+church with another man, and see the girls go by and shrug their
+shoulders at me?"
+
+"You can do as you please. I am not going to let myself be
+frightened by all those threats. I also mean to do as I please."
+
+"You shall not say so long!" and his whole frame shook with passion.
+"I am not the man to let my whole life be spoiled by a stubborn
+wench like you! You are in my power here, remember, and may be made
+to do my bidding."
+
+She could not repress a start, but her eyes flashed bravely on him.
+
+"You may kill me if you dare," she said slowly.
+
+"I do nothing by halves," he said, and his voice sounded choked and
+hoarse. "There is room for us both in the sea. I cannot help thee,
+child"--he spoke the last words dreamily, almost pitifully--"but we
+must both go down together--both at once--and now!" he shouted, and
+snatched her in his arms. But at the same moment he drew back his
+right hand; the blood gushed out; she had bitten him fiercely.
+
+"Ha! can I be made to do your bidding?" she cried, and thrust him
+from her, with one sudden movement; "am I here in your power?" and
+she leaped into the sea, and sank.
+
+She rose again directly; her scanty skirts clung close; her long
+hair, loosened by the waves, hung heavy about her neck. She struck
+out valiantly, and, without uttering a sound, she began to swim
+steadily from the boat toward the shore.
+
+With senses benumbed by sudden terror, he stood, with outstretched
+neck, looking after her, his eyes fixed as though they had just been
+witness to a miracle. Then, giving himself a shake, he seized his
+oars, and began rowing after her with all the strength he had, while
+all the time the bottom of the boat was reddening fast with the
+blood that kept streaming from his hand.
+
+Rapidly as she swam, he was at her side in a moment. "For the love
+of our most Holy Virgin" he cried, "get into the boat! I have been a
+madman! God alone can tell what so suddenly darkened my brain. It
+came upon me like a flash of lightning, and set me all on fire. I
+knew not what I did or said. I do not even ask you to forgive me,
+Laurella, only to come into the boat again, and not to risk your
+life!"
+
+She swam on as though she had not heard him.
+
+"You can never swim to land. I tell you, it is two miles off. Think
+of your mother! If you should come to grief, I should die of
+horror."
+
+She measured the distance with her eye, and then, without answering
+him one word, she swam up to the boat, and laid her hands upon the
+edge; he rose to help her in. As the boat tilted over to one side
+with the girl's weight, his jacket that was lying on the bench
+slipped into the water. Agile as she was, she swung herself on board
+without assistance, and gained her former seat. As soon as he saw
+that she was safe, he took to his oars again, while she began
+quietly wringing out her dripping clothes, and shaking the water
+from her hair. As her eyes fell upon the bottom of the boat, and saw
+the blood, she gave a quick look at the hand, which held the oar as
+if it had been unhurt.
+
+"Take this," she said, and held out her handkerchief. He shook his
+head, and went on rowing. After a time she rose, and, stepping up to
+him, bound the handkerchief firmly round the wound, which was very
+deep. Then, heedless of his endeavors to prevent her, she took an
+oar, and, seating herself opposite him, began to row with steady
+strokes, keeping her eyes from looking toward him--fixed upon the
+oar that was scarlet with his blood. Both were pale and silent. As
+they drew near land, such fishermen as they met began shouting after
+Antonio and gibing at Laurella; but neither of them moved an eyelid,
+or spoke one word.
+
+The sun stood yet high over Procida when they landed at the marina.
+Laurella shook out her petticoat, now nearly dry, and jumped on
+shore. The old spinning woman, who in the morning had seen them
+start, was still upon her terrace. She called down, "What is that
+upon your hand, Tonino? Jesus Christ! the boat is full of blood!"
+
+"It is nothing, comare," the young fellow replied. "I tore my hand
+against a nail that was sticking out too far; it will be well to-
+morrow. It is only this confounded ready blood of mine, that always
+makes a thing look worse than it is."
+
+"Let me come and bind it up, comparello. Stop one moment; I will go
+and fetch the herbs, and come to you directly."
+
+"Never trouble yourself, comare. It has been dressed already; to-
+morrow morning it will be all over and forgotten. I have a healthy
+skin, that heals directly."
+
+"Addio!" said Laurella, turning to the path that goes winding up the
+cliffs. "Good-night!" he answered, without looking at her; and then
+taking his oars and baskets from the boat, and climbing up the small
+stone stairs, he went into his own hut.
+
+He was alone in his two little rooms, and began to pace them up and
+down. Cooler than upon the dead calm sea, the breeze blew fresh
+through the small unglazed windows, which could only be closed with
+wooden shutters. The solitude was soothing to him. He stooped before
+the little image of the Virgin, devoutly gazing upon the glory round
+the head (made of stars cut out in silver paper). But he did not
+want to pray. What reason had he to pray, now that he had lost all
+he had ever hoped for?
+
+And this day appeared to last for ever. He did so long for night!
+for he was weary, and more exhausted by the loss of blood than he
+would have cared to own. His hand was very sore. Seating himself
+upon a little stool, he untied the handkerchief that bound it; the
+blood, so long repressed, gushed out again; all round the wound the
+hand was swollen high.
+
+He washed it carefully, cooling it in the water; then he clearly saw
+the marks of Laurella's teeth.
+
+"She was right," he said; "I was a brute, and deserved no better. I
+will send her back the handkerchief by Giuseppe to-morrow. Never
+shall she set eyes on me again." And he washed the handkerchief with
+the greatest care, and spread it out in the sun to dry.
+
+And having bound up his hand again, as well as he could manage with
+his teeth and his left hand, he threw himself upon his bed, and
+closed his eyes.
+
+He was soon waked up from a sort of slumber by the rays of the
+bright moonlight, and also by the pain of his hand; he had just
+risen for more cold water to soothe its throbbings, when he heard
+the sound of some one at the door. Laurella stood before him.
+
+She came in without a question, took off the handkerchief she had
+tied over her head, and placed her little basket upon the table;
+then she drew a deep breath.
+
+"You are come to fetch your handkerchief," he said. "You need not
+have taken that trouble. In the morning I would have asked Giuseppe
+to take it to you."
+
+"It is not the handkerchief," she said quickly. "I have been up
+among the hills to gather herbs to stop the blood; see here." And
+she lifted the lid of her little basket.
+
+"Too much trouble," he said, not in bitterness--"far too much
+trouble. I am better, much better; but if I were worse, it would be
+no more than I deserve. Why did you come at such a time? If any one
+should see you? You know how they talk, even when they don't know
+what they are saying."
+
+"I care for no one's talk," she said, passionately. "I came to see
+your hand, and put the herbs upon it; you cannot do it with your
+left."
+
+"It is not worth while, I tell you."
+
+"Let me see it then, if I am to believe you."
+
+She took his hand, that was not able to prevent her, and unbound the
+linen. When she saw the swelling, she shuddered, and gave a cry:
+"Jesus Maria!"
+
+"It is a little swollen," he said; "it will be over in four-and-
+twenty hours."
+
+She shook her head. "It will certainly be a week before you can go
+to sea."
+
+"More likely a day or two; and if not, what matters?"
+
+She had fetched a basin, and began carefully washing out the wound,
+which he suffered passively, like a child. She then laid on the
+healing leaves, which at once relieved the burning pain, and finally
+bound it up with the linen she had brought with her.
+
+When it was done: "I thank you," he said. "And now, if you would do
+me one more kindness, forgive the madness that came over me; forget
+all I said and did. I cannot tell how it came to pass; certainly it
+was not your fault--not yours. And never shall you hear from me
+again one word to vex you."
+
+She interrupted him. "It is I who have to beg your pardon. I should
+have spoken differently. I might have explained it better, and not
+enraged you with my sullen ways. And now that bite--"
+
+"It was in self-defence; it was high time to bring me to my senses.
+As I said before, it is nothing at all to signify. Do not talk of
+being forgiven; you only did me good, and I thank you for it. And
+now, here is your handkerchief; take it with you."
+
+He held it to her, but yet she lingered, hesitated, and appeared to
+have some inward struggle. At length she said: "You have lost your
+jacket, and by my fault; and I know that all the money for the
+oranges was in it. I did not think of this till afterward. I cannot
+replace it now; we have not so much at home--or if we had, it would
+be mother's. But this I have--this silver cross. That painter left
+it on the table the day he came for the last time. I have never
+looked at it all this while, and do not care to keep it in my box;
+if you were to sell it? It must be worth a few piastres, mother
+says. It might make up the money you have lost; and if not quite, I
+could earn the rest by spinning at night when mother is asleep."
+
+"Nothing will make me take it," he said shortly, pushing away the
+bright new cross, which she had taken from her pocket.
+
+"You must," she said; "how can you tell how long your hand may keep
+you from your work? There it lies; and nothing can make me so much
+as look at it again."
+
+"Drop it in the sea, then."
+
+"It is no present I want to make you; it is no more than is your
+due; it is only fair."
+
+"Nothing from you can be due to me; and hereafter when we chance to
+meet, if you would do me a kindness, I beg you not to look my way.
+It would make me feel you were thinking of what I have done. And now
+good-night; and let this be the last word said."
+
+She laid the handkerchief in the basket, and also the cross, and
+closed the lid. But when he looked into her face, he started. Great
+heavy drops were rolling down her cheeks; she let them flow
+unheeded.
+
+"Maria Santissima!" he cried. "Are you ill? You are trembling from
+head to foot!"
+
+"It is nothing," she said; "I must go home;" and with unsteady steps
+she was moving to the door, when suddenly she leaned her brow
+against the wall, and gave way to a fit of bitter sobbing. Before he
+could go to her she turned upon him suddenly, and fell upon his
+neck.
+
+"I cannot bear it!" she cried, clinging to him as a dying thing to
+life--"I cannot bear it! I cannot let you speak so kindly, and bid
+me go, with all this on my conscience. Beat me! trample on me! curse
+me! Or if it can be that you love me still, after all I have done to
+you, take me and keep me, and do with me as you please; only do not
+send me away so!" She could say no more for sobbing.
+
+Speechless, he held her a while in his arms. "If I can love you
+still!" he cried at last. "Holy Mother of God! Do you think that all
+my best heart's blood has gone from me through that little wound?
+Don't you hear it hammering now, as though it would burst my breast
+and go to you? But if you say this to try me, or because you pity
+me, I can forget it. You are not to think you owe me this, because
+you know what I have suffered for you."
+
+"No!" she said very resolutely, looking up from his shoulder into
+his face, with her tearful eyes; "it is because I love you; and let
+me tell you, it was because I always feared to love you that I was
+so cross. I will be so different now. I never could bear again to
+pass you in the street without one look! And lest you should ever
+feel a doubt, I will kiss you, that you may say, 'She kissed me;'
+and Laurella kisses no man but her husband."
+
+She kissed him thrice, and, escaping from his arms: "And now good-
+night, amor mio, cara vita mia!" she said. "Lie down to sleep, and
+let your hand get well. Do not come with me; I am afraid of no man,
+save of you alone."
+
+And so she slipped out, and soon disappeared in the shadow of the
+wall.
+
+He remained standing by the window, gazing far out over the calm
+sea, while all the stars in heaven appeared to flit before his eyes.
+
+The next time the little curato sat in his confessional, he sat
+smiling to himself. Laurella had just risen from her knees after a
+very long confession.
+
+"Who would have thought it?" he said musingly--"that the Lord would
+so soon have taken pity upon that wayward little heart? And I had
+been reproaching myself for not having adjured more sternly that ill
+demon of perversity. Our eyes are but short-sighted to see the ways
+of Heaven! Well, may God bless her, I say, and let me live to go to
+sea with Laurella's eldest born, rowing me in his father's place!
+Ah! well, indeed! l'Arrabiata!"
+
+
+
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM
+
+BY
+
+RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+
+
+
+THE PHILOSOPHER'S PENDULUM
+
+A TALE FROM GERMANY BY RUDOLPH LINDAU
+
+I.
+
+
+During many long years Hermann Fabricius had lost sight of his
+friend Henry Warren, and had forgotten him.
+
+Yet when students together they had loved each other dearly, and
+more than once they had sworn eternal friendship. This was at a
+period which, though not very remote, we seem to have left far
+behind us--a time when young men still believed in eternal
+friendship, and could feel enthusiasm for great deeds or great
+ideas. Youth in the present day is, or thinks itself, more rational.
+Hermann and Warren in those days were simple-minded and ingenuous;
+and not only in the moment of elation, when they had sworn to be
+friends for ever, but even the next day, and the day after that, in
+sober earnestness, they had vowed that nothing should separate them,
+and that they would remain united through life. The delusion had not
+lasted long. The pitiless machinery of life had caught up the young
+men as soon as they left the university, and had thrown one to the
+right, the other to the left. For a few months they had exchanged
+long and frequent letters; then they had met once, and finally they
+had parted, each going his way. Their letters had become more
+scarce, more brief, and at last had ceased altogether. It would
+really seem that the fact of having interests in common is the one
+thing sufficiently powerful to prolong and keep up the life of
+epistolary relations. A man may feel great affection for an absent
+friend, and yet not find time to write him ten lines, while he will
+willingly expend daily many hours on a stranger from whom he expects
+something. None the less he may be a true and honest friend. Man is
+naturally selfish; the instinct of self-preservation requires it of
+him. Provided he be not wicked, and that he show himself ready to
+serve his neighbor--after himself--no one has a right to complain,
+or to accuse him of hard-heartedness.
+
+At the time this story begins, Hermann had even forgotten whether he
+had written to Warren last, or whether he had left his friend's last
+letter unanswered. In a word, the correspondence which began so
+enthusiastically had entirely ceased. Hermann inhabited a large
+town, and had acquired some reputation as a writer. From time to
+time, in the course of his walks, he would meet a young student with
+brown hair, and mild, honest-looking blue eyes, whose countenance,
+with its frank and youthful smile, inspired confidence and invited
+the sympathy of the passer-by. Whenever Hermann met this young man
+he would say to himself, "How like Henry at twenty!" and for a few
+minutes memory would travel back to the already distant days of
+youth, and he would long to see his dear old Warren again. More than
+once, on the spur of the moment, he had resolved to try and find out
+what had become of his old university comrade. But these good
+intentions were never followed up. On reaching home he would find
+his table covered with books and pamphlets to be reviewed, and
+letters from publishers or newspaper editors asking for "copy"--to
+say nothing of invitations to dinner, which must be accepted or
+refused; in a word, he found so much URGENT business to despatch
+that the evening would go by, and weariness would overtake him,
+before he could make time for inquiring about his old friend.
+
+In the course of years, the life of most men becomes so regulated
+that no time is left for anything beyond "necessary work." But,
+indeed, the man who lives only for his own pleasure--doing, so to
+speak, nothing--is rarely better in this respect than the writer,
+the banker, and the savant, who are overburdened with work.
+
+One afternoon, as Hermann, according to his custom, was returning
+home about five o'clock, his porter handed him a letter bearing the
+American post-mark. He examined it closely before opening it. The
+large and rather stiff handwriting on the address seemed familiar,
+and yet he could not say to whom it belonged. Suddenly his
+countenance brightened, and he exclaimed, "A letter from Henry!" He
+tore open the envelope, and read as follows:
+
+"MY DEAR HERMANN,--It is fortunate that one of us at least should
+have attained celebrity. I saw your name on the outside of a book of
+which you are the author. I wrote at once to the publisher; that
+obliging man answered me by return of post, and, thanks to these
+circumstances, I am enabled to tell you that I will land at Hamburg
+towards the end of September. Write to me there, Poste Restante, and
+let me know if you are willing to receive me for a few days. I can
+take Leipzig on my way home, and would do so most willingly if you
+say that you would see me again with pleasure.
+
+"Your old friend,
+
+"HENRY WARREN."
+
+Below the signature there was a postscript of a single line: "This
+is my present face." And from an inner envelope Hermann drew a small
+photograph, which he carried to the window to examine leisurely. As
+he looked, a painful impression of sadness came over him. The
+portrait was that of an old man. Long gray hair fell in disorder
+over a careworn brow; the eyes, deep sunk in their sockets, had a
+strange and disquieting look of fixity; and the mouth, surrounded by
+deep furrows, seemed to tell its own long tale of sorrow.
+
+"Poor Henry!" said Hermann; "this, then, is your present face! And
+yet he is not old; he is younger than I am; he can scarcely be
+thirty-eight. Can I, too, be already an old man?"
+
+He walked up to the glass, and looked attentively at the reflection
+of his own face. No! those were not the features of a man whose life
+was near its close; the eye was bright, and the complexion indicated
+vigor and health. Still, it was not a young face. Thought and care
+had traced their furrows round the mouth and about the temples, and
+the general expression was one of melancholy, not to say
+despondency.
+
+"Well, well, we have grown old," said Hermann, with a sigh. "I had
+not thought about it this long while; and now this photograph has
+reminded me of it painfully." Then he took up his pen and wrote to
+say how happy he would be to see his old friend again as soon as
+possible.
+
+The next day chance brought him face to face in the street with the
+young student who was so like Warren. "Who knows?" thought Hermann;
+"fifteen or twenty years hence this young man may look no brighter
+than Warren does today. Ah, life is not easy! It has a way of
+saddening joyous looks, and imparting severity to smiling lips. As
+for me, I have no real right to complain of my life. I have lived
+pretty much like everybody; a little satisfaction, and then a little
+disappointment, turn by turn; and often small worries; and so my
+youth has gone by, I scarcely know how."
+
+On the 2d of October Hermann received a telegram from Hamburg
+announcing the arrival of Warren for the same evening. At the
+appointed hour he went to the railway station to meet his friend. He
+saw him get down from the carriage slowly, and rather heavily, and
+he watched him for a few seconds before accosting him. Warren
+appeared to him old and broken-down, and even more feeble than he
+had expected to see him from his portrait. He wore a travelling suit
+of gray cloth, so loose and wide that it hung in folds on the gaunt
+and stooping figure; a large wide-awake hat was drawn down to his
+very eyes. The new-comer looked right and left, seeking no doubt to
+discover his friend; not seeing him, he turned his weary and languid
+steps towards the way out. Hermann then came forward. Warren
+recognized him at once; a sunny, youthful smile lighted up his
+countenance, and, evidently much moved, he stretched out his hand.
+An hour later, the two friends were seated opposite to each other
+before a well-spread table in Hermann's comfortable apartments.
+
+Warren ate very little; but, on the other hand, Hermann noticed with
+surprise and some anxiety that his friend, who had been formerly a
+model of sobriety, drank a good deal. Wine, however, seemed to have
+no effect on him. The pale face did not flush; there was the same
+cold, fixed look in the eye; and his speech, though slow and dull in
+tone, betrayed no embarrassment.
+
+When the servant who had waited at dinner had taken away the dessert
+and brought in coffee, Hermann wheeled two big arm-chairs close to
+the fire, and said to his friend:
+
+"Now, we will not be interrupted. Light a cigar, make yourself at
+home, and tell me all you have been doing since we parted."
+
+Warren pushed away the cigars. "If you do not mind," said he, "I
+will smoke my pipe. I am used to it, and I prefer it to the best of
+cigars."
+
+So saying, he drew from its well-worn case an old pipe, whose color
+showed it had been long used, and filled it methodically with moist,
+blackish tobacco. Then he lighted it, and after sending forth one or
+two loud puffs of smoke, he said, with an air of sovereign
+satisfaction:
+
+"A quiet, comfortable room--a friend--a good pipe after dinner--and
+no care for the morrow. That's what I like."
+
+Hermann cast a sidelong glance at his companion, and was painfully
+struck at his appearance. The tall gaunt frame in its stooping
+attitude; the grayish hair and sad, fixed look; the thin legs
+crossed one over the other; the elbow resting on the knee and
+supporting the chin,--in a word, the whole strange figure, as it sat
+there, bore no resemblance to Henry Warren, the friend of his youth.
+This man was a stranger, a mysterious being even. Nevertheless, the
+affection he felt for his friend was not impaired; on the contrary,
+pity entered into his heart. "How ill the world must have used him,"
+thought Hermann, "to have thus disfigured him!" Then he said aloud:
+
+"Now, then, let me have your story, unless you prefer to hear mine
+first."
+
+He strove to speak lightly, but he felt that the effort was not
+successful. As to Warren, he went on smoking quietly, without saying
+a word. The long silence at last became painful. Hermann began to
+feel an uncomfortable sensation of distress in presence of the
+strange guest he had brought to his home. After a few minutes he
+ventured to ask for the third time, "Will you make up your mind to
+speak, or must I begin?"
+
+Warren gave vent to a little noiseless laugh. "I am thinking how I
+can answer your question. The difficulty is that, to speak truly, I
+have absolutely nothing to tell. I wonder now--and it was that made
+me pause--how it has happened that, throughout my life, I have been
+bored by--nothing. As if it would not have been quite as natural,
+quite as easy, and far pleasanter, to have been amused by that same
+nothing--which has been my life. The fact is, my dear fellow, that I
+have had no deep sorrow to bear, neither have I been happy. I have
+not been extraordinarily successful, and have drawn none of the
+prizes of life. But I am well aware that, in this respect, my lot
+resembles that of thousands of other men. I have always been obliged
+to work. I have earned my bread by the sweat of my brow. I have had
+money difficulties; I have even had a hopeless passion--but what
+then? every one has had that. Besides, that was in bygone days; I
+have learned to bear it, and to forget. What pains and angers me is,
+to have to confess that my life has been spent without satisfaction
+and without happiness."
+
+He paused an instant, and then resumed, more calmly: "A, few years
+ago I was foolish enough to believe that things might in the end
+turn out better. I was a professor with a very moderate salary at
+the school at Elmira. I taught all I knew, and much that I had to
+learn in order to be able to teach it--Greek and Latin, German and
+French, mathematics and physical sciences. During the so-called
+play-hours, I even gave music lessons. In the course of the whole
+day there were few moments of liberty for me. I was perpetually
+surrounded by a crowd of rough, ill-bred boys, whose only object
+during lessons was to catch me making a fault in English. When
+evening came, I was quite worn out; still, I could always find time
+to dream for half an hour or so with my eyes open before going to
+bed. Then all my desires were accomplished, and I was supremely
+happy. At last I had drawn a prize! I was successful in everything;
+I was rich, honored, powerful--what more can I say? I astonished the
+world--or rather, I astonished Ellen Gilmore, who for me was the
+whole world. Hermann, have you ever been as mad? Have you, too, in a
+waking dream, been in turn a statesman, a millionaire, the author of
+a sublime work, a victorious general, the head of a great political
+party? Have you dreamt nonsense such as that? I, who am here, have
+been all I say--in dreamland. Never mind; that was a good time.
+Ellen Gilmore, whom I have just mentioned, was the eldest sister of
+one of my pupils, Francis Gilmore, the most undisciplined boy of the
+school. His parents, nevertheless, insisted on his learning
+something; and as I had the reputation of possessing unwearying
+patience, I was selected to give him private lessons. That was how I
+obtained a footing in the Gilmore family. Later on, when they had
+found out that I was somewhat of a musician--you may remember,
+perhaps, that for an amateur I was a tolerable performer on the
+piano--I went every day to the house to teach Latin and Greek to
+Francis, and music to Ellen.
+
+"Now, picture to yourself the situation, and then laugh at your
+friend as he has laughed at himself many a time. On the one side--
+the Gilmore side--a large fortune and no lack of pride; an
+intelligent, shrewd, and practical father; an ambitious and vain
+mother; an affectionate but spoilt boy; and a girl of nineteen,
+surpassingly lovely, with a cultivated mind and great good sense. On
+the other hand, you have Henry Warren, aged twenty-nine; in his
+dreams the author of a famous work, or the commander-in-chief of the
+Northern armies, or. it may be, President of the Republic--in
+reality, Professor at Elmira College, with a modest stipend of
+seventy dollars a month. Was it not evident that the absurdity of my
+position as a suitor for Ellen would strike me at once? Of course it
+did. In my lucid moments, when I was not dreaming, I was a very
+rational man, who had read a good deal, and learned not a little;
+and it would have been sheer madness in me to have indulged for an
+instant the hope of a marriage between Ellen and myself. I knew it
+was an utter impossibility--as impossible as to be elected President
+of the United States; and yet, in spite of myself, I dreamed of it.
+However, I must do myself the justice to add that my passion
+inconvenienced nobody. I would no more have spoken of it than of my
+imaginary command of the army of the Potomac. The pleasures which my
+love afforded me could give umbrage to no one. Yet I am convinced
+that Ellen read my secret. Not that she ever said a word to me on
+the subject; no look or syllable of hers could have made me suspect
+that she had guessed the state of my mind.
+
+"One single incident I remember which was not in accordance with her
+habitual reserve in this respect. I noticed one day that her eyes
+were red. Of course I dared not ask her why she had cried. During
+the lesson she seemed absent; and when leaving she said, without
+looking at me, 'I may perhaps be obliged to interrupt our lessons
+for some little time; I am very sorry. I wish you every happiness.'
+Then, without raising her eyes, she quickly left the room. I was
+bewildered. What could her words mean? And why had they been said in
+such an affectionate tone?
+
+"The next day Francis Gilmore called to inform me, with his father's
+compliments, that he was to have four days' holidays, because his
+sister had just been betrothed to Mr. Howard, a wealthy New York
+merchant, and that, for the occasion, there would be great
+festivities at home.
+
+"Thenceforward there was an end of the dreams which up to that
+moment had made life pleasant. In sober reason I had no more cause
+to deplore Ellen's marriage than to feel aggrieved because Grant had
+succeeded Johnson as President. Nevertheless, you can scarcely
+conceive how much this affair--I mean the marriage--grieved me. My
+absolute nothingness suddenly stared me in the face. I saw myself as
+I was--a mere schoolmaster, with no motive for pride in the past, or
+pleasure in the present, or hope in the future."
+
+Warren's pipe had gone out while he was telling his story. He
+cleaned it out methodically, drew from his pocket a cake of
+Cavendish tobacco, and, after cutting off with a penknife the
+necessary quantity, refilled his pipe and lit it. The way in which
+he performed all these little operations betrayed long habit. He had
+ceased to speak while he was relighting his pipe, and kept on
+whistling between his teeth. Hermann looked on--silently. After a
+few minutes, and when the pipe was in good order, Warren resumed his
+story.
+
+"For a few weeks I was terribly miserable; not so much because I had
+lost Ellen--a man cannot lose what he has never hoped to possess--as
+from the ruin of all my illusions. During those days I plucked and
+ate by the dozen of the fruits of the tree of self-knowledge, and I
+found them very bitter. I ended by leaving Elmira, to seek my
+fortunes elsewhere. I knew my trade well. Long practice had taught
+me how to make the best of my learning, and I never had any
+difficulty in finding employment. I taught successively in upwards
+of a dozen States of the Union. I can scarcely recollect the names
+of all the places where I have lived--Sacramento, Chicago, St.
+Louis, Cincinnati, Boston, New York; I have been everywhere--
+everywhere. And everywhere I have met with the same rude schoolboys,
+just as I have found the same regular and irregular verbs in Latin
+and Greek. If you would see a man thoroughly satiated and saturated
+with schoolboys and classical grammars, look at me.
+
+"In the leisure time which, whatever might be my work, I still
+contrived to make for myself, I indulged in philosophical
+reflections. Then it was I took to the habit of smoking so much."
+
+Warren stopped suddenly, and, looking straight before him, appeared
+plunged in thought. Then, passing his hand over his forehead, he
+repeated, in an absent manner, "Yes, of smoking so much. I also took
+to another habit," he added, somewhat hastily; "but that has nothing
+to do with my story. The theory which especially occupied my
+thoughts was that of the oscillations of an ideal instrument of my
+own imagining, to which, in my own mind, I gave the name of the
+Philosopher's Pendulum. To this invention I owe the quietude of mind
+which has supported me for many years, and which, as you see, I now
+enjoy. I said to myself that my great sorrow--if I may so call it
+without presumption--had arisen merely from my wish to be
+extraordinarily happy. When, in his dreams, a man has carried
+presumption so far as to attain to the heights of celebrity, or to
+being the husband of Ellen Gilmore, there was nothing wonderful if,
+on awaking, he sustained a heavy fall before reaching the depths of
+reality. Had I been less ambitious in my desires, their realization
+would have been easier, or, at any rate, the disappointment would
+have been less bitter. Starting from this principle, I arrived at
+the logical conclusion that the best means to avoid being unhappy is
+to wish for as little happiness as possible. This truth was
+discovered by my philosophical forefathers many centuries before the
+birth of Christ, and I lay no claim to being the finder of it; but
+the outward symbol which I ended by giving to this idea is--at least
+I fancy it is--of my invention.
+
+"Give me a sheet of paper and a pencil," he added, turning to his
+friend, "and with a few lines I can demonstrate clearly the whole
+thing."
+
+Hermann handed him what he wanted without a word. Warren then began
+gravely to draw a large semicircle, open at the top, and above the
+semicircular line a pendulum, which fell perpendicularly and touched
+the circumference at the exact point where on the dial of a clock
+would be inscribed the figure VI. This done, he wrote on the right-
+hand side of the pendulum, beginning from the bottom and at the
+places of the hours V, IV, III, the words Moderate Desires--Great
+Hopes, Ambition--Unbridled Passion, Mania of Greatness. Then,
+turning the paper upside-down, he wrote on the opposite side, where
+on a dial would be marked VII, VIII, IX, the words Slight Troubles--
+Deep Sorrow, Disappointment--Despair. Lastly, in the place of No.
+VI, just where the pendulum fell, he sketched a large black spot,
+which he shaded off with great care, and above which he wrote, like
+a scroll, Dead Stop, Absolute Repose.
+
+Having finished this little drawing, Warren laid down his pipe,
+inclined his head on one side, and raising his eyebrows, examined
+his work with a critical frown. "This compass is not yet quite
+complete," he said; "there is something missing. Between Dead Stop
+and Moderate Desires on the right, and Slight Troubles on the left,
+there is the beautiful line of Calm and Rational Indifference.
+However, such as the drawing is, it is sufficient to demonstrate my
+theory. Do you follow me?"
+
+Hermann nodded affirmatively. He was greatly pained. In lieu of the
+friend of his youth, for whom he had hoped a brilliant future, here
+was a poor monomaniac!
+
+"You see," said Warren, speaking collectedly, like a professor, "if
+I raise my pendulum till it reaches the point of Moderate Desires
+and then let it go, it will naturally swing to the point of Slight
+Troubles, and go no further. Then it will oscillate for some time in
+a more and more limited space on the line of Indifference, and
+finally it will stand still without any jerk on Dead Stop, Absolute
+Repose. That is a great consolation!"
+
+He paused, as if waiting for some remark from Hermann; but as the
+latter remained silent, Warren resumed his demonstration.
+
+"You understand now, I suppose, what I am coming to. If I raise the
+pendulum to the point of Ambition or Mania of Greatness, and then
+let it go, that same law which I have already applied will drive it
+to Deep Sorrow or Despair. That is quite clear, is it not?"
+
+"Quite clear," repeated Hermann sadly.
+
+"Very well," continued Warren, with perfect gravity; "for my
+misfortune, I discovered this fine theory rather late. I had not set
+bounds to my dreams and limited them to trifles. I had wished to be
+President of the Republic, an illustrious savant, the husband of
+Ellen. No great things, eh? What say you to my modesty? I had raised
+the pendulum to such a giddy height that when it slipped from my
+impotent hands it naturally performed a long oscillation, and
+touched the point Despair. That was a miserable time. I hope you
+have never suffered what I suffered then. I lived in a perpetual
+nightmare--like the stupor at intoxication." He paused, as he had
+done before, and then, with a painfully nervous laugh, be added,
+"Yes, like intoxication. I drank." Suddenly a spasm seemed to pass
+over his face, be looked serious and sad as before, and he said,
+with a shudder, "It's a terrible thing to see one's self inwardly,
+and to know that one is fallen."
+
+After this he remained long silent. At last, raising his head, he
+turned to his friend and said, "Have you had enough of my story, or
+would you like to hear it to the end?"
+
+"I am grieved at all you have told me," said Hermann; "but pray go
+on; it is better I should know all"
+
+"Yes; and I feel, too, that it relieves me to pour out my heart.
+Well, I used to drink. One takes to the horrid habit in America far
+easier than anywhere else. I was obliged to give up more than one
+good situation because I had ceased to be RESPECTABLE. Anyhow, I
+always managed to find employment without any great difficulty. I
+never suffered from want, though I have never known plenty. If I
+spent too much in drink, I took it out of my dress and my boots.
+
+"Eighteen months after I had left Elmira, I met Ellen one day in
+Central Park, in New York. I was aware that she had been married a
+twelve-month. She knew me again at once, and spoke to me. I would
+have wished to sink into the earth. I knew that my clothes were
+shabby, that I looked poor, and I fancied that she must discern on
+my face the traces of the bad habits I had contracted. But she did
+not, or would not, see anything. She held out her hand, and said in
+her gentle voice:
+
+"'I am very glad to see you again, Mr. Warren. I have inquired about
+you, but neither my father nor Francis could tell me what had become
+of you. I want to ask you to resume the lessons you used to give me.
+Perhaps you do not know where I live? This is my address,' and she
+gave me her card.
+
+"I stammered out a few unmeaning words in reply to her invitation.
+She looked at me, smiling kindly the while; but suddenly the smile
+vanished, and she added, 'Have you been ill, Mr. Warren? You seem
+worn.'
+
+"'Yes,' I answered, too glad to find an excuse for my appearance--
+'yes, I have been ill, and I am still suffering.'
+
+"'I am very sorry,' she said, in a low voice.
+
+"Laugh at me, Hermann--call me an incorrigible madman; but believe
+me when I say that her looks conveyed to me the impression of more
+than common interest or civility. A thrilling sense of pain shot
+through my frame. What had I done that I should be so cruelly tried?
+A mist passed before my eyes; anxiety, intemperance, sleeplessness,
+had made me weak. I tottered backwards a few steps. She turned
+horribly pale. All around us was the crowd--the careless,
+indifferent crowd.
+
+"'Come and see me soon,' she added hastily, and left me. I saw her
+get into a carriage, which she had doubtless quitted to take a walk;
+and when she drove past, she put her head out and looked at me with
+her eyes wide open--there was an almost wildly anxious expression in
+them.
+
+"I went home. My way led me past her house--it was a palace. I shut
+myself up in my wretched hotel-room, and once more I fell to
+dreaming. Ellen loved me; she admired me; she was not for ever lost
+to me! The pendulum was swinging, you see, up as high as Madness.
+Explain to me, if you can, how it happens that a being perfectly
+rational in ordinary life should at certain seasons, and, so to
+speak, voluntarily, be bereft of reason. To excuse and explain my
+temporary insanity, I am ready to admit that the excitement to which
+I gave way may have been a symptom of the nervous malady which laid
+hold of me a few days later, and stretched me for weeks upon a bed
+of pain.
+
+"As I became convalescent, reason and composure returned. But it was
+too late. In the space of two months, twenty years had passed over
+my head. When I rose from my sick-bed I was as feeble and as broken-
+down as you see me now. My past had been cheerless and dim, without
+one ray of happiness; yet that past was all my life! Henceforward
+there was nothing left for me to undertake, to regret, or to desire.
+The pendulum swung idly backwards and forwards on the line of
+Indifference. I wonder what are the feelings of successful men--of
+men who HAVE been victorious generals, prime ministers, celebrated
+authors, and that sort of tiling! Upheld by a legitimate pride, do
+they retire satisfied from the lists when evening conies, or do they
+lay down their arms as I did, disappointed and dejected, and worn
+out with the fierce struggle? Can no man with impunity look into his
+own heart and ask himself how his life has been spent?"
+
+Here Warren made a still longer pause than before, and appeared
+absorbed in gloomy thought. At last he resumed in a lower tone:
+
+"I had not followed up Ellen's invitation. But in some way she had
+discovered my address, and knew of my illness. Do not be alarmed, my
+dear Hermann; my story will not become romantic. No heavenly vision
+appeared to me during my fever; I felt no gentle white hands laid on
+my burning brow. I was nursed at the hospital, and very well nursed
+too; I figured there as 'Number 380,' and the whole affair was, as
+you see, as prosaic as possible. But on quitting the hospital, and
+as I was taking leave of the manager, he handed me a letter, in
+which was enclosed a note for five hundred dollars. In the envelope
+there was also the following anonymous note:
+
+"'An old friend begs your acceptance, as a loan, of the inclosed
+sum. It will be time enough to think of paying off this debt when
+you are strong enough to resume work, and you can then do it by
+instalments, of which you can yourself fix the amount, and remit
+them to the hospital of New York.'
+
+"It was well meant, no doubt, but it caused me a painful impression.
+My determination was taken at once. I refused without hesitation. I
+asked the manager, who had been watching me with a friendly smile
+while I read the letter, whether he could give the name of the
+person who had sent it. In spite of his repeated assurances that he
+did not know it, I never doubted for a single instant that he was
+concealing the truth. After a few seconds' reflection I asked if he
+would undertake to forward an answer to my unknown correspondent;
+and, on his consenting to do so, I promised that he should have my
+answer the next day.
+
+"I thought long over my letter. One thing was plain to me--it was
+Ellen who had come to my help. How could I reject her generous aid
+without wounding her or appearing ungrateful? After great hesitation
+I wrote a few lines, which, as far as I can recollect, ran thus:
+
+"'I thank you for the interest you have shown me, but it is
+impossible for me to accept the sum you place at my disposal. Do not
+be angry with me because I return it. Do not withdraw your sympathy;
+I will strive to remain worthy of it, and will never forget your
+goodness.'
+
+"A few days later, after having confided this letter to the manager,
+I left New York for San Francisco. For several years I heard nothing
+of Ellen; her image grew gradually fainter, and at last almost
+disappeared from my memory.
+
+"The dark river that bore the frail bark which carried me and my
+fortunes was carrying me smoothly and unconsciously along towards
+the mysterious abyss where all that exists is engulfed. Its course
+lay through a vast desert; and the banks which passed before my eyes
+were of fearful sameness. Indescribable lassitude took possession of
+my whole being. I had never, knowingly, practised evil; I had loved
+and sought after good. Why, then, was I so wretched? I would have
+blessed the rock which wrecked my bark so that I might have been
+swallowed up and have gone down to my eternal rest. Up to the day
+when I heard of Ellen's betrothal, I had hoped that the morrow would
+bring happiness. The long-wished-for morrow had come at last, gloomy
+and colorless, without realizing any of my vague hopes. Henceforth
+my life was at an end."
+
+Warren said these last words so indistinctly that Hermann could
+scarcely hear them; he seemed to be speaking to himself rather than
+to his friend. Then he raised the forefinger of his right hand, and
+after moving it slowly from right to left, in imitation of the swing
+of a pendulum, he placed it on the large black dot he had drawn on
+the sheet of paper exactly below his pendulum, and said, "Dead Stop,
+Absolute Repose. Would that the end were come!"
+
+Another and still longer interval of silence succeeded, and at last
+Hermann felt constrained to speak.
+
+"How came you to make up your mind," he said, "to return to Europe?"
+
+"Ah, yes, to be sure," answered Warren, hurriedly; "the story--the
+foolish story--is not ended. In truth it has no end, as it had no
+beginning; it is a thing without form or purpose, and less the
+history of a life than of a mere journeying towards death. Still I
+will finish--following chronological order. It does not weary you?"
+
+"No, no; go on, my dear friend."
+
+"Very well. I spent several years in the United States. The pendulum
+worked well. It came and went, to and fro, slowly along the line of
+Indifference, without ever transgressing as its extreme limits on
+either hand, Moderate Desires and Slight Troubles. I led obscurely a
+contemplative life, and I was generally considered a queer
+character. I fulfilled my duties, and took little heed of any one.
+Whenever I had an hour at my disposal, I sought solitude in the
+neighboring woods, far from the town and from mankind. I used to lie
+down under the big trees. Every season in turn, spring and summer,
+autumn and winter, had its peculiar charm for me. My heart, so full
+of bitterness, felt lightened as soon as I listened to the rustling
+of the foliage overhead. The forest! There is nothing finer in all
+creation. A deep calm seemed to settle down upon me. I was growing
+old. I was forgetting. It was about this time that, in consequence
+of my complete indifference to all surroundings, I acquired the
+habit of answering 'Very well' to everything that was said. The
+words came so naturally that I was not aware of my continual use of
+them, until one day one of my fellow-teachers happened to tell me
+that masters and pupils alike had given me the nickname of 'Very
+well.' Is it not odd that one who has never succeeded in anything
+should be known as 'Very well'?
+
+"I have only one other little adventure to relate, and I will have
+told all. Then I can listen to your story.
+
+"Last year, my journeyings brought me to the neighborhood of Elmira.
+It was holiday-time. I had nothing to do, and I had in my purse a
+hundred hardly earned dollars, or thereabout. The wish seized me to
+revisit the scene of my joys and my sorrows. I had not set foot in
+the place for more than seven years. I was so changed that nobody
+could know me again; nor would I have cared much if they had. After
+visiting the town and looking at my old school, and the house where
+Ellen had lived, I bent my steps towards the park, which is situated
+in the environs--a place where I used often to walk in company of my
+youthful dreams. It was September, and evening was closing in. The
+oblique rays of the setting sun sent a reddish gleam the leafy
+branches of the old oaks. I seated on a bench beneath a tree on one
+side of the path. As I drew near I recognized Ellen. I remained
+rooted to the spot where I stood, not daring to move a step. She was
+stooping forward with her head bent down, while with the end of her
+parasol she traced lines upon the gravel. She had not seen me. I
+turned back instantly, and retired without making any noise. When I
+had gone a little distance, I left the path and struck into the
+wood. Once there, I looked back cautiously. Ellen was still at the
+same place and in the same attitude. Heaven knows what thoughts
+passed through my brain! I longed to see her closer. What danger was
+there? I was sure she would not know me again. I walked towards her
+with the careless step of a casual passer-by, and in a few minutes
+passed before her. When my shadow fell on the path, she looked up.
+and our eyes met. My heart was beating fast. Her look was cold and
+indifferent; but suddenly a strange light shot into her eyes, and
+she made a quick movement, as if to rise. I saw no more, and went on
+without turning round. Before I could get out of the park her
+carriage drove past me, and I saw her once more as I had seen her
+five years before in Central Park, pale, with distended eyes, and
+her anxious looks fixed upon me. Why did I not bow to her? I cannot
+say; my courage failed me. I saw the light die out of her eyes. I
+almost fancied that I saw her heave a sigh of relief as she threw
+herself back carelessly in the carriage; and she disappeared. I was
+then thirty-six, and I am almost ashamed to relate the schoolboy's
+trick of which I was guilty. I sent her the following lines: 'A
+devoted friend, whom you obliged in former days, and who met you
+yesterday in the park without your recognizing him, sends you his
+remembrances.' I posted this letter a few minutes before getting
+into the train which was to take me to New York; and, as I did so,
+my heart beat as violently as though I had performed a heroic deed.
+Great adventures, forsooth! And to think that my life presents none
+more striking, and that trifles such as these are the only food for
+my memory!
+
+"A twelvemonth later I met Francis Gilmore in Broadway. The world is
+small--so small that it is really difficult to keep out of the way
+of people one has once known. The likeness of my former pupil to his
+sister struck me, and I spoke to him. He looked at me at first with
+a puzzled expression, but after a few moments of hesitation he
+recognized me, a bright smile lighted up his pleasant face, and he
+shook hands warmly.
+
+"'Mr. Warren,' he exclaimed, 'how glad I am to see you! Ellen and I
+have often talked of you, and wondered what could have become of
+you. Why did we never hear from you?'
+
+"'I did not suppose it would interest you.' I spoke timidly; and yet
+I owed nothing to the young fellow, and wanted nothing of him.
+
+"'You wrong us by saying that,' replied Francis; 'do you think me
+ungrateful? Do you fancy I have forgotten our pleasant walks in
+former days, and the long conversations we used to have? You alone
+ever taught me anything, and it is to you I owe the principles that
+have guided me through life. Many a day I have thought of you, and
+regretted you sincerely. As regards Ellen, no one has ever filled
+your place with her; she plays to this day the same pieces of music
+you taught her, and follows all your directions with a fidelity that
+would touch you.'
+
+"'How are your father and mother, and how is your sister?' I
+inquired, feeling more deeply moved than I can express.
+
+"'My poor mother died three years ago. It is Ellen who keeps house
+now.'
+
+"'Your brother-in-law lives with you, then?'
+
+"'My brother-in-law!' replied Francis, with surprise; 'did you not
+know that he was on board the Atlantic, which was lost last year in
+the passage from Liverpool to New York?'
+
+"I could find no words to reply.
+
+"'As to that,' added Francis, with great composure--'between you and
+me, he was no great loss. My dear brother-in-law was not by any
+means what my father fancied he was when he gave him my sister as a
+wife. The whole family has often regretted the marriage. Ellen lived
+apart from her husband for many years before his death.'
+
+"I nodded so as to express my interest in his communications, but I
+could not for worlds have uttered a syllable.
+
+"'You will come and see us soon, I hope,' added Francis, without
+noticing my emotion. 'We are still at the same place; but to make
+sure, here is my card. Come, Mr. Warren--name your own day to come
+and dine with us. I promise you a hearty welcome.'
+
+"I got off by promising to write the next day, and we parted.
+
+"Fortunately my mind had lost its former liveliness. The pendulum,
+far from being urged to unruly motion, continued to swing slowly in
+the narrow space where it had oscillated for so many years. I said
+to myself that to renew my intimacy with the Gilmores would be to
+run the almost certain risk of reviving the sorrows and the
+disappointments of the past. I was then calm and rational. It would
+be madness in me, I felt, to aspire to the hand of a young, wealthy,
+and much admired widow. To venture to see Ellen again was to incur
+the risk of seeing my reason once more wrecked, and the fatal
+chimera which had been the source of all my misery start into life
+again. If we are to believe what poets say, love ennobles man and
+exalts him into a demigod. It may be so, but it turns him likewise
+into a fool and a madman. That was my case. At any cost I was to
+guard against that fatal passion. I argued seriously with myself,
+and I determined to let the past be, and to reject every opportunity
+of bringing it to life again.
+
+"A few days before my meeting with Francis, I had received tidings
+of the death of an old relative, whom I scarcely knew. In my
+childhood I had, on one or two occasions, spent my holidays at his
+house. He was gloomy and taciturn, but nevertheless he had always
+welcomed me kindly. I have a vague remembrance of having been told
+that he had been in love with my mother once upon a time, and that
+on hearing of her marriage he had retired into the solitude which he
+never left till the day of his death. Be that as it may, I had not
+lost my place in his affections, it seems: he had continued to feel
+an interest in me; and on his deathbed he had remembered me, and
+left me the greater part of his not very considerable fortune. I
+inherited little money; but there was a small, comfortably-furnished
+country-house, and an adjoining farm let on a long lease for two
+hundred and forty pounds per annum. This was wealth for me, and more
+than enough to satisfy all my wants. Since I had heard of this
+legacy I had been doubtful as to my movements. My chance meeting
+with Francis settled the matter. I resolved at once to leave
+America, and to return to live in my native country. I knew your
+address, and wrote to you at once. I trusted that the sight of my
+old and only friend would console me for the disappointments that
+life has inflicted on me--and I have not been deceived. At last I
+have been able to open my heart to a fellow-creature, and relieve
+myself of the heavy burden which I have borne alone ever since our
+separation. Now I feel lighter. You are not a severe judge.
+Doubtless you deplore my weakness, but you do not condemn me. If, as
+I have already said, I have done no good, neither have I committed
+any wicked action. I have been a nonentity--an utterly useless
+being; 'one too many,' like the sad hero of Tourgueneff's sad story.
+Before leaving, I wrote to Francis informing him that the death of a
+relative obliged me to return to Europe, and giving him your
+address, so as not to seem to be running away from him. Then I went
+on board, and at last reached your home. Dixi!"
+
+Warren, who during this long story had taken care to keep his pipe
+alight, and had, moreover, nearly drained the bottle of port placed
+before him, now declared himself ready to listen to his friend's
+confession. But Hermann had been saddened by all he had heard, and
+was in no humor for talking. He remarked that it was getting late,
+and proposed to postpone any further conversation till the morrow.
+
+Warren merely answered, "Very well," knocked the ashes out of his
+pipe, shared out the remainder of the wine between his host and
+himself, and, raising his glass, said, in a somewhat solemn tone,
+"To our youth, Hermann!" After emptying his glass at one draught, be
+replaced it on the table, and said complacently, "It is long since I
+have drunk with so much pleasure; for this time I have not drunk to
+forgetfulness, but to memory."
+
+
+
+
+II.
+
+
+Warren spent another week in Leipzig with his friend. No man was
+easier to live with: to every suggestion of Hermann's he invariably
+answered, "Very well;" and if Hermann proposed nothing, he was quite
+content to remain seated in a comfortable arm-chair by the fireside,
+holding a book which he scarcely looked at, and watching the long
+rolls of smoke from his pipe. He disliked new acquaintances;
+nevertheless, the friends to whom Hermann introduced him found in
+him a quiet, unobtrusive, and well-informed companion. He pleased
+everybody. There was something strange and yet attractive in his
+person; there was a "charm" about him, people said. Hermann felt the
+attraction without being able to define in what it consisted. Their
+former friendship had been renewed unreservedly. The kind of
+fascination that Warren exercised over all those who approached him
+often led Hermann to think that it was not unlikely that in his
+youth he had inspired a real love in Ellen Gilmore.
+
+One evening Hermann took his friend to the theatre, where a comic
+piece was being performed. In his young days Warren had been very
+partial to plays of that kind, and his joyous peals of laughter on
+such occasions still rang in the ears of his friend. But the attempt
+was a complete failure. Warren watched the performance without
+showing the slightest interest, and never even smiled. During the
+opening scenes he listened with attention, as though he were
+assisting at some performance of the legitimate drama; then, as if
+he could not understand what was going on before his eyes, he turned
+away with a wearied air and began looking at the audience. When, at
+the close of the second act, Hermann proposed that they should leave
+the house, he answered readily:
+
+"Yes, let us go; all this seems very stupid--we will be much better
+at home. There is a time for all things, and buffoonery suits me no
+longer."
+
+There was nothing left in Warren of the friend that Hermann had
+known fifteen years before. He loved him none the less; on the
+contrary, to his affection for him had been superadded a feeling of
+deep compassion. He would have made great sacrifices to secure his
+friend's happiness, and to see a smile light up the immovable
+features and the sorrowful dulness of the eye. His friendly anxiety
+had not been lost upon Warren; and when the latter took his leave,
+he said with emotion:
+
+"You wish me well, my old friend, I see it and feel it; and, believe
+me, I am grateful. We must not lose sight of each other again--I
+will write regularly."
+
+A few days later, Hermann received a letter for his friend. It was
+an American letter, and the envelope was stamped with the initials
+"E. H." They were those of Ellen Howard, the heroine of Warren's sad
+history. He forwarded the letter immediately, and wrote at the same
+time to his friend: "I hope the inclosed brings you good news from
+America." But in his reply Warren took no notice of this passage,
+and made no allusion to Ellen. He only spoke of the new house in
+which he had just settled himself--"to end," as he said, "his days;"
+and he pressed Hermann to come and join him. The two friends at last
+agreed to pass Christmas and New Year's Day together; but when
+December came, Warren urged his friend to hasten his arrival.
+
+"I do not feel well," he wrote, "and am often so weary that I stay
+at home all day. I have made no new acquaintances, and, most likely,
+will make none. I am alone. Your society would give me great
+pleasure. Come; your room is ready, and will be, I trust, to your
+liking. There is a large writing table and tolerably well-filled
+book-shelves; you can write there quite at your ease, without fear
+of disturbance. Come as soon as possible, my dear friend. I am
+expecting you impatiently."
+
+Hermann happened to be at leisure, and was able to comply with his
+friend's wish, and to go to him in the first week of December. He
+found Warren looking worn and depressed. It was in vain he sought to
+induce him to consult a physician. Warren would reply:
+
+"Doctors can do nothing for my complaint. I know where the shoe
+pinches. A physician would order me probably to seek relaxation and
+amusement, just as he would advise a poor devil whose blood is
+impoverished by bad food to strengthen himself with a generous diet
+and good wine. The poor man could not afford to get the good living,
+and I do not know what could enliven or divert me. Travel? I like
+nothing so well as sitting quietly in my arm-chair. New faces? They
+would not interest me--yours is the only company I prefer to
+solitude. Books? I am too old to take pleasure in learning new
+things, and what I have learned has ceased to interest me. It is not
+always easy to get what might do one good, and we must take things
+as they are."
+
+Hermann noticed, as before, that his friend ate little, but that, on
+the other hand, he drank a great deal. The sincere friendship he
+felt for him emboldened him to make a remark on the subject.
+
+"It is true," said Warren, "I drink too much; but what can I do?
+Food is distasteful to me, and I must keep up my strength somehow. I
+am in a wretched state; my health is ruined."
+
+One evening, as the two friends were seated together in Warren's
+room, while the wind and sleet were beating against the window-
+panes, the invalid began of his own accord to speak about Ellen.
+
+"We now correspond regularly," he said. "She tells me in her last
+letter that she hopes soon to see me. Do you know, Hermann, that she
+is becoming an enigma for me? It is very evident that she does not
+treat me like other people, and I often wonder and ask myself what I
+am in her eyes? What does she feel towards me? Love? That is
+inadmissible. Pity, perhaps? This then, is the end of my grand
+dreams--to be an object of pity? I have just answered her letter to
+say that I am settled here with the fixed intention of ending my
+useless existence in quiet and idleness. Do you remember a scene in
+Henry Heine's 'Reisebilder,' when a young student kisses a pretty
+girl, who lets him have his own way and makes no great resistance,
+because he has told her, 'I will be gone to-morrow at dawn, and I
+will never see you again'? The certainty of never seeing a person
+again gives a man the courage to say things that otherwise he would
+have kept hidden in the most secret depths of his being. I feel that
+my life is drawing to a close. Do not say no, my dear friend; my
+presentiments are certain. I have written it to Ellen. I have told
+her other things besides. What folly! All I have ever done has been
+folly or chimera. I end my life logically, in strict accordance with
+my whole Past, by making my first avowal of love on my deathbed. Is
+not that as useless a thing as can be?"
+
+Hermann would have wished to know some particulars about this
+letter; but Warren replied, somewhat vaguely, "If I had a copy of my
+letter, I would show it to you willingly. You know my whole story,
+and I would not be ashamed to lay before you my last act of folly. I
+wrote about a fortnight ago, when I felt sure that death was drawing
+near. I was in a fever, not from fear--Death gains but little by
+taking my life--but from a singular species of excitement. I do not
+remember what were the words I used. Who knows? Perhaps this last
+product of my brain may have been quite a poetical performance.
+Never mind! I do not repent of what I have done; I am glad that
+Ellen should know at last that I have loved her silently and
+hopelessly. If that is not disinterested, what is?" he added with a
+bitter smile.
+
+Christmas went by sadly. Warren was now so weak that he could
+scarcely leave his bed for two or three hours each day. Hermann had
+taken upon himself to send for a doctor, but this latter had
+scarcely known what to prescribe. Warren was suffering from no
+special malady; he was dying of exhaustion. Now and then, during a
+few moments, which became daily more rare and more brief, his
+vivacity would return; but the shadow of Death was already darkening
+his mind.
+
+On New Year's Eve he got up very late. "We will welcome in the New
+Year," he said to Hermann. "I hope it may bring you happiness; I
+know it will bring me rest." A few minutes before midnight he opened
+the piano, and played with solemnity, and as if it had been a
+chorale, a song of Schumann's, entitled "To the Drinking-cup of a
+Departed Friend." Then, on the first stroke of midnight, he filled
+two glasses with some old Rhenish wine, and raised his own glass
+slowly. He was very pale, and his eyes were shining with feverish
+light. He was in a state of strange and fearful excitement. He
+looked at the glass which he held, and repeated deliberately a verse
+of the song which he had just been playing. "The vulgar cannot
+understand what I see at the bottom of this cup." Then, at one
+draught, he drained the full glass.
+
+While he was thus speaking and drinking, he had taken no notice of
+Hermann, who was watching him with consternation. Recovering himself
+at length, he exclaimed, "Another glass, Hermann! To friendship!" He
+drained this second glass, like the first, to the very last drop;
+and then, exhausted by the effort he had made, he sank heavily on a
+chair. Soon after, Hermann led him, like a sleepy child, to his bed.
+
+During the days that followed, he was unable to leave his room; and
+the doctor thought it right to warn Hermann that all the symptoms
+seemed to point to a fatal issue.
+
+On the 8th of January a servant from the hotel in the little
+neighboring town brought a letter, which, he said, required an
+immediate answer. The sick man was then lying almost unconscious.
+Hermann broke the seal without hesitation, and read as follows:
+
+"MY DEAR FRIEND,--A visit to Europe which my father had long planned
+has at last been undertaken. I did not mention it to you, in order
+to have the pleasure of surprising you. On reaching this place, I
+learn that the illness of which you spoke in your last letter has
+not yet left you. Under these circumstances, I will not venture to
+present myself without warning you of my arrival, and making sure
+that you are able to receive me. I am here with my brother, who,
+like myself, would not come so near to you without seeing you. My
+father has gone on to Paris, where Francis and I will join him in a
+few days. ELLEN."
+
+Hermann, after one instant's thought, took up his hat and dismissed
+the messenger, saying he would give the answer himself. At the hotel
+he sent in his card, with the words, "From Mr. Warren," and was
+immediately ushered into Ellen's presence.
+
+She was alone. Hermann examined her rapidly. He saw an extremely
+beautiful woman, whose frank and fearless eyes were fixed on him
+with a questioning look.
+
+Hermann had not frequented the society of women much, and was
+usually rather embarrassed in their presence. But on this occasion
+he thought only of his friend, and found no difficulty in explaining
+the motive of his visit. He told her his friend was ill--very ill--
+dying--and that he had opened the letter addressed to Warren. Ellen
+did not answer for some time; she seemed not to have understood what
+she had heard. After a while her eyes filled with tears, and she
+asked whether she could see Mr. Warren. On Hermann answering in the
+affirmative, she further inquired whether her brother might
+accompany her.
+
+"Two visitors might fatigue the invalid too much," said Hermann;
+"your brother may come later."
+
+"Are you not afraid that my visit may tire him?"
+
+"I do not think so; it will make him very happy."
+
+Ellen only took a few minutes to put on her hat and cloak, and they
+started. The short journey was accomplished in silence. When they
+reached the house, Hermann went in first to see how the dying man
+was. He was lying in his bed, in the delirium of fever, muttering
+incoherent sentences. Nevertheless he recognized Hermann, and asked
+for something to drink. After having allayed his thirst, he closed
+his eyes, as if to sleep.
+
+"I have brought you a friend," said Hermann; "will you see him?"
+
+"Hermann? He is always welcome."
+
+"No; it is a friend from America."
+
+"From America?...I lived there many years...How desolate and
+monotonous were the shores I visited!..."
+
+"Will you see your friend?"
+
+"I am carried away by the current of the river. In the distance I
+see dark and shadowy forms; there are hills full of shade and
+coolness...but I will never rest there."
+
+Hermann retired noiselessly, and returned almost immediately with
+Ellen.
+
+Warren, who had taken no notice of him, continued to follow the
+course of his wandering thoughts.
+
+"The river is drawing near to the sea. Already I can hear the roar
+of the waves...The banks are beginning to be clothed with verdure...The
+hills are drawing nearer....It is dark now. Here are the big trees
+beneath which I have dreamed so often. A radiant apparition shines
+through their foliage....It comes towards me...
+Ellen!"
+
+She was standing beside the bed. The dying man saw her, and without
+showing the least surprise, said with a smile, "Thank God! you have
+come in time. I knew you were coming."
+
+He murmured a few unintelligible words, and then remained silent for
+a long while. His eyes were wide open. Suddenly he cried, "Hermann!"
+
+Hermann came and stood beside Ellen.
+
+"The pendulum...You know what I mean?" A frank childish smile--the
+smile of his student days--lighted up his pallid face. He raised his
+right hand, and tracing in the air with his forefinger a wide
+semicircle, to imitate the oscillation of a pendulum, he said,
+"Then." He then figured in the same manner a more limited and slower
+movement, and after repeating it several times, said, "Now." Lastly,
+he pointed straight before him with a motionless and almost menacing
+finger, and said with a weak voice, "Soon."
+
+He spoke no more, and closed his eyes. The breathing was becoming
+very difficult.
+
+Ellen bent, over him, and called him softly, "Henry, Henry!" He
+opened his eyes. She brought her mouth close to his ear, and said,
+with a sob, "I have always loved you."
+
+"I knew it from the first," he said, quietly and with confidence.
+
+A gentle expression stole over his countenance, and life seemed to
+return. Once more he had the confident look of youth. A sad and
+beautiful smile played on his lips; he took the hand of Ellen in
+his, and kissed it gently.
+
+"How do you feel now?" inquired Hermann.
+
+The old answer, "Very well."
+
+His hands were plucking at the bedclothes, as if he strove to cover
+his face with them. Then his arms stiffened and the fingers remained
+motionless.
+
+"Very well," he repeated.
+
+He appeared to fall into deep thought. There was a long pause. At
+last he turned a dying look, fraught with tender pity and sadness,
+towards Ellen, and in a low voice, which was scarcely audible, he
+said these two words, with a slight emphasis on the first--
+"PERFECTLY well."
+
+
+
+
+THE BOOKBINDER OF HORT
+
+BY
+
+LEOPOLD VON SACHER-MASOCH
+
+
+
+
+From "Jewish Tales," published by A.C. McClurg & Co.
+
+Copyright, 1894, by A.C. McClurg & Co.
+
+
+
+
+Looking abroad from the table-land of Esced, over the Hungarian
+plain that stretches from the foot of Mount Matra to Szolnok, and
+finally merges into the horizon where the silver thread of the
+Theiss winds its way, the eye is attracted by a smiling section of
+country whose vineyards and cornfields gleam brightly in the sun.
+This fair spot is neither a park nor grove nor pleasant woodland,
+but the imposing village of Hort, its pretty white houses half
+concealed by a wealth of trees and shrubbery.
+
+In this village lived a Jewish bookbinder, Simcha Kalimann, a wit
+and bel esprit, the oracle of the entire province, the living
+chronicle of his times and people.
+
+Reviewing in reverie the procession of events in his own life,
+Kalimann could see, as in a mirror, the phases through which his co-
+religionists in Hungary had passed in their efforts toward liberty.
+He had lived during that dark period when the Jew dared claim no
+rights among his fellow-countrymen. He had suffered evil, he had
+endured disgrace, and the storehouse of his memory held many a
+tragi-comic picture of the days that were no more. But he had also
+lived in times when the spirit of tolerance took possession of men's
+minds, and he had been swept along on that tidal movement
+inaugurated by Count Szechenyi, the greatest of Hungarians, through
+his celebrated book, "Light."
+
+The revolution of 1848 brought about the new Hungarian Constitution,
+and put an end to feudal government. Light penetrated into the
+darksome streets of the Ghetto, and through the windows opened to
+receive the Messiah, a saviour entered proclaiming liberty and
+equality to the downtrodden and oppressed.
+
+Crushed and forsaken, as all Israel was, it gratefully responded to
+this message of universal brotherhood.
+
+The Hungarian Jew had found a country, and from that moment he had
+thrown aside his native timidity, and found the strength to display
+his patriotism with an ardor and enthusiasm worthy of the cause.
+Thousands quitted the Ghettos, and gathered around the tricolored
+flag. Among the warm-hearted soldiers was Simcha Kalimann. He
+followed Kossuth as a simple honved (volunteer), and fought at
+Kapolna, Vaitzen, and Temesvar.
+
+High hopes and golden dreams were succeeded by despondency and
+disillusion; then supervened years of impatient waiting,--a standing
+with folded arms when so much remained to be done, a time of
+despair, of restless suffering. But the Jew had acquired his
+franchise, and gratefully he remembered those to whom he owed this
+priceless blessing.
+
+When the Austro-Hungarian Convention gave Hungary her king and
+constitution, the hearts of the people of the Ghetto beat high. This
+time, however, liberty did not make her entry with clang of arms and
+beat of drum,--peace and reconciliation were her handmaidens, and
+progress followed in her footsteps.
+
+It was at this epoch in Hungary's history that Israelites began to
+speak the language of the country, and to accept Hungarian names. To
+her credit be it said that no such shameful sale was made as
+disgraced the time of Joseph II., when surnames were sold, according
+to their attractiveness or desirability, to the highest bidder.
+
+Consequently, as a high-sounding name cost no more than a simple
+one, Kalimann chose the most imposing he could find, and, his
+country's hero in mind, called himself Sandor Hunyadi. This historic
+title revived, as it were, his latent patriotism, and, digging his
+gun and cartridge-box from their hiding-place in the garden where he
+had carefully buried them after the capitulation of Vilagos, he
+proudly hung these trophies of his prowess over his bed, and
+rejoiced in the memories of his martial exploits.
+
+Liberty and religious peace held equal sway. Reciprocal kindliness
+and toleration spread light where darkness had been, and scattered
+the shadows of prejudice.
+
+Hunyadi, or Kalimann, was regarded in Hort as a freethinker. This
+was scarcely just; he was pious, and strictly discharged his
+religious observances, emancipating himself at the same time from
+those distinctions in dress and customs which he deemed neither in
+accordance with Mosaic law nor with his ideas of progress.
+
+He followed the observance of wearing his hat while at synagogue,
+but during no other religious ceremony; troubled himself but little
+regarding the dietary laws; dressed as his Christian neighbor did;
+and strictly prohibited any superstitious practices in his house. He
+even permitted his wife to let her hair grow,--a bold innovation.
+
+His appearance was by no means suggestive of the hero. Short, thin,
+and insignificant-looking, with hair that frizzled beyond all
+thought of disentanglement, a tanned and freckled skin, flaxen
+moustache, and gray eyes that blinked continuously, Kalimann had
+truly no cause for vanity. Besides, he was excessively near-sighted,
+and as his large spectacles were taken from their red case only when
+he read or worked, it not unfrequently happened that when he took
+his walk abroad he would mistake a tall post for the chief
+magistrate of the county, and salute it with his most respectful
+bow; or, with a composure born of self-complacency, it would be his
+misfortune to pass by Madame Barkany, his best customer, with a
+vacant stare, under the impression that the fair apparition was
+linen hung to bleach in the sun.
+
+Kalimann worked alone with a little apprentice named Hersch, whom he
+had indentured far more from charity than necessity, since the
+worthy bookbinder felt within him that love for his art which would
+have enabled him to bind the entire literature of Europe with no
+greater aid than his good right arm. He was a conscientious,
+faithful workman, and, as a rule, his entire days were spent in his
+shop; when necessity demanded he would toil on late into the night
+by the light of a tallow candle, or an ill-smelling lamp.
+
+His work was his pride; reading his delight. If a single dark spot
+clouded the surface of this simple honest life, that shadow fell
+from the portly form of Mrs. Rachel Kalimann, or Rose Hunyadi, as it
+was that lady's pleasure now to be called. It would be unjust,
+however, to the handsome woman, whose buxom proportions served, as
+it were, to give weight to the establishment, to say that her faults
+were of a serious nature; she was, at the most, insensible to her
+husband's intellectual aspirations, which she termed, with more
+vigor than the occasion demanded, "stuff and nonsense."
+
+Quotations from the Talmud and the Scriptures were equally impotent
+to quell the torrent of the worthy woman's eloquence when she felt
+that the occasion demanded her timely interference; in vain Kalimann
+supported his side of the question by citing from the book of Job:
+"The gold and the crystal cannot equal it, and the exchange of it
+shall not be for jewels of fine gold. No mention shall be made of
+coral or of pearls; for the price of wisdom is above rubies."
+[Footnote: See Job xxviii. 17, 18.]
+
+Rose would retort curtly: "What can I buy with your wisdom? Will it
+give me wherewith to eat and to drink, and to clothe myself? No!
+Very well then, what is the good of it?"
+
+The learned bookbinder would, as a rule, sigh and silently abandon
+the argument when it had reached this stage, but at times his
+composure would break down under the strain imposed on it. Disputes
+and quarrels would ensue, but in the end Kalimann would capitulate,
+his conjugal love overcoming his anger and resentment.
+
+Occasionally, however, he would endeavor to escape his wife's
+vigilance, and take refuge in a remote corner with one of his
+treasured volumes. On one of these "secret" evenings she surprised
+him in the poultry house, at his side a small lantern shedding a
+doubtful light upon a fine edition of "Hamlet" on his lap. Rose read
+him a long lecture, and commanded him to retire at once. The good
+man obeyed, but carried "Hamlet" to bed with him, turning once more
+to his Shakespeare for refreshment and sweet content. He had
+scarcely read half a page, when his spouse rose in all her majesty
+and blew out the candle.
+
+Kalimann was desperate, and yet resistance would have been unwise.
+Sadly resigned, he turned his head upon the pillow, and soon snored
+in unison with Hersch. A half-hour of profound silence, then the
+culprit rose, and making sure that his wife was sleeping the sleep
+of the just, he cautiously took his book and spectacles, glided out
+of doors, and sitting upon the old moss-grown bench in front of the
+house, continued the tragedy of the Danish prince by the light of
+the moon.
+
+Yes, he loved his books with passion and tenderness; but not having
+means wherewith to buy them, he read every book that was entrusted
+to him to bind. Not being the collector of the volumes in his
+workshop, chance alone being responsible for the heterogeneous
+display,--to-day a sentimental love-tale, to-morrow a medical
+treatise, the next day a theological work,--it followed that the
+poor little bookbinder's head was filled with as confused a mass of
+lore, religious and profane, as ever cast in its lot in the sum of
+human knowledge. The more a book pleased him, the longer did the
+owner have to wait for it; and it was only after repeated insistence
+that the coveted volume was placed in the rightful possessor's
+hands.
+
+Naturally, Kalimann's prices varied according to the work required,
+or the cost of material; but when it came to the question of
+ornamental finishing or decorative impressions, his customer's
+orders were totally ignored, and he it was who decided upon the
+finishing according to the subject or the value of the work.
+
+When he carried the books back to his customers, he would always tie
+them up carefully in a large colored handkerchief, and, while
+unwrapping them, would embrace the opportunity of expressing his
+views upon their contents; at times, however, he regarded the open
+assertion of his opinion as dangerous, and could not be induced to
+pass judgment. On these occasions he never failed to say with a
+sorrowful shake of the head, "While we are living we may not speak,
+when we are dead it is too late!"
+
+There lived in Hort at this time a wealthy and pretty widow, Mrs.
+Zoe Barkany by name, originally Sarah Samuel. From her, Kalimann
+would get his novels and classical literature; these he bound in
+pale blues and greens and brilliant scarlets, ornamenting them with
+a golden lyre, surmounted with an arrow-pierced heart. He worked
+upon these bindings con amore, and, transported by his love of the
+aesthetic, would occasionally give vent to his enthusiasm, and
+venture observations bordering upon the chivalrous. In each and
+every heroine of the plays and romances he devoured, he could see
+the captivating face and figure of Mrs. Barkany.
+
+Entering the fair widow's garden one morning, and discovering her
+seated on a rustic bench, dressed in white, a guitar in her hand, he
+exclaimed, with a reverential bow: "Ah, mon Dieu, there sits
+Princess Eboli!" (the heroine in "Don Carlos"). Another time seeing
+her in a. morning gown of Turkish stuff, he declared she must be
+sitting for the picture of Rebecca in "Ivanhoe." In short, Mrs.
+Barkany very soon learned to anticipate her bookbinder's speeches,
+and would say, with a pretty smile: "Well, am I Esmeralda to-day?"
+or, "I wager that I am reminding you of the Duchess; tell me, am I
+right or not?"
+
+Binding works on jurisprudence for the notary, he developed his
+philosophy of law; returning some volumes to the village doctor, he
+surprised that worthy by launching forth with enthusiasm into a
+disquisition on medicine; and dropping in one fine day at Professor
+Gambert's,--the pensioned schoolmaster,--he proved himself no mean
+adversary in a discussion upon natural history. He invariably
+approached a subject with a refreshing originality, and on one
+occasion maintained with an obstinacy born of conviction that the
+reason Moses had prohibited the Jews from eating pork was because he
+had discovered the trichina.
+
+Simcha Kalimann had taken upon himself the office of censor in his
+village, as may be seen by the following incident. The widow had
+given him a richly illustrated German edition of "Nana" to bind. At
+dusk one evening he discovered his apprentice crouched in a corner
+by the window, evidently intensely amused over the illustrations. He
+quietly seized the culprit by the hair, shook him as he would a
+puppy, and then, putting on his spectacles, began inspecting the
+volume himself. At first he shook his head, then took off his
+glasses and rubbed them as though they were playing him some prank,
+and finally closed the book with an expression of profound disgust.
+
+Mrs. Barkany awaited the return of her "Nana" with unruffled
+patience; finally she despatched her cook Gutel with an order for
+the book. Kalimann was ready with his excuses, and after a
+fortnight's delay the widow found her way into the workshop, and
+began suing for the book in person.
+
+"I want my copy of 'Nana,'" she began.
+
+"Nana?" Kalimann went on with his work.
+
+"You have not bound it yet?"
+
+"No, madame."
+
+"But when am I to have it?" "You are not to have that book at all."
+
+"What! You talk absurdly."
+
+ "We merit trust, the Count will own;
+ For nothing's left of flesh or bone,"
+
+quoted Kalimann from Schiller's ballad "The Forge." "As for 'Nana,'
+I've simply pushed it in the stove."
+
+"Kalimann, this is going too far."
+
+"It is not a book for a Jewish woman to own."
+
+The widow flushed indignantly, but would not yield the victory to
+her adversary.
+
+"If you have burned my book you must give me an equivalent."
+
+"With pleasure," replied the bookbinder, and taking down a picture
+from the wall, he begged her acceptance of it. It represented a
+scene from Schiller's "Song of the Bell," a fair young woman,
+surrounded by her children, seated on the balcony of her house. As
+title to the picture were printed these lines:
+
+ "The house spreadeth out,
+ And in it presides
+ The chaste gentle housewife,
+ The mother of children;
+ And ruleth metely
+ The household discreetly."
+
+Our bookbinder had a reverential admiration for all scholars, poets,
+or artists, irrespective of race or creed. Awaiting the widow in her
+library one day, his attention was attracted by an engraving
+representing Schiller at Carlsbad seated upon an ass. His eyes
+filled with tears at the sight. "A man like that," he exclaimed,
+"riding upon an ass! While ordinary people like Baron Fay or Mr. de
+Mariassy ride about proudly on horses."
+
+Later on it occurred to him that Balaam too was mounted on an ass,
+and he derived a measure of consolation from the thought that
+Schiller was a prophet as well. Would it be venturesome to say that
+in Kalimann there was the stuff for poet or prophet?
+
+In addition to his trade, our bookbinder carried on another pursuit
+which was quite lucrative in its way, and one universally well
+established among all Jewish communities of Eastern Europe. Kalimann
+was Cupid's secretary: in other words, he wrote love-letters for
+those who could neither read nor write. The opportunity thus
+vouchsafed his native tendency toward sentiment helped not only to
+swell the hearts of his clients with gratitude, but also to swell
+his own slender income. Thus it was that the fire of his poetic
+genius was enkindled, and thus it was he became the Petrarch of
+Hort.
+
+One day Gutel Wolfner, Mrs. Barkany's cook, came to him with the
+request that he would write a letter for her to a friend at Gyongos.
+
+"Well, well, little one," said the scribe, "so Love's arrow has
+reached you at last!"
+
+"Heaven preserve me!" cried the girl, "he is not named Love, but
+Mendel Sucher, and he has never drawn a bow in his life."
+
+Gutel now gave the bookbinder a general idea of the letter she
+wished written, and inquired the price.
+
+"That will not depend upon the length of the epistle," he replied,
+"but upon its quality." Thereupon he read aloud to her his tariff.
+
+ 1st. A friendly letter ....................10 kreutzers
+ 2d. A kind and well-intentioned letter.15 "
+ 3d. A tender letter ...................... 20 "
+ 4th. A touching letter ..................30 "
+ 5th. A letter that goes straight to the
+ heart .............................. 1/2 florin
+
+"Very good; a friendly letter will do well enough this time," said
+the girl, as she deposited her ten kreutzers on the table.
+
+"I will write a kind and well-intentioned letter for you for the
+same price as a friendly one," said Kalimann, gallantly.
+
+Mendel Sucher received the missive the following day, and as his
+scholarship was as limited as Gutel's, he forthwith sought out Saul
+Wahl, a lawyer's clerk at Gyongos, likewise a member of the same
+erotic profession as the bookbinder of Hort. Wahl read Kalimann's
+letter to the smiling recipient with such pathos that Mendel was
+completely overcome. Placing twenty kreutzers on the table, the
+happy swain begged the clerk to write as finely turned a letter to
+Gutel as the one she had sent him.
+
+Saul, who had at a glance recognized Kalimann's calligraphy, said to
+himself: "It will go hard with me but I will show the bookbinder
+that they know how to write letters at Gyongos, and can also quote
+from the classic authors."
+
+He at once wrote Gutel a missive so thickly interlarded with
+quotations from the Song of Solomon, from Goethe, Petofi, Heine, and
+Chateaubriand, that when Kalimann read the billet-doux to the
+blushing girl her head was quite turned.
+
+The bookbinder himself scratched his head and muttered: "This Saul
+is a man of letters; his style is vigorous! Who would have thought
+it?"
+
+The correspondence between Gutel and Mendel, or rather between
+Kalimann and Saul, flourished for some time. If Kalimann addressed
+Mendel as "my cherished friend," "my turtle dove," Saul on his side
+would intersperse throughout his letters such expressions as "your
+gazelle-like eyes," "your fairy form," "your crimson lips," "your
+voice rivalling the music of the celestial spheres."
+
+Kalimann's "friendly" letter was followed by those of the tender and
+touching variety, and finally Gutel decided upon sacrificing her
+half florin and sending one that "would go straight to the heart."
+To make assurance doubly sure she supplemented her silver piece by a
+bottle of wine. Her amanuensis poured out a glass, emptied it at a
+draught, smacked his lips, and began to write. Suddenly, however, he
+stopped, and turning to the girl, said: "Do you know, Gutel, that
+wine of yours was a happy inspiration, but the great poet Hafiz was
+not alone inspired by the spirit of wine, he placed a great virtue
+upon the crimson lips of pretty girls."
+
+Gutel was not slow to understand.
+
+"As I have given you a half florin and a bottle of wine," she said,
+in a shamefaced way, wiping her mouth with the corner of her apron
+the while, "I see no reason why I should not add a touch of my lips
+as well." So saying she gave the happy bookbinder a hearty kiss. The
+consequence of all this was that the pen flew over the paper, and
+when Kalimann read the letter for Gutel's approval the tender-
+hearted girl burst into tears of emotion.
+
+As for Mendel, when Saul read him this letter going "straight to the
+heart," he could contain himself no longer; rushing from the house
+he flew to the factory where he worked, and asked his employer, Mr.
+Schonberg, to permit him to quit his service.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" cried Schonberg. "Why do you wish to
+leave? Do you want more wages?"
+
+"No, no, Mr. Schonberg, that is not the reason. But--but I can stay
+no longer here at Gyongos, I must go to Hort."
+
+"To Hort? What is the reason of that?"
+
+For reply the dazed fellow held out the letter for him to read.
+Schonberg glanced over it, and smiled. "This Kalimann," he murmured,
+"is a deuce of a fellow. The world has lost a novelist in him. But
+let me see how I can arrange matters. Mendel," he continued, turning
+to the open-mouthed lover, "you shall stay here, and you shall marry
+your Gutel. I will give you two or three rooms in the factory for
+your housekeeping, and Mrs. Barkany will give the girl her
+trousseau. How does that strike you?"
+
+Mendel beamed. He would have thrown himself on his employer's neck,
+but resisted the impulse, and, instead, brushed the back of his hand
+across his eyes. Schonberg gave him a day's holiday, and the happy
+fellow lost no time in making his way to Hort, and subsequently into
+the arms of his inamorata. Mrs. Barkany gave Gutel the trousseau,
+and the marriage took place at harvest-time.
+
+At one end of the table, in the seat of honor next to the rabbi, sat
+the bookbinder of Hort. All had been his work, and, truth to tell,
+this was not the first happy couple he had been the means of
+bringing together.
+
+When it was his turn to deliver a toast in honor of the bride and
+groom, he rose, filled his glass, and holding it in his hand,
+declaimed from his favorite poet Schiller, and with an enthusiasm
+worthy the occasion:
+
+ "Honor to women! round Life they are wreathing
+ Roses, the fragrance of Heaven sweet-breathing!"
+
+
+
+
+THE EGYPTIAN FIRE-EATER
+
+BY
+
+RUDOLPH BAUMBACH
+
+
+
+From "Summer Legends," translated by Helen B. Dole.
+Published by T. Y. Crowell & Co.
+
+Copyright, 1888, by T.Y. Crowell & Co
+
+
+
+
+Next Easter he must go to N--to school.--Fact.--It is high time; he
+is eleven years old, and here he is running wild with the street-
+boys.--That's what I say."
+
+He, that is, I, hung my head, and I felt more like crying than
+laughing. I had passed eleven sunny boyhood years in the little
+country town, I stood in high esteem among my playmates, and would
+rather be the first in the ranks of my birthplace than second in the
+metropolis.
+
+Through the gray mist, which surrounded my near future like a thick
+fog, gleamed only one light, but a bright, attractive light; that
+was the theatre, the splendor of which I had already learned to
+know. The white priests in the "Magic Flute," Sarastro's lions, the
+fire-spitting serpents, and the gay, merry Papageno,--such things
+could not be seen at home; and when my parents promised me
+occasional visits to the theatre, as a reward for diligence in study
+and exemplary conduct, I left the Eden of my childhood, half
+consoled.
+
+Young trees, transplanted at the proper time, soon take root. After
+a tearful farewell to my friends and a slight attack of home-
+sickness, I was quite content. I was received into the second class
+at the gymnasium, and drank eagerly of the fountain of knowledge; a
+certain Frau Eberlein, with whom I found board and lodging, cared
+for my bodily welfare.
+
+She was a widow, and kept a little store, in which, with the
+assistance of a shop-girl, she served customers, who called from
+morning to night. She dealt principally in groceries and vegetables,
+but besides these, every conceivable thing was found piled up in her
+shop: knitting-yarn, sheets of pictures, slate-pencils, cheese, pen-
+knives, balls of twine, herring, soap, buttons, writing-paper, glue,
+hairpins, cigar-holders, oranges, fly-poison, brushes, varnish,
+gingerbread, tin soldiers, corks, tallow candles, tobacco-pouches,
+thimbles, gum-balls, and torpedoes. Besides, she prepared, by means
+of essences, peach brandy, maraschino, ros solis, and other
+liqueurs, as well as an excellent ink, in the manufacture of which I
+used to help her. She rejoiced in considerable prosperity, lived
+well, and did not let me want for anything.
+
+My passion for the theatre was a source of great anxiety to good
+Frau Eberlein. She did not have a very good opinion of the art in
+general, but the comedy she despised from the bottom of her heart.
+Therefore she made my visiting the theatre as difficult as possible,
+and it was only after long discussions, and after the shop-girl had
+added her voice, that she would hand over the necessary amount for
+purchasing a ticket. The shop-girl was an oldish person, as thin as
+a giraffe which had fasted for a long time, and was very well read.
+She subscribed regularly to a popular periodical with the motto,
+"Culture is freedom," and Frau Eberlein was influenced somewhat by
+her judgment. This kind-hearted woman was friendly towards me, and
+as often as her employer asked, "Is the play a proper one for young
+people?" she would answer, "Yes," and Frau Eberlein would have to
+let me go.
+
+Those were glorious evenings. Long before it was time for the play
+to begin, I was in my seat in the gallery, looking down from my
+dizzy height, into the house, still unlighted. Now a servant comes
+and lights the lamps in the orchestra. The parquet and the upper
+seats fill, but the reserved seats and the boxes are still empty.
+Now it suddenly grows light; the chandelier comes down from an
+opening in the ceiling. The musicians appear and tune their
+instruments. It makes a horrible discord, but still it is beautiful.
+The doors slam; handsomely dressed ladies, in white cloaks, gay
+officers, and civilians in stiff black and white evening dress take
+their seats in the boxes. The conductor mounts his elevated seat and
+now it begins. The overture is terribly long, but it comes to an
+end. Ting-aling-aling,--the curtain rises. Ah!--
+
+I soon decided in my own mind that it should be my destiny, some
+time, to delight the audience from the stage, but I was still
+undecided whether I would devote myself to the drama or the opera,
+for it seemed to me an equally desirable lot to shoot charmed
+bullets in "Der Freischutz," or, hidden behind elderberry bushes, to
+shoot at tyrannical Geslers in "William Tell." In the meantime I
+learned Tell's monologue, "Along this narrow path the man must
+come," by heart, and practised the aria, "Through the forest,
+through the meadows."
+
+Providence seemed to favor my plan, for it led me into an
+acquaintance with a certain Lipp, who, on account of his
+connections, was in a position to pave my way to the stage.
+
+Lipp was a tall, slender youth, about sixteen years old, with
+terribly large feet and hands. He usually wore a very faded, light-
+blue coat, the sleeves of which hardly came below his elbows, and a
+red vest. He had a rather stooping gait, and a beaming smile
+continually played about his mouth. Besides, the poor fellow was
+always hungry, and it was this peculiarity which brought about our
+acquaintance.
+
+On afternoons when there was no school, and I went out on the green
+to play ball with my companions or fly my kite, Frau Eberlein used
+to put something to eat in my pocket. Lipp soon spied it out, and he
+knew how to get a part, or even the whole of my luncheon for
+himself. He would pick up a pebble off the ground, slip it from one
+hand to the other several times, then place one fist above the
+other, saying:
+
+ "This hand, or that?
+ Burned is the tail of the cat.
+ Which do you choose?
+ Upper or under will lose!"
+
+If I said "upper," the stone was always in the lower hand, and vice
+versa. And Lipp would take my apple from me with a smile, and devour
+it as if he were half-famished.
+
+Why did I allow it? In the first place because Lipp was beyond me in
+years and in strength, and in the second place, because he was the
+son of a very important personage. His father was nothing less than
+the doorkeeper of the theatre; a splendid man with a shining red
+nose and coal-black beard reaching to his waist. The wise reader now
+knows how young Lipp came by a light-blue coat and red vest.
+
+My new friend from his earliest years had been constantly on the
+stage. He played the gamin in folk-scenes and the monster in
+burlesques. Besides, he was an adept at thunder and lightning; by
+means of cracking a whip and the close imitation of the neighing of
+horses, he announced the approaching stage-coach; he lighted the
+moon in "Der Freischutz;" and with a kettle and pair of tongs gave
+forewarning of the witches' hour. When I opened my heart to Lipp and
+confided to him that I wanted to go on the stage, he reached out his
+broad hand to me with emotion and said, "And so do I." Hereupon we
+swore eternal friendship, and Lipp promised as soon as possible to
+procure me an opportunity for putting my dramatic qualifications to
+the test. From that hour his manner changed towards me. Before, he
+had treated me with some condescension, but now his behavior towards
+me was more like that of a colleague. Moreover, the game of chance
+for my lunch came to an end, for from that time forth I shared it
+with him like a brother.
+
+The fine fellow kept his promise to make a way for me to go on the
+stage. A few evenings later ("Der Freischutz" was being played), I
+stood with a beating heart behind the scenes, and friend Lipp stood
+by my side. In my hand I held a string, with which I set the wings
+of the owl in the wolf's glen in rhythmic motion. My companion
+performed the wild chase. By turns he whistled through his fingers,
+cracked a whip, and imitated the yelping of the hounds. It was
+awfully fine.
+
+"You did your part splendidly," said Lipp to me at the end of the
+scene; "next time you must go out on the stage."
+
+I swam in a sea of delight. A short time after, "Preciosa" was
+given, and Lipp told me that I could play the gypsy boy. They put a
+white frock on me and wound red bands crosswise about my legs. Then
+a chorister took me by the hand and led me up and down the back of
+the stage two or three times. That was my first appearance.
+
+It was also my last. The affair became known. In school I received a
+severe reprimand, and in addition, as a consequence of the airy
+gypsy costume, a cold with a cough, which kept me in bed for a day
+or two.
+
+"It serves you right," said Frau Eberlein. "He who will not hear
+must feel. This comes from playing in the theatre. If your blessed
+grandmother knew that you had been with play-actors she would turn
+in her grave."
+
+Crushed and humiliated, I swallowed the various teas which my nurse
+steeped for me one after another. But with each cup I had to listen
+to an instructive story about the depravity of actors. In order to
+lead me back from the way of the transgressors to the path of
+virtue, Frau Eberlein painted with glowing colors; one story in
+particular, in which occurred three bottles of punch-essence never
+paid for, made a deep impression on me. But Frau Eberlein's
+anecdotes failed to make me change my resolves.
+
+Soon after, something very serious happened. Lipp's father, the
+doorkeeper of the theatre, after drinking heavily, fell down
+lifeless by the card-table in the White Horse; and my friend, in
+consequence of this misfortune, came under the control of a cold-
+hearted guardian, who had as little comprehension of the dramatic
+art as Frau Eberlein. Lipp was given over to a house-painter, who,
+invested with extended authority, took the unfortunate fellow as an
+apprentice.
+
+Lipp was inconsolable at the change in his lot. The smile
+disappeared from his face, and I too felt melancholy when I saw him
+going along the street in his paint-bespattered clothes, the picture
+of despair.
+
+One day I met the poor fellow outside the city gate, where the last
+houses stand, painting a garden fence with an arsenic-green color.
+"My good friend," he said, with a melancholy smile, "I cannot give
+you my hand, for there is paint on it; but we are just the same as
+ever." Then he spoke of his disappointed hopes. "But," he continued,
+"because they are deferred, they are not put off for ever, and these
+clouds" (by this he referred to his present apprenticeship as
+painter) "will pass away. The time will come--I say no more about
+it; but the time will come." Here Lipp stopped speaking and dipped
+his brush in the paint-pot, for his master was coming around the
+corner of the house.
+
+One day Lipp disappeared. The authorities did everything in their
+power to find him, but in vain; and since, at that time, the river,
+on which the city stood, had overflowed its banks, it was decided
+that Lipp had perished. The only person who did not share in this
+opinion was myself. I had a firm conviction that he had gone out
+into the wide world to seek his fortune, and that some day he would
+turn up again as a celebrated artist and a successful man. But year
+after year passed by and nothing was heard of Lipp.
+
+I had entered upon my fifteenth year, was reading Virgil and
+Xenophon, and could enumerate the causes which brought the Roman
+empire to ruin. But in the midst of my classical studies I did not
+lose sight of the real aim of my life, the dramatic art; and as the
+stage had been closed to me since my first appearance, I studied in
+my own room the roles in which I hoped to shine later. Then I had
+already tried my skill as a dramatic author, and in my writing-desk
+lay concealed a finished tragedy. It was entitled "Pharaoh." In it
+occurred the seven plagues of Egypt and the miracles of Moses; but
+Pharaoh's destruction in the Red Sea formed the finale from which I
+promised myself the most brilliant success.
+
+Therefore I went about dressed as a regular artist. My schoolmates
+imitated the University students,--wore gay-colored caps, dark
+golden-red bands, and carried canes adorned with tassels; but I wore
+over my wild hair a pointed Calabrian hat, around my neck a loose
+silk handkerchief fastened together in an artistic knot, and in
+unpleasant weather a cloak, the red-lined corner of which I threw
+picturesquely over my left shoulder.
+
+In this attire I went about in my native town, where I was
+accustomed to spend my summer vacations. The boys on the street made
+sport of me by their words and actions, but I thought, "What does
+the moon care when the dog bays at her!" and holding my head high, I
+walked past the scoffers.
+
+Every year, in the month of August, a fair was held in the little
+town. On the common, tents and arbors were put up, where beer and
+sausages were furnished. Further entertainment was provided in the
+way of rope-dancers, jugglers, a Punch-and-Judy show, fortune-
+tellers, monstrosities, wax figures, and tragedies.
+
+As a spoiled city youth, I considered it decidedly beneath my
+dignity to take part in the people's merry-making; but I couldn't
+get out of it, and so I went with my parents and brothers and
+sisters to the opening of the festival out in the park, and walked
+more proudly than ever under my Calabrian hat.
+
+The sights were inspected one after another, and in the evening we
+all sat together in the front row of a booth, the proprietor of
+which promised to exhibit the most extraordinary thing that had ever
+been seen. The spectacle was divided into three parts. In the first
+a little horse with a large head was brought out, which answered any
+questions asked him by nodding, shaking, and beating his hoofs. In
+the second part two trained hares performed their tricks. With their
+forelegs they beat the drum, fired off pistols, and in the "Battle
+with the Hounds" they put to flight a whining terrier.
+
+The proprietor had kept the best of all--that is, the Egyptian fire-
+eater, called "Phosphorus"--for the last part. The curtain went up
+for the third time, and on the stage, in fantastic scarlet dress,
+with a burning torch in his left hand, there stood a tall--ah! a
+form only too well known to me. It was Lipp, who had been looked
+upon as dead.
+
+I saw how the unfortunate fellow with a smile put a lump of burning
+pitch in his mouth, and then everything began to swim around me. I
+pulled my hat down over my eyes, made my way through the crowd
+howling their applause, and staggered home exhausted.
+
+During the rest of the festival I kept myself in strict seclusion. I
+announced that I was not well, and this was really no untruth, for I
+was very miserable. "That is because he is growing," said my anxious
+mother; and I assented, and swallowed submissively the family
+remedies which she brought to me.
+
+At last the fair was over, and the Egyptian fire-eater had left the
+town. But the poor fellow did not go far. In the city where he
+exhibited his skill he was recognized and arrested, because he had
+avoided service in the army. To be sure, he was set free again after
+a few weeks as unqualified; but in the meantime his employer with
+the performing hares had gone nobody knew where, and Lipp was left
+solely dependent on his art, which he practised for some time in the
+neighboring towns and villages.
+
+The end of his artistic career is sad and melancholy. He fell a
+victim to his calling. As an ambitious man he enlarged his artistic
+capabilities; he ate not only pitch but also pieces of broken glass,
+and an indigestible lamp-chimney was the cause of his destruction.
+
+When I returned to the city I burned my tragedy of "Pharaoh," and
+sold my cloak and Calabrian hat to an old-clothes dealer. I was
+thoroughly disgusted with the career of an artist, and whenever
+afterwards I was inclined to relapse, Frau Eberlein would call out
+to me, "Do you, too, want to die from a lamp-chimney?" Then I would
+bend my head and bury my nose in my Greek grammar.
+
+
+
+
+THE CREMONA VIOLIN
+
+BY
+
+E.T.A. HOFFMANN
+
+
+From "Weird Tales," translated by J.T. Beally. Published by Charles
+Scribner's Sons.
+
+
+
+
+Councillor Krespel was one of the strangest, oddest men I ever met
+with in my life. When I went to live in H---for a time the whole
+town was full of talk about him, as he happened to be just then in
+the midst of one of the very craziest of his schemes. Krespel had
+the reputation of being both a clever, learned lawyer and a skilful
+diplomatist. One of the reigning princes of Germany--not, however,
+one of the most powerful--had appealed to him for assistance in
+drawing up a memorial, which he was desirous of presenting at the
+Imperial Court with the view of furthering his legitimate claims
+upon a certain strip of territory. The project was crowned with the
+happiest success; and as Krespel had once complained that he could
+never find a dwelling sufficiently comfortable to suit him, the
+prince, to reward him for the memorial, undertook to defray the cost
+of building a house which Krespel might erect just as he pleased.
+Moreover, the prince was willing to purchase any site that he should
+fancy. This offer, however, the Councillor would not accept; he
+insisted that the house should be built in his garden, situated in a
+very beautiful neighborhood outside the town-walls. So he bought all
+kinds of materials and had them carted out. Then he might have been
+seen day after day, attired in his curious garments (which he had
+made himself according to certain fixed rules of his own), slacking
+the lime, riddling the sand, packing up the bricks and stones in
+regular heaps, and so on. All this he did without once consulting an
+architect or thinking about a plan. One fine day, however, he went
+to an experienced builder of the town and requested him to be in his
+garden at daybreak the next morning, with all his journeymen and
+apprentices, and a large body of laborers, etc., to build him his
+house. Naturally the builder asked for the architect's plan, and was
+not a little astonished when Krespel replied that none was needed,
+and that things would turn out all right in the end, just as he
+wanted them. Next morning, when the builder and his men came to the
+place, they found a trench drawn out in the shape of an exact
+square; and Krespel said, "Here's where you must lay the
+foundations; then carry up the walls until I say they are high
+enough." "Without windows and doors, and without partition walls?"
+broke in the builder, as if alarmed at Krespel's mad folly. "Do what
+I tell you, my dear sir," replied the Councillor quite calmly;
+"leave the rest to me; it will be all right." It was only the
+promise of high pay that could induce the builder to proceed with
+the ridiculous building; but none has ever been erected under
+merrier circumstances. As there was an abundant supply of food and
+drink, the workmen never left their work; and amidst their
+continuous laughter the four walls were run up with incredible
+quickness, until one day Krespel cried, "Stop!" Then the workmen,
+laying down trowel and hammer, came down from the scaffoldings and
+gathered round Krespel in a circle, whilst every laughing face was
+asking, "Well, and what now?" "Make way!" cried Krespel; and then
+running to one end of the garden, he strode slowly towards the
+square of brickwork. When he came close to the wall he shook his
+head in a dissatisfied manner, ran to the other end of the garden,
+again strode slowly towards the brickwork square, and proceeded to
+act as before. These tactics he pursued several times, until at
+length, running his sharp nose hard against the wall, he cried,
+"Come here, come here, men! break me a door in here! Here's where I
+want a door made!" He gave the exact dimensions in feet and inches,
+and they did as he bid them. Then he stepped inside the structure,
+and smiled with satisfaction as the builder remarked that the walls
+were just the height of a good two-storeyed house. Krespel walked
+thoughtfully backwards and forwards across the space within, the
+bricklayers behind him with hammers and picks, and wherever he
+cried, "Make a window here, six feet high by four feet broad!"
+"There a little window, three feet by two!" a hole was made in a
+trice.
+
+It was at this stage of the proceedings that I came to H---; and it
+was highly amusing to see how hundreds of people stood round about
+the garden and raised a loud shout whenever the stones flew out and
+a new window appeared where nobody had for a moment expected it. And
+in the same manner Krespel proceeded with the buildings and fittings
+of the rest of the house, and with all the work necessary to that
+end; everything had to be done on the spot in accordance with the
+instructions which the Councillor gave from time to time. However,
+the absurdity of the whole business, the growing conviction that
+things would in the end turn out better than might have been
+expected, but above all, Krespel's generosity--which indeed cost him
+nothing--kept them all in good-humor. Thus were the difficulties
+overcome which necessarily arose out of this eccentric way of
+building, and in a short time there was a completely finished house,
+its outside, indeed, presenting a most extraordinary appearance, no
+two windows, etc., being alike, but on the other hand the interior
+arrangements suggested a peculiar feeling of comfort. All who
+entered the house bore witness to the truth of this; and I too
+experienced it myself when I was taken in by Krespel after I had
+become more intimate with him. For hitherto I had not exchanged a
+word with this eccentric man; his building had occupied him so much
+that he had not even once been to Professor M---'s to dinner, as he
+was in the habit of doing on Tuesdays. Indeed, in reply to a special
+invitation, he sent word that he should not set foot over the
+threshold before the house-warming of his new building took place.
+All his friends and acquaintances, therefore, confidently looked
+forward to a great banquet; but Krespel invited nobody except the
+masters, journeymen, apprentices, and laborers who had built the
+house. He entertained them with the choicest viands; bricklayers'
+apprentices devoured partridge pies regardless of consequences;
+young joiners polished off roast pheasants with the greatest
+success; whilst hungry laborers helped themselves for once to the
+choicest morsels of truffes fricassees. In the evening their wives
+and daughters came, and there was a great ball. After waltzing a
+short while with the wives of the masters, Krespel sat down amongst
+the town musicians, took a violin in his hand, and directed the
+orchestra until daylight.
+
+On the Tuesday after this festival, which exhibited Councillor
+Krespel in the character of a friend of the people, I at length saw
+him appear, to my no little joy, at Professor M---'s. Anything more
+strange and fantastic than Krespel's behavior it would be impossible
+to find. He was so stiff and awkward in his movements, that he
+looked every moment as if he would run up against something or do
+some damage. But he did not; and the lady of the house seemed to be
+well aware that he would not, for she did not grow a shade paler
+when he rushed with heavy steps round a table crowded with beautiful
+cups, or when he manoeuvred near a large mirror that reached down to
+the floor, or even when he seized a flower-pot of beautifully
+painted porcelain and swung it round in the air as if desirous of
+making its colors play. Moreover, before dinner he subjected
+everything in the Professor's room to a most minute examination; he
+also took down a picture from the wall and hung it up again,
+standing on one of the cushioned chairs to do so. At the same time
+he talked a good deal and vehemently; at one time his thoughts kept
+leaping, as it were, from one subject to another (this was most
+conspicuous during dinner); at another, he was unable to have done
+with an idea; seizing upon it again and again, he gave it all sorts
+of wonderful twists and turns, and couldn't get back into the
+ordinary track until something else took hold of his fancy.
+Sometimes his voice was rough and harsh and screeching, and
+sometimes it was low and drawling and singing; but at no time did it
+harmonize with what he was about. Music was the subject of
+conversation; the praises of a new composer were being sung, when
+Krespel, smiling, said in his low, singing tones, "I wish the devil
+with his pitchfork would hurl that atrocious garbler of music
+millions of fathoms down to the bottomless pit of hell!" Then he
+burst out passionately and wildly, "She is an angel of heaven,
+nothing but pure God-given music!--the paragon and queen of song!"--
+and tears stood in his eyes. To understand this, we had to go back
+to a celebrated artiste, who had been the subject of conversation an
+hour before.
+
+Just at this time a roast hare was on the table; I noticed that
+Krespel carefully removed every particle of meat from the bones on
+his plate, and was most particular in his inquiries after the hare's
+feet; these the Professor's little five-year-old daughter now
+brought to him with a very pretty smile. Besides, the children had
+cast many friendly glances towards Krespel during dinner; now they
+rose and drew nearer to him, but not without signs of timorous awe.
+What's the meaning of that? thought I to myself. Dessert was brought
+in; then the Councillor took a little box from his pocket, in which
+he had a miniature lathe of steel. This he immediately screwed fast
+to the table, and turning the bones with incredible skill and
+rapidity, he made all sorts of little fancy boxes and balls, which
+the children received with cries of delight. Just as we were rising
+from table, the Professor's niece asked, "And what is our Antonia
+doing?" Krespel's face was like that of one who has bitten of a sour
+orange and wants to look as if it were a sweet one; but this
+expression soon changed into the likeness of a hideous mask, whilst
+he laughed behind it with downright, bitter, fierce, and, as it
+seemed to me, satanic scorn. "Our Antonia? our dear Antonia?" he
+asked in his drawling, disagreeable singing way. The Professor
+hastened to intervene; in the reproving glance which he gave his
+niece I read that she had touched a point likely to stir up
+unpleasant memories in Krespel's heart. "How are you getting on with
+your violins?" interposed the Professor in a jovial manner, taking
+the Councillor by both hands. Then Krespel's countenance cleared up,
+and with a firm voice he replied, "Capitally, Professor; you
+recollect my telling you of the lucky chance which threw that
+splendid Amati [Footnote: The Amati were a celebrated family of
+violin-makers of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, belonging
+to Cremona in Italy. They form the connecting-link between the
+Brescian school of makers and the greatest of all makers,
+Straduarius and Guarnerius.] into my hands. Well, I've only cut it
+open to-day--not before to-day. I hope Antonia has carefully taken
+the rest of it to pieces." "Antonia is a good child," remarked the
+Professor. "Yes, indeed, that she is," cried the Councillor,
+whisking himself round; then, seizing his hat and stick, he hastily
+rushed out of the room. I saw in the mirror how that tears were
+standing in his eyes.
+
+As soon as the Councillor was gone, I at once urged the Professor to
+explain to me what Krespel had to do with violins, and particularly
+with Antonia. "Well," replied the Professor, "not only is the
+Councillor a remarkably eccentric fellow altogether, but he
+practises violin-making in his own crack-brained way." "Violin-
+making!" I exclaimed, perfectly astonished. "Yes," continued the
+Professor, "according to the judgment of men who understand the
+thing, Krespel makes the very best violins that can be found
+nowadays; formerly he would frequently let other people play on
+those in which he had been especially successful, but that's been
+all over and done with now for a long time. As soon as he has
+finished a violin he plays on it himself for one or two hours, with
+very remarkable power and with the most exquisite expression, then
+he hangs it up beside the rest, and never touches it again or
+suffers anybody else to touch it. If a violin by any of the eminent
+old masters is hunted up anywhere, the Councillor buys it
+immediately, no matter what the price put upon it. But he plays it
+as he does his own violins, only once; then he takes it to pieces in
+order to examine closely its inner structure, and should he fancy he
+hasn't found exactly what he sought for, he in a pet throws the
+pieces into a big chest, which is already full of the remains of
+broken violins." "But who and what is Antonia?" I inquired, hastily
+and impetuously. "Well, now, that," continued the Professor,--"that
+is a thing which might very well make me conceive an unconquerable
+aversion to the Councillor, were I not convinced that there is some
+peculiar secret behind it, for he is such a good-natured fellow at
+bottom as to be sometimes guilty of weakness. When we came to H---,
+several years ago, he led the life of an anchorite, along with an
+old housekeeper, in ---- Street. Soon, by his oddities, he excited the
+curiosity of his neighbors; and immediately he became aware of this,
+he sought and made acquaintances. Not only in my house but
+everywhere we became so accustomed to him that he grew to be
+indispensable. In spite of his rude exterior, even the children
+liked him, without ever proving a nuisance to him; for,
+notwithstanding all their friendly passages together, they always
+retained a certain timorous awe of him, which secured him against
+all over-familiarity. You have to-day had an example of the way in
+which he wins their hearts by his ready skill in various things. We
+all took him at first for a crusty old bachelor, and he never
+contradicted us. After he had been living here some time, he went
+away, nobody knew where, and returned at the end of some months. The
+evening following his return his windows were lit up to an unusual
+extent! This alone was sufficient to arouse his neighbors'
+attention, and they soon heard the surpassingly beautiful voice of a
+female singing to the accompaniment of a piano. Then the music of a
+violin was heard chiming in and entering upon a keen ardent contest
+with the voice. They knew at once that the player was the
+Councillor. I myself mixed in the large crowd which had gathered in
+front of his house to listen to this extraordinary concert; and I
+must confess that, besides this voice and the peculiar, deep, soul-
+stirring impression which the execution made upon me, the singing of
+the most celebrated artistes whom I had ever heard seemed to me
+feeble and void of expression. Until then I had had no conception of
+such long-sustained notes, of such nightingale trills, of such
+undulations of musical sound, of such swelling up to the strength of
+organ-notes, of such dying away to the faintest whisper. There was
+not one whom the sweet witchery did not enthral; and when the singer
+ceased, nothing but soft sighs broke the impressive silence.
+Somewhere about midnight the Councillor was heard talking violently,
+and another male voice seemed, to judge from the tones, to be
+reproaching him, whilst at intervals the broken words of a sobbing
+girl could be detected. The Councillor continued to shout with
+increasing violence, until he fell into that drawling, singing way
+that you know. He was interrupted by a loud scream from the girl,
+and then all was as still as death. Suddenly a loud racket was heard
+on the stairs; a young man rushed out sobbing, threw himself into a
+post-chaise which stood below, and drove rapidly away. The next day
+the Councillor was very cheerful, and nobody had the courage to
+question him about the events of the previous night. But on
+inquiring of the housekeeper, we gathered that the Councillor had
+brought home with him an extraordinarily pretty young lady whom he
+called Antonia, and she it was who had sung so beautifully. A young
+man also had come along with them; he had treated Antonia very
+tenderly, and must evidently have been her betrothed. But he, since
+the Councillor peremptorily insisted on it, had had to go away again
+in a hurry. What the relations between Antonia and the Councillor
+are has remained until now a secret, but this much is certain, that
+he tyrannizes over the poor girl in the most hateful fashion. He
+watches her as Doctor Bartholo watches his ward in the Barber of
+Seville; she hardly dare show herself at the window; and if,
+yielding now and again to her earnest entreaties, he takes her into
+society, he follows her with Argus' eyes, and will on no account
+suffer a musical note to be sounded, far less let Antonia sing--
+indeed, she is not permitted to sing in his own house. Antonia's
+singing on that memorable night has, therefore, come to be regarded
+by the townspeople in the light of a tradition of some marvellous
+wonder that suffices to stir the heart and the fancy; and even those
+who did not hear it often exclaim, ever any other singer attempts to
+display her powers in the place, 'What sort of a wretched squeaking
+do you call that? Nobody but Antonia knows how to sing.'"
+
+Having a singular weakness for such like fantastic histories, I
+found it necessary, as may easily be imagined, to make Antonia's
+acquaintance. I had myself often enough heard the popular sayings
+about her singing, but had never imagined that that exquisite
+artiste was living in the place, held a captive in the bonds of this
+eccentric Krespel like the victim of a tyrannous sorcerer. Naturally
+enough I heard in my dreams on the following night Antonia's
+marvellous voice, and as she besought me in the most touching manner
+in a glorious adagio movement (very ridiculously it seemed to me, as
+if I had composed it myself) to save her--I soon resolved, like a
+second Astolpho,[Footnote: A reference to Ariosto's Orlando Furioso.
+Astolpho, an English cousin of Orlando, was a great boaster, but
+generous, courteous, gay, and remarkably handsome; he was carried to
+Alcina's island on the back of a whale.] to penetrate into Krespel's
+house, as if into another Alcina's magic ca stle, and deliver the
+queen of song from her ignominious fetters.
+
+It all came about in a different way from what I had expected; I had
+seen the Councillor scarcely more than two or three times, and
+eagerly discussed with him the best method of constructing violins,
+when he invited me to call and see him. I did so; and he showed me
+his treasures of violins. There were fully thirty of them hanging up
+in a closet; one amongst them bore conspicuously all the marks of
+great antiquity (a carved lion's head, etc.), and, hung up higher
+than the rest, and surmounted by a crown of flowers, it seemed to
+exercise a queenly supremacy over them. "This violin," said Krespel,
+on my making some inquiry relative to it, "this violin is a very
+remarkable and curious specimen of the work of some unknown master,
+probably of Tartini's [Footnote: Giuseppe Tartini, born in 1692,
+died in 1770, was one of the most celebrated violinists of the
+eighteenth century, and the discoverer (in 1714) of "resultant
+tones," or "Tartini's tones," as they are frequently called. Most of
+his life was spent at Padua. He did much to advance the art of the
+violinist, both by his compositions for that instrument, as well as
+by his treatise on its capabilities.] age. I am perfectly convinced
+that there is something especially exceptional in its inner
+construction, and that, if I took it to pieces, a secret would be
+revealed to me which I have long been seeking to discover, but--
+laugh at me if you like--this senseless thing which only gives signs
+of life and sound as I make it, often speaks to me in a strange way
+of itself. The first time I played upon it I somehow fancied that I
+was only the magnetizer who has the power of moving his subject to
+reveal of his own accord in words the visions of his inner nature.
+Don't go away with the belief that I am such a fool as to attach
+even the slightest importance to such fantastic notions, and yet
+it's certainly strange that I could never prevail upon myself to cut
+open that dumb lifeless thing there. I am very pleased now that I
+have not cut it open, for since Antonia has been with me I sometimes
+play to her upon this violin. For Antonia is fond of it--very fond
+of it." As the Councillor uttered these words with visible signs of
+emotion, I felt encouraged to hazard the question, "Will you not
+play it to me, Councillor?" Krespel made a wry face, and falling
+into his drawling, singing way, said, "No, my good sir!" and that
+was an end of the matter. Then I had to look at all sorts of rare
+curiosities, the greater part of them childish trifles; at last
+thrusting his arm into a chest, he brought out a folded piece of
+paper, which he pressed into my hand, adding solemnly, "You are a
+lover of art; take this present as a priceless memento, which you
+must value at all times above everything else." Therewith he took me
+by the shoulders and gently pushed me towards the door, embracing me
+on the threshold. That is to say, I was in a symbolical manner
+virtually kicked out of doors. Unfolding the paper, I found a piece
+of a first string of a violin about an eighth of an inch in length,
+with the words, "A piece of the treble string with which the
+deceased Stamitz [Footnote: This was the name of a well-known
+musical family from Bohemia. Karl Stamitz is the one here possibly
+meant, since he died about eighteen or twenty years previous to the
+publication of this tale.] strung his violin for the last concert at
+which he ever played."
+
+This summary dismissal at mention of Antonia's name led me to infer
+that I should never see her; but I was mistaken, for on my second
+visit to the Councillor's I found her in his room, assisting him to
+put a violin together. At first sight Antonia did not make a strong
+impression; but soon I found it impossible to tear myself away from
+her blue eyes, her sweet rosy lips, her uncommonly graceful, lovely
+form. She was very pale; but a shrewd remark or a merry sally would
+call up a winning smile on her face and suffuse her cheeks with a
+deep burning flush, which, however, soon faded away to a faint rosy
+glow. My conversation with her was quite unconstrained, and yet I
+saw nothing whatever of the Argus-like watchings on Krespel's part
+which the Professor had imputed to him; on the contrary, his
+behavior moved along the customary lines, nay, he even seemed to
+approve of my conversation with Antonia. So I often stepped in to
+see the Councillor; and as we became accustomed to each other's
+society, a singular feeling of homeliness, taking possession of our
+little circle of three, filled our hearts with inward happiness. I
+still continued to derive exquisite enjoyment from the Councillor's
+strange crotchets and oddities; but it was of course Antonia's
+irresistible charms alone which attracted me, and led me to put up
+with a good deal which I should otherwise, in the frame of mind in
+which I then was, have impatiently shunned. For it only too often
+happened that in the Councillor's characteristic extravagance there
+was mingled much that was dull and tiresome; and it was in a special
+degree irritating to me that, as often as I turned the conversation
+upon music, and particularly upon singing, he was sure to interrupt
+me, with that sardonic smile upon his face and those repulsive
+singing tones of his, by some remark of a quite opposite tendency,
+very often of a commonplace character. From the great distress which
+at such times Antonia's glances betrayed, I perceived that he only
+did it to deprive me of a pretext for calling upon her for a song.
+But I didn't relinquish my design. The hindrances which the
+Councillor threw in my way only strengthened my resolution to
+overcome them; I MUST hear Antonia sing if I was not to pine away in
+reveries and dim aspirations for want of hearing her.
+
+One evening Krespel was in an uncommonly good humor; he had been
+taking an old Cremona violin to pieces, and had discovered that the
+sound-post was fixed half a line more obliquely than usual--an
+important discovery!--one of incalculable advantage in the practical
+work of making violins! I succeeded in setting him off at full speed
+on his hobby of the true art of violin-playing. Mention of the way
+in which the old masters picked up their dexterity in execution from
+really great singers (which was what Krespel happened just then to
+be expatiating upon) naturally paved the way for the remark that now
+the practice was the exact opposite of this, the vocal score
+erroneously following the affected and abrupt transitions and rapid
+scaling of the instrumentalists. "What is more nonsensical," I
+cried, leaping from my chair, running to the piano, and opening it
+quickly--"what is more nonsensical than such an execrable style as
+this, which, far from being music, is much more like the noise of
+peas rolling across the floor?" At the same time I sang several of
+the modern fermatas, which rush up and down and hum like a well-spun
+peg-top, striking a few villainous chords by way of accompaniment.
+
+Krespel laughed outrageously and screamed: "Ha! ha! methinks I hear
+our German-Italians or our Italian-Germans struggling with an aria
+from Pucitta, [Footnote: Vincenzo Pucitta (1778-1861) was an Italian
+opera composer, whose music "shows great facility, but no
+invention." He also wrote several songs.] or Portogallo, [Footnote:
+Il Portogallo was the Italian sobriquet of a Portuguese musician
+named Mark Anthony Simao (1763-1829). He lived alternately in Italy
+and Portugal, and wrote several operas.] or some other Maestro di
+capella, or rather schiavo d'un primo uomo." [Footnote: Literally,
+"The slave of a primo uomo," primo uomo being the masculine form
+corresponding to prima donna, that is, a singer of hero's parts in
+operatic music. At one time also female parts were sung and acted by
+men or boys.] Now, thought I, now's the time; so turning to Antonia,
+I remarked, "Antonia knows nothing of such singing as that, I
+believe?" At the same time I struck up one of old Leonardo Leo's
+[Footnote: Leonardo Leo, the chief Neapolitan representative of
+Italian music in the first part of the eighteenth century, and
+author of more than forty operas and nearly one hundred compositions
+for the Church.] beautiful soul-stirring songs. Then Antonia's
+cheeks glowed; heavenly radiance sparkled in her eyes, which grew
+full of reawakened inspiration; she hastened to the piano; she
+opened her lips; but at that very moment Krespel pushed her away,
+grasped me by the shoulders, and with a shriek that rose up to a
+tenor pitch, cried, "My son--my son--my son!' And then he
+immediately went on, singing very softly, and grasping my hand with
+a bow that was the pink of politeness, "In very truth, my esteemed
+and honorable student-friend, in very truth, it would be a violation
+of the codes of social intercourse, as well as of all good manners,
+were I to express aloud and in a stirring way my wish that here, on
+this very spot, the devil from hell would softly break your neck
+with his burning claws, and so in a sense make short work of you;
+but, setting that aside, you must acknowledge, my dearest friend,
+that it is rapidly growing dark, and there are no lamps burning to-
+night, so that, even though I did not kick you downstairs at once,
+your darling limbs might still run a risk of suffering damage. Go
+home by all means; and cherish a kind remembrance of your faithful
+friend, if it should happen that you never,--pray, understand me,--
+If you should never see him in his own house again." Therewith he
+embraced me, and, still keeping fast hold of me, turned with me
+slowly towards the door, so that I could not get another single look
+at Antonia. Of course it is plain enough that in my position I
+couldn't thrash the Councillor, though that is what he really
+deserved. The Professor enjoyed a good laugh at my expense, and
+assured me that I had ruined for ever all hopes of retaining the
+Councillor's friendship. Antonia was too dear to me, I might say too
+holy, for me to go and play the part of the languishing lover and
+stand gazing up at her window, or to fill the role of the lovesick
+adventurer. Completely upset, I went away from H---; but, as is
+usual in such cases, the brilliant colors of the picture of my fancy
+faded, and the recollection of Antonia, as well as of Antonia's
+singing (which I had never heard), often fell upon my heart like a
+soft faint trembling light, comforting me.
+
+Two years afterwards I received an appointment in B---, and set out
+on a journey to the south of Germany. The towers of H---- rose before
+me in the red vaporous glow of the evening; the nearer I came the
+more was I oppressed by an indescribable feeling of the most
+agonizing distress; it lay upon me like a heavy burden; I could not
+breathe; I was obliged to get out of my carriage into the open air.
+But my anguish continued to increase until it became actual physical
+pain. Soon I seemed to hear the strains of a solemn chorale floating
+in the air; the sounds continued to grow more distinct; I realized
+the fact that they were men's voices chanting a church chorale.
+"What's that? what's that?" I cried, a burning stab darting as it
+were through my breast. "Don't you see?" replied the coachman, who
+was driving along beside me, "why don't you see? they're burying
+somebody up yonder in yon churchyard." And indeed we were near the
+churchyard; I saw a circle of men clothed in black standing round a
+grave, which was on the point of being closed. Tears started to my
+eyes; I somehow fancied they were burying there all the joy and all
+the happiness of life. Moving on rapidly down the hill, I was no
+longer able to see into the churchyard; the chorale came to an end,
+and I perceived not far distant from the gate some of the mourners
+returning from the funeral. The Professor, with his niece on his
+arm, both in deep mourning, went close past me without noticing me.
+The young lady had her handkerchief pressed close to her eyes, and
+was weeping bitterly. In the frame of mind in which I then was I
+could not possibly go into the town, so I sent on my servant with
+the carriage to the hotel where I usually put up, whilst I took a
+turn in the familiar neighborhood to get rid of a mood that was
+possibly only due to physical causes, such as heating on the
+journey, etc. On arriving at a well-known avenue, which leads to a
+pleasure resort, I came upon a most extraordinary spectacle.
+Councillor Krespel was being conducted by two mourners, from whom he
+appeared to be endeavoring to make his escape by all sorts of
+strange twists and turns. As usual, he was dressed in his own
+curious home-made gray coat; but from his little cocked-hat, which
+he wore perched over one ear in military fashion, a long narrow
+ribbon of black crape fluttered backwards and forwards in the wind.
+Around his waist he had buckled a black sword-belt; but instead of a
+sword he had stuck a long fiddle-bow into it. A creepy shudder ran
+through my limbs: "He's insane," thought I, as I slowly followed
+them. The Councillor's companions led him as far as his house, where
+he embraced them, laughing loudly. They left him; and then his
+glance fell upon me, for I now stood near him. He stared at me
+fixedly for some time; then he cried in a hollow voice, "Welcome, my
+student friend! you also understand it!" Therewith he took me by the
+arm and pulled me into the house, up the steps, into the room where
+the violins hung. They were all draped in black crape; the violin of
+the old master was missing; in its place was a cypress wreath. I
+knew what had happened. "Antonia! Antonia!" I cried, in inconsolabie
+grief. The Councillor, with his arms crossed on his breast, stood
+beside me, as if turned into stone. I pointed to the cypress wreath.
+"When she died," said he, in a very hoarse solemn voice, "when she
+died, the sound-post of that violin broke into pieces with a ringing
+crack, and the sound-board was split from end to end. The faithful
+instrument could only live with her and in her; it lies beside her
+in the coffin, it has been buried with her." Deeply agitated, I sank
+down upon a chair, whilst the Councillor began to sing a gay song in
+a husky voice; it was truly horrible to see him hopping about on one
+foot, and the crape strings (he still had his hat on) flying about
+the room and up to the violins hanging on the walls. Indeed, I could
+not repress a loud cry that rose to my lips when, on the Councillor
+making an abrupt turn, the crape came all over me; I fancied he
+wanted to envelop me in it and drag me down into the horrible dark
+depths of insanity. Suddenly he stood still and addressed me in his
+singing way, "My son! my son! why do you call out? Have you espied
+the angel of death? That always precedes the ceremony." Stepping
+into the middle of the room, he took the violin-bow out of his
+sword-belt, and, holding it over his head with both hands, broke it
+into a thousand pieces. Then, with a loud laugh, he cried, "Now you
+imagine my sentence is pronounced, don't you, my son? but it's
+nothing of the kind--not at all! not at all! Now I'm free--free--
+free--hurrah! I'm free! Now I shall make no more violins--no more
+violins--hurrah! no more violins!" This he sang to a horrible
+mirthful tune, again spinning round on one foot. Perfectly aghast, I
+was making the best of my way to the door, when he held me fast,
+saying quite calmly, "Stay, my student friend, pray don't think from
+this outbreak of grief, which is torturing me as if with the agonies
+of death, that I am insane; I only do it because a short time ago I
+made myself a dressing-gown in which I wanted to look like Fate or
+like God!" The Councillor then went on with a medley of silly and
+awful rubbish, until he fell down utterly exhausted; I called up the
+old housekeeper, and was very pleased to find myself in the open air
+again.
+
+I never doubted for a moment that Krespel had become insane; the
+Professor, however, asserted the contrary. "There are men," he
+remarked, "from whom nature or a special destiny has taken away the
+cover behind which the mad folly of the rest of us runs its course
+unobserved. They are like thin-skinned insects, which, as we watch
+the restless play of their muscles, seem to be misshapen, while
+nevertheless everything soon comes back into its proper form again.
+All that with us remains thought passes over with Krespel into
+action. That bitter scorn which the spirit that is wrapped up in the
+doings and dealings of the earth often has at hand, Krespel gives
+vent to in outrageous gestures and agile caprioles. But these are
+his lightning conductor. What comes up out of the earth he gives
+again to the earth, but what is divine, that he keeps; and so I
+believe that his inner consciousness, in spite of the apparent
+madness which springs from it to the surface, is as right as a
+trivet. To be sure, Antonia's sudden death grieves him sore, but I
+warrant that to-morrow will see him going along in his old jog-trot
+way as usual." And the Professor's prediction was almost literally
+filled. Next day the Councillor appeared to be just as he formerly
+was, only he averred that he would never make another violin, nor
+yet ever play on another. And, as I learned later, he kept his word.
+
+Hints which the Professor let fall confirmed my own private
+conviction that the so carefully guarded secret of the Councillor's
+relations to Antonia, nay, that even her death, was a crime which
+must weigh heavily upon him, a crime that could not be atoned for. I
+determined that I would not leave H---- without taxing him with the
+offence which I conceived him to be guilty of; I determined to shake
+his heart down to its very roots, and so compel him to make open
+confession of the terrible deed. The more I reflected upon the
+matter, the clearer it grew in my own mind that Krespel must be a
+villain, and in the same proportion did my intended reproach, which
+assumed of itself the form of a real rhetorical masterpiece, wax
+more fiery and more impressive. Thus equipped and mightily incensed,
+I hurried to his house. I found him with a calm smiling countenance
+making playthings. "How can peace," I burst out--"how can peace find
+lodgment even for a single moment in your breast, so long as the
+memory of your horrible deed preys like a serpent upon you?" He
+gazed at me in amazement, and laid his chisel aside. "What do you
+mean, my dear sir?" he asked; "pray take a seat." But my indignation
+chafing me more and more, I went on to accuse him directly of having
+murdered Antonia, and to threaten him with the vengeance of the
+Eternal.
+
+Further, as a newly full-fledged lawyer, full of my profession, I
+went so far as to give him to understand that I would leave no stone
+unturned to get a clue to the business, and so deliver him here in
+this world into the hands of an earthly judge. I must confess that I
+was considerably disconcerted when, at the conclusion of my violent
+and pompous harangue, the Councillor, without answering so much as a
+single word, calmly fixed his eyes upon me as though expecting me to
+go on again. And this I did indeed attempt to do, but it sounded so
+ill-founded and so stupid as well that I soon grew silent again.
+Krespel gloated over my embarrassment, whilst a malicious ironical
+smile flitted across his face. Then he grew very grave, and
+addressed me in solemn tones. "Young man, no doubt you think I am
+foolish, insane; that I can pardon you, since we are both confined
+in the same mad-house; and you only blame me for deluding myself
+with the idea that I am God the Father because you imagine yourself
+to be God the Son. But how do you dare desire to insinuate yourself
+into the secrets and lay bare the hidden motives of a life that is
+strange to you and that must continue so? She has gone and the
+mystery is solved." He ceased speaking, rose, and traversed the room
+backwards and forwards several times. I ventured to ask for an
+explanation; he fixed his eyes upon me, grasped me by the hand, and
+led me to the window, which he threw wide open. Propping himself
+upon his arms, he leaned out, and, looking down into the garden,
+told me the history of his life. When he finished I left him,
+touched and ashamed.
+
+In a few words, his relations with Antonia rose in the following
+way. Twenty years before, the Councillor had been led into Italy by
+his favorite engrossing passion of hunting up and buying the best
+violins of the old masters. At that time he had not yet begun to
+make them himself, and so of course he had not begun to take to
+pieces those which he bought. In Venice he heard the celebrated
+singer Angela----i, who at that time was playing with splendid
+success as prima donna at St. Benedict's Theatre. His enthusiasm was
+awakened, not only in her art--which Signora Angela had indeed
+brought to a high pitch of perfection--but in her angelic beauty as
+well. He sought her acquaintance; and in spite of all his rugged
+manners he succeeded in winning her heart, principally through his
+bold and yet at the same time masterly violin-playing. Close
+intimacy led in a few weeks to marriage, which, however, was kept a
+secret, because Angela was unwilling to sever her connection with
+the theatre, neither did she wish to part with her professional
+name, that by which she was celebrated, nor to add to it the
+cacophonous "Krespel." With the most extravagant irony he described
+to me what a strange life of worry and torture Angela led him as
+soon as she became his wife. Krespel was of opinion that more
+capriciousness and waywardness were concentrated in Angela's little
+person than in all the rest of the prima donnas in the world put
+together. If he now and again presumed to stand up in his own
+defence, she let loose a whole army of abbots, musical composers,
+and students upon him, who, ignorant of his true connection with
+Angela, soundly rated him as a most intolerable, ungallant lover for
+not submitting to all the Signora's caprices. It was just after one
+of these stormy scenes that Krespel fled to Angela's country seat to
+try and forget in playing fantasias on his Cremona violin the
+annoyances of the day. But he had not been there long before the
+Signora, who had followed hard after him, stepped into the room. She
+was in an affectionate humor; she embraced her husband, overwhelmed
+him with sweet and languishing glances, and rested her pretty head
+on his shoulder. But Krespel, carried away into the world of music;
+continued to play on until the walls echoed again; thus he chanced
+to touch the Signora somewhat ungently with his arm and the fiddle-
+bow. She leapt back full of fury, shrieking that he was a "German
+brute," snatched the violin from his hands, and dashed it on the
+marble table into a thousand pieces. Krespel stood like a statue of
+stone before her; but then, as if awakening out of a dream, he
+seized her with the strength of a giant and threw her out of the
+window of her own house, and, without troubling himself about
+anything more, fled back to Venice--to Germany. It was not, however,
+until some time had elapsed that he had a clear recollection of what
+he had done; although he knew that the window was scarcely five feet
+from the ground, and although he was fully cognizant of the
+necessity, under the above-mentioned circumstances, of throwing the
+Signora out of the window, he yet felt troubled by a sense of
+painful uneasiness, and the more so since she had imparted to him in
+no ambiguous terms an interesting secret as to her condition. He
+hardly dared to make inquiries; and he was not a little surprised
+about eight months afterwards at receiving a tender letter from his
+beloved wife, in which she made not the slightest allusion to what
+had taken place in her country house, only adding to the
+intelligence that she had been safely delivered of a sweet little
+daughter the heartfelt prayer that her dear husband and now a happy
+father would come at once to Venice. That, however, Krespel did not
+do; rather he appealed to a confidential friend for a more
+circumstantial account of the details, and learned that the Signora
+had alighted upon the soft grass as lightly as a bird, and that the
+sole consequences of the fall or shock had been psychic. That is to
+say, after Krespel's heroic deed she had become completely altered;
+she never showed a trace of caprice, of her former freaks, or of her
+teasing habits; and the composer who wrote for the next carnival was
+the happiest fellow under the sun, since the Signora was willing to
+sing his music without the scores and hundreds of changes which she
+at other times had insisted upon. "To be sure," added his friend,
+"there was every reason for preserving the secret of Angela's cure,
+else every day would see lady singers flying through windows." The
+Councillor was not a little excited at this news; he engaged horses;
+he took his seat in the carriage. "Stop!" he cried suddenly. "Why,
+there's not a shadow of doubt," he murmured to himself, "that as
+soon as Angela sets eyes upon me again, the evil spirit will recover
+his power and once more take possession of her. And since I have
+already thrown her out of the window, what could I do if a similar
+case were to occur again? What would there be left for me to do?" He
+got out of the carriage, and wrote an affectionate letter to his
+wife, making graceful allusion to her tenderness in especially
+dwelling upon the fact that his tiny daughter had, like him, a
+little mole behind the ear, and--remained in Germany. Now ensued an
+active correspondence between them. Assurances of unchanged
+affection--invitations--laments over the absence of the beloved
+one--thwarted wishes--hopes, etc.--flew backwards and forwards from
+Venice to H----, from H---- to Venice. At length Angela came to
+Germany, and, as is well known, sang with brilliant success as prima
+donna at the great theatre in F----. Despite the fact that she was
+no longer young, she won all hearts by the irresistible charm of her
+wonderfully splendid singing. At that time she had not lost her
+voice in the least degree. Meanwhile, Antonia had been growing up;
+and her mother never tired of writing to tell her father how that a
+singer of the first rank was developing in her. Krespel's friends in
+F---- also confirmed this intelligence, and urged him to come for
+once to F---- to see and admire this uncommon sight of two such
+glorious singers. They had not the slightest suspicion of the close
+relations in which Krespel stood to the pair. Willingly would he
+have seen with his own eyes the daughter who occupied so large a
+place in his heart, and who moreover often appeared to him in his
+dreams; but as often as he thought upon his wife he felt very
+uncomfortable, and so he remained at home amongst his broken
+violins. There was a certain promising young composer, B---- of F----,
+who was found to have suddenly disappeared, nobody knew where.
+This young man fell so deeply in love with Antonia that, as she
+returned his love, he earnestly besought her mother to consent to an
+immediate union, sanctified as it would further be by art. Angela
+had nothing to urge against his suit; and the Councillor the more
+readily gave his consent that the young composer's productions had
+found favor before his rigorous critical judgment. Krespel was
+expecting to hear of the consummation of the marriage, when he
+received instead a black-sealed envelope addressed in a strange
+hand. Doctor R---- conveyed to the Councillor the sad intelligence
+that Angela had fallen seriously ill in consequence of a cold caught
+at the theatre, and that during the night immediately preceding what
+was to have been Antonia's wedding-day, she had died. To him, the
+Doctor, Angela had disclosed the fact that she was Krespel's wife,
+and that Antonia was his daughter; he, Krespel, had better hasten
+therefore to take charge of the orphan. Notwithstanding that the
+Councillor was a good deal upset by this news of Angela's death, he
+soon began to feel that an antipathetic, disturbing influence had
+departed out of his life, and that now for the first time he could
+begin to breathe freely. The very same day he set out for F----. You
+could not credit how heartrending was the Councillor's description
+of the moment when he first saw Antonia. Even in the fantastic
+oddities of his expression there was such a marvellous power of
+description that I am unable to give even so much as a faint
+indication of it. Antonia inherited all her mother's amiability and
+all her mother's charms, but not the repellent reverse of the medal.
+There was no chronic moral ulcer, which might break out from time to
+time. Antonia's betrothed put in an appearance, whilst Antonia
+herself, fathoming with happy instinct the deeper-lying character of
+her wonderful father, sang one of old Padre Martini's [Footnote:
+Giambattista Martini, more commonly called Padre Martini, of
+Bologna, formed an influential school of music there in the latter
+half of the eighteenth century. He wrote vocal and instrumental
+pieces both for the church and for the theatre. He was also a
+learned historian of music. He has the merit of having discerned and
+encouraged the genius of Mozart when, a boy of fourteen, he visited
+Bologna in 1770.] motets, which, she knew, Krespel in the heyday of
+his courtship had never grown tired of hearing her mother sing. The
+tears ran in streams down Krespel's cheeks; even Angela he had never
+heard sing like that. Antonia's voice was of a very remarkable and
+altogether peculiar timbre: at one time it was like the sighing of
+an Aeolian harp, at another like the warbled gush of the
+nightingale. It seemed as if there was not room for such notes in
+the human breast. Antonia, blushing with joy and happiness, sang on
+and on--all her most beautiful songs, B---- playing between whiles as
+only enthusiasm that is intoxicated with delight can play. Krespel
+was at first transported with rapture, then he grew thoughtful--
+still--absorbed in reflection. At length he leapt to his feet,
+pressed Antonia to his heart, and begged her in a low husky voice,
+"Sing no more if you love me--my heart is bursting--I fear--I fear--
+don't sing again."
+
+"No!" remarked the Councillor next day to Doctor R----, "when, as
+she sang, her blushes gathered into two dark red spots on her pale
+cheeks, I knew it had nothing to do with your nonsensical family
+likenesses, I knew it was what I dreaded." The Doctor, whose
+countenance had shown signs of deep distress from the very beginning
+of the conversation, replied, "Whether it arises from a too early
+taxing of her powers of song, or whether the fault is Nature's--
+enough, Antonia labors under an organic failure in the chest, while
+it is from it too that her voice derives its wonderful power and its
+singular timbre, which I might almost say transcend the limits of
+human capabilities of song. But it bears the announcement of her
+early death; for, if she continues to sing, I wouldn't give her at
+the most more than six months longer to live." Krespel's heart was
+lacerated as if by the stabs of hundreds of stinging knives. It was
+as though his life had been for the first time overshadowed by a
+beautiful tree full of the most magnificent blossoms, and now it was
+to be sawn to pieces at the roots, so that it could not grow green
+and blossom any more. His resolution was taken. He told Antonia all;
+he put the alternatives before her--whether she would follow her
+betrothed and yield to his and the world's seductions, but with the
+certainty of dying early, or whether she would spread round her
+father in his old days that joy and peace which had hitherto been
+unknown to him, and so secure a long life. She threw herself sobbing
+into his arms, and he, knowing the heartrending trial that was
+before her, did not press for a more explicit declaration, He talked
+the matter over with her betrothed; but, notwithstanding that the
+latter averred that no note should ever cross Antonia's lips, the
+Councillor was only too well aware that even B---- could not resist
+the temptation of hearing her sing, at any rate arias of his own
+composition. And the world, the musical public, even though
+acquainted with the nature of the singer's affliction, would
+certainly not relinquish its claims to hear her, for in cases where
+pleasure is concerned people of this class are very selfish and
+cruel. The Councillor disappeared from F---- along with Antonia, and
+came to H----. B---- was in despair when he learned that they had
+gone. He set out on their track, overtook them, and arrived at H----
+at the same time that they did. "Let me see him only once, and then
+die!" entreated Antonia. "Die! die!" cried Krespel, wild with anger,
+an icy shudder running through him. His daughter, the only creature
+in the wide world who had awakened in him the springs of unknown
+joy, who alone had reconciled him to life, tore herself away from
+his heart, and he--he suffered the terrible trial to take place. B----
+sat down to the piano; Antonia sang; Krespel fiddled away merrily,
+until the two red spots showed themselves on Antonia's cheeks. Then
+he bade her stop; and as B---- was taking leave of his betrothed, she
+suddenly fell to the floor with a loud scream. "I thought,"
+continued Krespel in his narration, "I thought that she was, as I
+had anticipated, really dead; but as I had prepared myself for the
+worst, my calmness did not leave me, nor my self-command desert me.
+I grasped B----, who stood like a silly sheep in his dismay, by the
+shoulders, and said (here the Councillor fell into his singing
+tone), 'Now that you, my estimable pianoforte-player, have, as you
+wished and desired, really murdered your betrothed, you may quietly
+take your departure; at least have the goodness to make yourself
+scarce before I run my bright hanger through your heart. My
+daughter, who, as you see, is rather pale, could very well do with
+some color from your precious blood. Make haste and run, for I might
+also hurl a nimble knife or two after you.' I must, I suppose, have
+looked rather formidable as I uttered these words, for, with a cry
+of the greatest terror, B---- tore himself loose from my grasp,
+rushed out of the room, and down the steps." Directly after B---- was
+gone, when the Councillor tried to lift up his daughter, who lay
+unconscious on the floor, she opened her eyes with a deep sigh, but
+soon closed them again as if about to die. Then Krespel's grief
+found vent aloud, and would not be comforted. The doctor, whom the
+old housekeeper had called in, pronounced Antonia's case a somewhat
+serious but by no means dangerous attack; and she did indeed recover
+more quickly than her father had dared to hope. She now clung to him
+with the most confiding childlike affection; she entered into his
+favorite hobbies--into his mad schemes and whims. She helped him
+take old violins to pieces and glue new ones together. "I won't sing
+again any more, but live for you," she often said, sweetly smiling
+upon him, after she had been asked to sing and had refused. Such
+appeals, however, the Councillor was anxious to spare her as much as
+possible; therefore it was that he was unwilling to take her into
+society, and solicitously shunned all music. He well understood how
+painful it must be for her to forego altogether the exercise of that
+art which she had brought to such a pitch of perfection. When the
+Councillor bought the wonderful violin that he had buried with
+Antonia, and was about to take it to pieces, she met him with such
+sadness in her face and softly breathed the petition, "What! this as
+well?" By some power, which he could not explain, he felt impelled
+to leave this particular instrument unbroken, and to play upon it.
+Scarcely had he drawn the first few notes from it than Antonia cried
+aloud with joy, "Why, that's me!--now I shall sing again." And, in
+truth, there was something remarkably striking about the clear,
+silvery, bell-like tones of the violin; they seemed to have been
+engendered in the human soul. Krespel's heart was deeply moved; he
+played, too, better than ever. As he ran up and down the scale,
+playing bold passages with consummate power and expression, she
+clapped her hands together and cried with delight, "I did that well!
+I did that well."
+
+From this time onwards her life was filled with peace and
+cheerfulness. She often said to the Councillor, "I should like to
+sing something, father." Then Krespel would take his violin down
+from the wall and play her most beautiful songs, and her heart was
+right glad and happy. Shortly before my arrival in H----, the
+Councillor fancied one night that he heard somebody playing the
+piano in the adjoining room, and he soon made out distinctly that B----
+was flourishing on the instrument in his usual style. He wished to
+get up, but felt himself held down as if by a dead weight, and lying
+as if fettered in iron bonds; he was utterly unable to move an inch.
+Then Antonia's voice was heard singing low and soft; soon, however,
+it began to rise and rise in volume until it became an ear-splitting
+fortissimo; and at length she passed over into a powerfully
+impressive song which B---had once composed for her in the
+devotional style of the old masters. Krespel described his condition
+as being incomprehensible, for terrible anguish was mingled with a
+delight he had never experienced before. All at once he was
+surrounded by a dazzling brightness, in which he beheld B---and
+Antonia locked in a close embrace, and gazing at each other in a
+rapture of ecstasy. The music of the song and of the pianoforte
+accompanying it went on without any visible signs that Antonia sang
+or that B---- touched the instrument. Then the Councillor fell into a
+sort of dead faint, whilst the images vanished away. On awakening he
+still felt the terrible anguish of his dream. He rushed into
+Antonia's room. She lay on the sofa, her eyes closed, a sweet
+angelic smile on her face, her hands devoutly folded, and looking as
+if asleep and dreaming of the joys and raptures of heaven. But she
+was--dead.
+
+
+
+
+ADVENTURES OF A NEW-YEAR'S EVE
+
+BY
+
+HEINRICH ZSCHOKKE
+
+
+From "Tales by Heinrich Zschokke." Translated by Parke Godwin.
+Published by G. P. Putnam's Sons.
+
+
+
+
+Mother Kate, the watchman's wife, at nine o'clock on New Year's Eve,
+opened her little window, and put out her head into the night air.
+The snow was reddened by the light from the window as it fell in
+silent, heavy flakes upon the street. She observed the crowds of
+happy people, hurrying to and fro from the brilliantly lighted shops
+with presents, or pouring out of the various inns and coffee-houses,
+and going to the dances and other entertainments with which the New
+Year is married to the Old in joy and pleasure. But when a few cold
+flakes had lighted on her nose, she drew back her head, closed the
+window, and said to her husband: "Gottlieb, stay at home, and let
+Philip watch for thee to-night; for the snow comes as fast as it can
+from Heaven, and thou knowest the cold does thy old bones no good.
+The streets will be gay to-night. There seems dancing and feasting
+in every house, masqueraders are going about, and Philip will enjoy
+the sport."
+
+Old Gottlieb nodded his assent. "I am willing, Kate," he said. "My
+barometer, the old wound above my knee, has given me warning the
+last two days of a change of weather. It is only right that my son
+should aid me in a service to which he will be my successor."
+
+We must give the reader to understand that old Gottlieb had been a
+sergeant of cavalry in one of the king's regiments, until he was
+made a cripple for life by a musket-ball, as he was the first
+mounting the walls of a hostile fort in a battle for his fatherland.
+The officer who commanded the attack received the cross of honor on
+the battlefield for his heroism, and was advanced in the service;
+while Gottlieb was fain to creep homewards on a pair of crutches.
+From pity they made him a schoolmaster, for he was intelligent,
+liked to read, and wrote a good hand. But when the school increased
+they took it away from him to provide for a young man who could do
+none of these as well as he, merely because he was a godson of one
+of the trustees. However, they promoted Gottlieb to the post of
+watchman, with the reversion of it to his son Philip, who had in the
+meantime bound himself to a gardener. It was only the good
+housewifery of Mistress Katharine, and the extreme moderation of old
+Gottlieb, that enabled them to live happily on the little they
+possessed. Philip gave his services to the gardener for his board
+and lodging, but he occasionally received very fine presents when he
+carried home flowers to the rich people of the town. He was a fresh,
+handsome young fellow, of six-and-twenty. Noble ladies often gave
+him sundry extra dollars for his fine looks, a thing they would
+never have thought of doing for an ugly face. Mrs. Kate had already
+put on her cloak to go to the gardener's house to fetch her son,
+when he entered the apartment.
+
+"Father," said Philip, giving a hand to both father and mother,
+"it's snowing, and the snow won't do you much good. I'll take the
+watch to-night, and you can get to bed."
+
+"You're a good boy," said old Gottlieb.
+
+"And then I've been thinking," continued Philip, "that as to-morrow
+is New Year's Day, I may come and dine with you and make myself
+happy. Mother perhaps has no joint in the kitchen, and--"
+
+"No," interrupted the mother, "we've no joint, but then we have a
+pound and a and a half of venison; with potatoes for a relish, and a
+little rice with laurel leaves for a soup, and two flasks of beer to
+drink. Only come, Philip, for we shall live finely to-morrow! Next
+week we may do better, for the New Year's gifts will be coming in,
+and Gottlieb's share will be something! Oh! we shall live grandly."
+
+"Well, so much the better, dear mother," said Philip; "but have you
+paid the rent of the cottage yet?"
+
+Old Gottlieb shrugged his shoulders.
+
+Philip laid a purse upon the table.
+
+"There are two-and-twenty dollars that I have saved. I can do very
+well without them; take them for a New Year's gift, and then we can
+all three enter on the new year without a debt or a care. God grant
+that we may end it in health and happiness! Heaven in its goodness
+will provide for both you and me!"
+
+Tears came into Mother Katharine's eyes as she kissed her son; old
+Gottlieb said: "Philip, you are the prop and stay of our old age.
+Continue to be honest and good, and to love your parents, so will a
+blessing rest on you. I can give you nothing for a New Year's gift,
+but a prayer that you may keep your heart pure and true--this is in
+your power--you will be rich enough--for a clear conscience is a
+Heaven in itself."
+
+So said old Gottlieb, and then he wrote down in an account-book the
+sum of two-and-twenty dollars that his son had given him.
+
+"All that you have cost me in childhood is now nearly paid up. Your
+savings amount to three hundred and seventeen dollars, which I have
+received."
+
+"Three hundred and seventeen dollars!" cried Mistress Katharine, in
+the greatest amazement; and then turning to Philip with a voice full
+of tenderness, "Ah, Philip," she said, "thou grievest me. Child of
+my heart! Yes, indeed thou dost. Hadst thou saved that money for
+thyself thou might have bought some land with it, and started as
+gardener on thy own account, and married Rose. NOW that is
+impossible. But take comfort, Philip. We are old, and thou wilt not
+have to support us long."
+
+"Mother!" exclaimed Philip, and he frowned a little; "what are you
+thinking of? Rose is dear to me as my life, but I would give up a
+hundred Roses rather than desert you and my father. I should never
+find any other parents in this world but you, but there are plenty
+of Roses, although I would have none but Mrs. Bittner's Rose, were
+there even ten thousand others."
+
+"You are right, Philip," said Gottlieb; "loving and marrying are not
+in the commandments--but to honor your father and mother is a duty
+and commandment. To give up strong passions and inclinations for the
+happiness of your parents is the truest gratitude of a son. It will
+gain you the blessing from above:--it will make you rich in your own
+heart."
+
+"If it were only not too long for Rose to wait," said Mrs.
+Katharine, "or if you could give up the engagement altogether! For
+Rose is a pretty girl, that can't be denied; and though she is poor,
+there will be no want of wooers. She is virtuous and understands
+housekeeping."
+
+"Never fear, mother," replied Philip; "Rose has solemnly sworn to
+marry no man but me; and that is sufficient. Her mother has nothing
+to object to me. And if I was in business and had money enough to
+keep a wife with, Rose would be my wife to-morrow. The only
+annoyance we have is, that her mother will not let us meet so often
+as we wish. She says frequent meetings do no good; but I differ from
+her, and so does Rose--for we think meeting often does us both a
+great deal of good. And we have agreed to meet to-night, at twelve
+o'clock, at the great door of St. Gregory's Church, for Rose is
+bringing in the year at a friend's house, and I am to take her
+home."
+
+In the midst of such conversation the clock of the neighboring tower
+struck three-quarters, and Philip took his father's great-coat from
+the warm stove where Katharine had carefully laid it, wrapped
+himself in it, and taking the lantern and staff, and wishing his
+parents good-night, proceeded to his post.
+
+
+
+
+II.
+
+
+Philip stalked majestically through the snow-covered streets of the
+capital, where as many people were still visible as in the middle of
+the day. Carriages were rattling in all directions, the houses were
+all brilliantly lighted. Our watchman enjoyed the scene, he sang his
+verses at ten o'clock, and blew his horn lustily in the neighborhood
+of St. Gregory's Church, with many a thought on Rose, who was then
+with her friend. "Now she hears me," he said to himself; "now she
+thinks on me, and forgets the scene around her. I hope she won't
+fail me at twelve o'clock at the church door." And when he had gone
+his round, he always returned to the dear house and looked up at the
+lighted windows. Sometimes he saw female figures, and his heart beat
+quick at the sight; sometimes he fancied he saw Rose herself; and
+sometimes he studied the long shadows thrown on the wall or the
+ceiling to discover which of them was Rose's, and to fancy what she
+was doing. It was certainly not a very pleasant employment to stand
+in frost and snow and look up at a window; but what care lovers for
+frost and snow? And watchmen are as fiery and romantic lovers as
+ever were the knights of ancient ballads.
+
+He only felt the effects of the frost when, at eleven o'clock, he
+had to set out upon his round. His teeth chattered with cold; he
+could scarcely call the hour or sound his horn. He would willingly
+have gone into a beer-house to warm himself at the fire. As he was
+pacing through a lonely by-street, he met a man with a black half-
+mask on his face, enveloped in a fire-colored silken mantle, and
+wearing on his head a magnificent hat turned up at one side, and
+fantastically ornamented with a number of high and waving plumes.
+
+Philip endeavored to escape the mask, but in vain. The stranger
+blocked up his path and said: "Ha! thou art a fine fellow; I like
+thy phiz amazingly. Where are you going, eh? I say, where are you
+going?"
+
+"To Mary Street," replied Philip. "I am going to call the hour
+there."
+
+"Enchanting!" answered the mask. "I'll hear thee: I'll go with thee.
+Come along, thou foolish fellow, and let me hear thee, and mind thou
+singest well, for I am a good judge. Canst thou sing me a jovial
+song?"
+
+Philip saw that his companion was of high rank and a little tipsy,
+and answered: "I sing better over a glass of wine in a warm room,
+than when up to my waist in snow."
+
+They had now reached Mary Street, and Philip sang and blew the horn.
+
+"Ha! that's but a poor performance," exclaimed the mask, who had
+accompanied him thither. "Give me the horn! I shall blow so well
+that you'll half die with delight."
+
+Philip yielded to the mask's wishes, and let him sing the verses and
+blow. For four or five times all was done as if the stranger had
+been a watchman all his life. He dilated most eloquently on the joys
+of such an occupation, and was so inexhaustible in his own praises
+that he made Philip laugh at his extravagance. His spirits evidently
+owed no small share of their elevation to an extra glass of wine.
+
+"I'll tell you what, my treasure, I've a great fancy to be a
+watchman myself for an hour or two. If I don't do it now, I shall
+never arrive at that honor in the course of my life. Give me your
+great-coat and wide-brimmed hat, and take my domino. Go into a beer-
+house and take a bottle at my expense; and when you have finished
+it, come again and give me back my masking-gear. You shall have a
+couple of dollars for your trouble. What do you think, my treasure?"
+
+But Philip did not like this arrangement. At last, however, at the
+solicitations of the mask, he capitulated as they entered a dark
+lane. Philip was half frozen; a warm drink would do him good, and so
+would a warm fire. He agreed for one half-hour to give up his
+watchmanship, which would be till twelve o'clock. Exactly at that
+time the stranger was to come to the great door of St. Gregory's and
+give back the great-coat, horn, and staff, taking back his own silk
+mantle, hat, and domino. Philip also told him the four streets in
+which he was to call the hour. The mask was in raptures: "Treasure
+of my heart, I could kiss thee if thou wert not a dirty, miserable
+fellow! But thou shalt have naught to regret, if thou art at the
+church at twelve, for I will give thee money for a supper then. Joy!
+I am a watchman!" The mask looked a watchman to the life, while
+Philip was completely disguised with the half-mask tied over his
+face, the bonnet ornamented with a buckle of brilliants on his head,
+and the red silk mantle thrown around him. When he saw his companion
+commence his walk he began to fear that the young gentleman might
+compromise the dignity of the watchman. He therefore addressed him
+once more, and said:
+
+"I hope you will not abuse my good nature and do any mischief or
+misbehave in any way, as it may cost me the situation."
+
+"Hallo!" answered the stranger. "What are you talking about? Do you
+think I don't know my duty? Off with you this moment, or I'll let
+you feel the weight of my staff. But come to St. Gregory's Church
+and give me back my clothes at twelve o'clock. Good-bye. This is
+glorious fun!"
+
+The new guardian of the streets walked onward with all the dignity
+becoming his office, while Philip hurried to a neighboring tavern.
+
+
+
+
+III.
+
+
+As he was passing the door of the royal palace, he was laid hold of
+by a person in a mask who had alighted from a carriage. Philip
+turned round, and in a low whispering voice asked what the stranger
+wanted.
+
+"My gracious lord," answered the mask, "in your reverie you have
+passed the door. Will your Royal Highness--"
+
+"What? Royal Highness?" said laughing. "I am no highness. What put
+that in your head?"
+
+The mask bowed respectfully, and pointed to the brilliant buckle in
+Philip's hat. "I ask your pardon if I have betrayed your disguise.
+But, in whatever character you asume, your noble bearing will betray
+you. Will you condescend to lead the way? Does your Highness intend
+to dance?"
+
+"I? To dance?" replied Philip. "No--you see I have boots on."
+
+"To play, then?" inquired the mask.
+
+"Still less. I have brought no money with me," said the assistant
+watchman.
+
+"Good heaven!" exclaimed the mask. "Command my purse--all that I
+possess is at your service!" Saying this, he forced a full purse
+into Philip's hand.
+
+"But do you know who I am?" inquired Philip, and rejected the purse.
+
+The mask whispered with a bow of profound obeisance: "His Royal
+Highness, Prince Julian."
+
+At this moment Philip heard his deputy in an adjoining street
+calling the hour very distinctly, and he now became aware of his
+metamorphosis. Prince Julian, who was well known in the capital as
+an amiable, wild, and good-hearted young man, had been the person
+with whom he had changed his clothes. "Now, then," thought Philip,
+"as he enacts the watchman so well, I will not shame his rank; I'll
+see if, for one half-hour, I can't be the Prince. If I make any
+mistake, he has himself to blame for it." He wrapped the red silken
+mantle closer round him, took the offered purse, put it in his
+pocket, and said: "Who are you, mask? I will return your gold to-
+morrow."
+
+"I am the Chamberlain Pilzou."
+
+"Good--lead the way--I'll follow." The Chamberlain obeyed, and
+tripped up the marble stairs, Philip coming close behind him. They
+entered an immense hall lighted by a thousand tapers and dazzling
+chandeliers, which were reflected by brilliant mirrors. A confused
+crowd of maskers jostled each other, sultans, Tyrolese, harlequins,
+knights in armor, nuns, goddesses, satyrs, monks, Jews, Medes, and
+Persians. Philip for a while was abashed and blinded. Such splendor
+he had never dreamt of. In the middle of the hall the dance was
+carried on with hundreds of people to the music of a full band.
+Philip, whom the heat of the apartment recovered from his frozen
+state, was so bewildered with the scene that he could scarcely nod
+his head as different masks addressed him, some confidentially,
+others deferentially.
+
+"Will you go to the hazard table?" whispered the Chamberlain, who
+stood beside him, and who Philip now saw was dressed as a Brahmin.
+
+"Let me get thawed first," answered Philip; "I am an icicle at
+present."
+
+"A glass of warm punch?" inquired the Brahmin, and led him into the
+refreshment-room. The pseudo-prince did not wait for a second
+invitation, but emptied one glass after the other in short time. The
+punch was good, and it spread its genial warmth through Philip's
+veins.
+
+"How is it you don't dance tonight, Brahmin?" he asked of his
+companion, when they returned into the hall. The Brahmin sighed, and
+shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"I have no pleasure now in the dance. Gayety is distasteful to me.
+The only person I care to dance with--the Countess Bonau--I thought
+she loved me; our families offered no objection--but all at once she
+broke with me." His voice trembled as he spoke.
+
+"How?" said Philip, "I never heard of such a thing."
+
+"You never heard of it?" repeated the other; "the whole city rings
+with it. The quarrel happened a fortnight ago, and she will not
+allow me to justify myself, but has sent back three letters I wrote
+to her, unopened. She is a declared enemy of the Baroness
+Reizenthal, and had made me promise to drop her acquaintance. But,
+think how unfortunate I was! When the Queen-mother made the hunting
+party to Freudenwald, she appointed me cavalier to the Baroness.
+What could I do? It was impossible to refuse. On the very birthday
+of the adorable Bonau I was obliged to set out.....She heard of
+it.....She put no trust in my heart!"
+
+"Well, then, Brahmin, take advantage of the present moment. The New
+Year makes up all quarrels. Is the Countess here?"
+
+"Do you not see her over there--the Carmelite on the left of the
+third pillar beside the two black dominos. She has laid aside her
+mask. Ah, Prince! your intercession would--"
+
+Philip thought: "Now I can do a good work!" and, as the punch had
+inspired him, he walked directly to the Carmelite. The Countess
+Bonau looked at him for some time seriously, and with flushed
+cheeks, as he sat down beside her. She was a beautiful girl; yet
+Philip remained persuaded that Rose was a thousand times more
+beautiful.
+
+"Countess," he said,--and became embarrassed when he met her clear
+bright eye fixed upon him.
+
+"Prince," said the Countess, "an hour ago you were somewhat too
+bold."
+
+"Fair Countess, I am therefore at this present moment the more
+quiet."
+
+"So much the better. I shall not, then, be obliged to keep out of
+your way."
+
+"Fair lady, allow me to ask one question. Have you put on a nun's
+gown to do penance for your sins?"
+
+"I have nothing to do penance for."
+
+"But you have, Countess!--your cruelties--your injustice to the poor
+Brahmin yonder, who seems neglected by his God and all the world."
+
+The beautiful Carmelite cast down her eyes, and appeared uneasy.
+
+"And do you know, fair Countess, that in the Freudenwald affair the
+Chamberlain is as innocent as I am?"
+
+"As you, Prince?" said the Countess, frowning, "what did you tell me
+an hour ago?"
+
+"You are right, dear Countess, I was too bold. You said so yourself.
+But now I declare to you the Chamberlain was obliged to go to
+Freudenwald by command of the Queen-mother--against his will was
+obliged to be cavalier to the hated Reizenthal--"
+
+"Hated--by him?"--interrupted the Countess with a bitter and
+sneering laugh.
+
+"Yes--he hates,--he despises the Baroness. Believe me, he scarcely
+treated her with civility, and incurred the Royal displeasure by so
+doing. I know it; and it was for your sake. You are the only person
+he loves--to you he offers his hand, his heart--and you!--you reject
+him!"
+
+"How comes it, Prince, that you intercede so warmly for Pilzou? You
+did not do so formerly."
+
+"That was because I did not know him, and still less the sad state
+into which you have thrown him by your behavior. I swear to you he
+is innocent--you have nothing to forgive in him--he has much to
+forgive in you."
+
+"Hush!" whispered the Carmelite, "we are watched here; away from
+this." She replaced her mask, stood up, and placing her arm within
+that of the supposed Prince, they crossed the hall and entered a
+side-room. The Countess uttered many bitter complaints against the
+Chamberlain, but they were the complaints of jealous love. The
+Countess was in tears, when the tender Brahmin soon after came
+timidly into the apartment. There was a deep silence among the
+three. Philip, not knowing how to conclude his intercession better,
+led the Brahmin to the Carmelite, and joined their hands together,
+without saying a word, and left them to fate. He himself returned
+into the hall.
+
+IV.
+
+Here he was hastily addressed by a Mameluke: "I'm glad I have met
+you, Domino. Is the Rose-girl in the side-room?" The Mameluke rushed
+into it, but returned in a moment evidently disappointed. "One word
+alone with you, Domino," he said, and led Philip into a window
+recess in a retired part of the hall.
+
+"What do you want?" asked Philip.
+
+"I beseech you," replied the Mameluke, in a subdued yet terrible
+voice, "where is the Rose-girl?"
+
+"What is the Rose-girl to me?"
+
+"But to me she is everything!" answered the Mameluke, whose
+suppressed voice and agitated demeanor showed that a fearful
+struggle was going on within. "To me she is everything. She is my
+wife. You make me wretched, Prince! I conjure you drive me not to
+madness. Think of my wife no more!"
+
+"With all my heart," answered Philip, dryly; "what have I to do with
+your wife?"
+
+"O Prince, Prince!" exclaimed the Mameluke, "I have made a resolve
+which I shall execute if it cost me my life. Do not seek to deceive
+me a moment longer. I have discovered everything. Here! look at
+this! 'tis a note my false wife slipped into your hand, and which
+you dropped in the crowd, without having read."
+
+Philip took the note. 'T was written in pencil, and in a fine
+delicate hand: "Change your mask. Everybody knows you. My husband
+watches you. He does not know me. If you obey me, I will reward
+you."
+
+"Hem!" muttered Philip. "As I live, this was not written to me. I
+don't trouble my head about your wife."
+
+"Death and fury, Prince! do not drive me mad! Do you know who it is
+that speaks to you? I am the Marshal Blankenswerd. Your advances to
+my wife are not unknown to me, ever since the last rout at the
+palace."
+
+"My Lord Marshal," answered Philip, "excuse me for saying that
+jealousy has blinded you. If you knew me well, you would not think
+of accusing me of such folly. I give you my word of honor I will
+never trouble your wife."
+
+"Are you in earnest, Prince?"
+
+"Entirely."
+
+"Give me a proof of this?"
+
+"Whatever you require."
+
+"I know you have hindered her until now from going with me to visit
+her relations in Poland. Will you persuade her to do so now?"
+
+"With all my heart, if you desire it."
+
+"Yes, yes! and your Royal Highness will prevent inconceivable and
+unavoidable misery."
+
+The Mameluke continued for some time, sometimes begging and praying,
+and sometimes threatening so furiously, that Philip feared he might
+make a scene before the whole assembly that would not have suited
+him precisely. He therefore quitted him as soon as possible.
+Scarcely had he lost himself in the crowd, when a female, closely
+wrapped in deep mourning, tapped him familiarly on the arm, and
+whispered:
+
+"Butterfly, whither away? Have you no pity for the disconsolate
+Widow?"
+
+Philip answered very politely: "Beautiful widows find no lack of
+comforters. May I venture to include myself amongst them?"
+
+"Why are you so disobedient? and why have you not changed your
+mask?" said the Widow, while she led him aside that they might speak
+more freely. "Do you really fancy, Prince, that every one here does
+not know who you are?"
+
+"They are very much mistaken in me, I assure you," replied Philip.
+
+"No, indeed," answered the Widow, "they know you very well, and if
+you do not immediately change your apparel, I shall not speak to you
+again the whole evening. I have no desire to give my husband an
+opportunity of making a scene."
+
+By this Philip discovered whom he was talking with. "You were the
+beautiful Rose-girl; are your roses withered so soon?"
+
+"What is there that does not wither? not the constancy of man? I saw
+you when you slipped off with the Carmelite. Acknowledge your
+inconstancy--you can deny it no longer."
+
+"Hem," answered Philip, dryly, "accuse me if you will, I can return
+the accusation."
+
+"How,--pretty butterfly?"
+
+"Why, for instance, there is not a more constant man alive than the
+Marshal."
+
+"There is not indeed!--and I am wrong, very wrong to have listened
+to you so long. I reproached myself enough, but he has unfortunately
+discovered our flirtation."
+
+"Since the last rout at Court, fair Widow---"
+
+"Were you so unguarded and particular--pretty butterfly!"
+
+"Let us repair the mischief. Let us part. I honor the Marshal, and,
+for my part, do not like to give him pain."
+
+The Widow looked at him for some time in speechless amazement.
+
+"If you have indeed any regard for me," continued Philip, "you will
+go with the Marshal to Poland, to visit your relations. 'Tis better
+that we should not meet so often. A beautiful woman is beautiful--
+but a pure and virtuous woman is more beautiful still."
+
+"Prince!" cried the astonished Widow, "are you really in earnest?
+Have you ever loved me, or have you all along deceived?"
+
+"Look you," answered Philip, "I am a tempter of a peculiar kind. I
+search constantly among women to find truth and virtue, and 'tis but
+seldom that I encounter them. Only the true and virtuous can keep me
+constant--therefore I am true to none; but no!--I will not lie--
+there is one that keeps me in her chains--I am sorry, fair Widow,
+that that one--is not you!"
+
+"You are in a strange mood to-night, Prince," answered the Widow,
+and the trembling of her voice and heaving of her bosom showed the
+working of her mind.
+
+"No," answered Philip, "I am in as rational a mood to-night as I
+ever was in my life. I wish only to repair an injury; I have
+promised to your husband to do so."
+
+"How!" exclaimed the Widow, in a voice of terror, "you have
+discovered all to the Marshal?"
+
+"Not everything," answered Philip, "only what I knew."
+
+The Widow wrung her hands in the extremity of agitation, and at last
+said, "Where is my husband?"
+
+Philip pointed to the Mameluke, who at this moment approached them
+with slow steps.
+
+"Prince," said the Widow, in a tone of inexpressible rage,--"Prince,
+you may be forgiven this, but not from me! I never dreamt that the
+heart of man could be so deceitful,--but you are unworthy of a
+thought. You are an impostor! My husband in the dress of a barbarian
+is a prince; you in the dress of a prince are a barbarian. In this
+world you see me no more!"
+
+With these words she turned proudly away from him, and going up to
+the Mameluke, they left the hall in deep and earnest conversation.
+Philip laughed quietly, and said to himself: "My substitute, the
+watchman, must look to it, for I do not play my part badly; I only
+hope when he returns he will proceed as I have begun."
+
+He went up to the dancers, and was delighted to see the beautiful
+Carmelite standing up in a set with the overjoyed Brahmin. No sooner
+did the latter perceive him, than he kissed his hand to him, and in
+dumb-show gave him to understand in what a blessed state he was.
+Philip thought: 'T is a pity I am not to be prince all my life-time.
+The people would be satisfied then; to be a prince is the easiest
+thing in the world. He can do more with a single word than a lawyer
+with a four-hours' speech. Yes! if I were a prince, my beautiful
+Rose would be--lost to me for ever. No! I would not be a prince." He
+now looked at the clock, and saw 't was half-past eleven. The
+Mameluke hurried up to him and gave him a paper. "Prince," he
+exclaimed, "I could fall at your feet and thank you in the very
+dust. I am reconciled to my wife. You have broken her heart; but it
+is better that it should be so. We leave for Poland this very night,
+and there we shall fix our home. Farewell! I shall be ready whenever
+your Royal Highness requires me, to pour out my last drop of blood
+in your service. My gratitude is eternal. Farewell!"
+
+"Stay!" said Philip to the Marshal, who was hurrying away, "what am
+I to do with this paper?"
+
+"Oh, that,-'tis the amount of my loss to your Highness last week at
+hazard. I had nearly forgotten it; but before my departure, I must
+clear my debts. I have indorsed it on the back." With these words
+the Marshal disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+V.
+
+
+Philip opened the paper, and read in it an order for five thousand
+dollars. He put it in his pocket, and thought: "Well, it's a pity
+that I'm not a prince." Some one whispered in his ear:
+
+"Your Royal Highness, we are both discovered; I shall blow my brains
+out."
+
+Philip turned round in amazement, and saw a negro at his side.
+
+"What do you want, mask?" he asked, in an unconcerned tone.
+
+"I am Colonel Kalt," whispered the negro. "The Marshal's wife has
+been chattering to Duke Herman, and he has been breathing fire and
+fury against us both."
+
+"He is quite welcome," answered Philip.
+
+"But the King will hear it all," sighed the negro. "This very night
+I may be arrested and carried to a dungeon; I'll sooner hang
+myself."
+
+"No need of that," said Philip.
+
+"What! am I to be made infamous for my whole life? I am lost, I tell
+you. The Duke will demand entire satisfaction. His back is black and
+blue yet with the marks of the cudgelling I gave him. I am lost, and
+the baker's daughter too! I'll jump from the bridge and drown myself
+at once!"
+
+"God forbid!" answered Philip; "what have you and the baker's
+daughter to do with it?"
+
+"Your Royal Highness banters me, and I am in despair!--I humbly
+beseech you to give me two minutes' private conversation."
+
+Philip followed the negro into a small boudoir dimly lighted up with
+a few candles. The negro threw himself on a sofa, quite overcome,
+and groaned aloud. Philip found some sandwiches and wine on the
+table, and helped himself with great relish.
+
+"I wonder your Royal Highness can be so cool on hearing this cursed
+story. If that rascally Salmoni was here who acted the conjurer, he
+might save us by some contrivance, for the fellow was a bunch of
+tricks. As it is, he has slipped out of the scrape."
+
+"So much the better," interrupted Philip, replenishing his glass;
+"since he has got out of the way, we can throw all the blame on his
+shoulders."
+
+"How can we do that? The Duke, I tell you, knows that you, and I,
+and the Marshal's wife, and the baker's daughter, were all in the
+plot together, to take advantage of his superstition. He knows that
+it was you that engaged Salmoni to play the conjurer; that it was I
+that instructed the baker's daughter (with whom he is in love) how
+to inveigle him into the snare; that it was I that enacted the
+ghost, that knocked him down, and cudgelled him till he roared
+again. If I had only not carried the joke too far, but I wished to
+cool his love a little for my sweetheart. 'T was a devilish
+business. I'll take poison."
+
+"Rather swallow a glass of wine--'t is delicious," said Philip,
+taking another tart at the same time. "For to tell you the truth, my
+friend, I think you are rather a white-livered sort of rogue for a
+colonel, to think of hanging, drowning, shooting, and poisoning
+yourself about such a ridiculous story as that. One of these modes
+would be too much, but as to all the four--nonsense. I tell you that
+at this moment I don't know what to make out of your tale."
+
+"Your Royal Highness, have pity on me, my brain is turned. The
+Duke's page, an old friend of mine, has told me this very moment,
+that the Marshal's wife, inspired by the devil, went up to the Duke,
+and told him that the trick played on him at the baker's house was
+planned by Prince Julian, who opposed his marriage with his sister;
+that the spirit he saw was myself, sent by the Princess to be a
+witness of his superstition; that your Highness was a witness of his
+descent into the pit after hidden gold, and of his promise to make
+the baker's daughter his mistress, and also to make her one of the
+nobility immediately after his marriage with the Princess. 'Do not
+hope to gain the Princess. It is useless for you to try,' were the
+last words of the Marshal's wife to the Duke."
+
+"And a pretty story it is," muttered Philip; "why, behavior like
+that would be a disgrace to the meanest of the people. I declare
+there is no end to these deviltries."
+
+"Yes, indeed. 'T is impossible to behave more meanly than the
+Marshal's lady. The woman must be a fury. My gracious Lord, save me
+from destruction."
+
+"Where is the Duke?" asked Philip.
+
+"The page told me he started up on hearing the story, and said, 'I
+will go to the King.' And if he tells the story to the King in his
+own way--"
+
+"Is the King here, then?"
+
+"Oh, yes, he is at play in the next room, with the Archbishop and
+the Minister of Police."
+
+Philip walked with long steps through the boudoir. The case required
+consideration.
+
+"Your Royal Highness," said the negro, "protect me. Your own honor
+is at stake. You can easily make all straight; otherwise, I am ready
+at the first intimation of danger to fly across the border. I will
+pack up, and to-morrow I shall expect your last commands as to my
+future behavior."
+
+With these words the negro took his leave.
+
+
+
+
+VI.
+
+
+"It is high time I were a watchman again," thought Philip. "I am
+getting both myself and my substitute into scrapes he will find it
+hard to get out of--and this makes the difference between a peasant
+and a prince. One is no better off than the other. Good heavens!
+what stupid things these court lords are doing which we do not dream
+of with our lanterns and staff in hand, or when at the spade. We
+think they lead the lives of angels, without sin or care. Pretty
+piece of business! Within a quarter of an hour I have heard of more
+rascally tricks than I ever played in my whole life. And--" but his
+reverie was interrupted by a whisper.
+
+"So lonely, Prince! I consider myself happy in having a minute's
+conversation with your Royal Highness."
+
+Philip looked at the speaker; and he was a miner, covered over with
+gold and jewels.
+
+"But one instant," said the mask. "The business is pressing, and
+deeply concerns you."
+
+"Who are you?" inquired Philip.
+
+"Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, at your Highness's
+service," answered the miner, and showed his face, which looked as
+if it were a second mask, with its little eyes and copper-colored
+nose.
+
+"Well, then, my lord, what are your commands?"
+
+"May I speak openly? I waited on your Royal Highness thrice, and was
+never admitted to the honor of an audience; and yet--Heaven is my
+witness--no man in all this court has a deeper interest in your
+Royal Highness than I have."
+
+"I am greatly obliged to you," replied Philip; "what is your
+business just now? But be quick."
+
+"May I venture to speak of the house of Abraham Levi?"
+
+"As much as you like."
+
+"They have applied to me about the fifty thousand dollars which you
+owe them, and threaten to apply to the King. And you remember your
+promise to his Majesty, when last he paid your debts."
+
+"Can't the people wait?" asked Philip.
+
+"No more than the Brothers, goldsmiths, who demand their seventy-
+five thousand dollars."
+
+"It is all one to me. If the people won't wait for their money, I
+must--"
+
+"No hasty resolution, my gracious Lord! I have it in my power to
+make everything comfortable, if--"
+
+"Well, if what?"
+
+"If you will honor me by listening to me one moment. I hope to have
+no difficulty in redeeming all your debts. The house of Abraham Levi
+has bought up immense quantities of corn, so that the price is very
+much raised. A decree against importation will raise it three or
+four percent. higher. By giving Abraham Levi the monopoly, the
+business will be arranged. The house erases your debt, and pays off
+your seventy-five thousand dollars to the goldsmiths, and I give you
+over the receipts. But everything depends on my continuing for
+another year at the head of the Finance. If Baron Griefensack
+succeeds in ejecting me from the Ministry, I shall be unable to
+serve your Royal Highness as I could wish. If your Highness will
+leave the party of Griefensack, our point is gained. For me, it is a
+matter of perfect indifference whether I remain in office or not. I
+sigh for repose. But for your Royal Highness, it is a matter of
+great moment. If I have not the mixing of the pack, I lose the
+game."
+
+Philip for some time did not know what answer to make. At last,
+while the Finance Minister, in expectation of his reply, took a
+pinch out of his snuff-box set with jewels, Philip said:
+
+"If I rightly understand you, Sir Count, you would starve the
+country a little, in order to pay my debts. Consider, sir, what
+misery you will cause. And will the King consent to it?"
+
+"If I remain in office I will answer for that, my gracious Lord!
+When the price of corn rises, the King will, of course, think of
+permitting importation, and prevent exportation by levying heavy
+imposts. The permission to do so is given to the house of Abraham
+Levi, and they export as much as they choose. But, as I said before,
+if Griefensack gets the helm, nothing can be done. For the first
+year he would be obliged to attend strictly to his duty, in order to
+be able afterwards to feather his nest at the expense of the
+country. He must first make sure of his ground. He is dreadfully
+grasping!"
+
+"A pretty project," answered Philip; "and how long do you think a
+finance minister must be in office before he can lay his shears on
+the flock to get wool enough for himself and me?"
+
+"Oh, if he has his wits about him, he may manage it in a year."
+
+"Then the King ought to be counselled to change his finance minister
+every twelve months, if he wishes to be faithfully and honorably
+served."
+
+"I hope, your Royal Highness, that since I have had the Exchequer,
+the King and Court have been faithfully served?"
+
+"I believe you, Count, and the poor people believe you still more.
+Already they scarcely know how to pay their rates and taxes. You
+should treat us with a little more consideration, Count."
+
+"Us!--don't I do everything for the Court?"
+
+"No! I mean the people. You should have a little more consideration
+for them."
+
+"I appreciate what your Royal Highness says; but I serve the King
+and the Court, and the people are not to be considered. The country
+is his private property, and the people are only useful to him as
+increasing the value of the land. But this is no time to discuss the
+old story about the interests of the people. I beg your Royal
+Highness' answer to my propositions. Shall I have the honor to
+discharge your debts on the above specified conditions?"
+
+"Answer,--no--never, never! at the expense of hundreds and thousands
+of starving families."
+
+"But, your Royal Highness, if, in addition to the clearance of your
+debts, I make the house of Abraham Levi present you with fifty
+thousand dollars in hard cash? I think it may afford you that sum.
+The house will gain so much by the operation, that--"
+
+"Perhaps it may be able to give YOU also a mark of its regard."
+
+"Your Highness is pleased to jest with me. I gain nothing by the
+affair. My whole object is to obtain the protection of your Royal
+Highness."
+
+"You are very polite!"
+
+"I may hope, then, Prince? My duty is to be of service to you. To-
+morrow I shall send for Abraham, and conclude the arrangement with
+him. I shall have the honor to present your Royal Highness with the
+receipt for all your debts, besides the gift of fifty thousand
+dollars."
+
+"Go, I want to hear no more of it."
+
+"And your Royal Highness will honor me with your favor? For unless I
+am in the Ministry, it is impossible for me to deal with Abraham
+Levi so as--"
+
+"I wish to Heaven you and your Ministry and Abraham Levi were all
+three on the Blocksberg! I tell you what, unless you lower the price
+of corn, and take away the monopoly from that infernal Jew, I'll go
+this moment and reveal your villainy to the King, and get you and
+Abraham Levi banished from the country. See to it--I'll keep my
+word." Philip turned away in a rage, and proceeded into the dancing-
+room, leaving the Minister of Finance petrified with amazement.
+
+
+
+
+VII.
+
+
+"When does your Royal Highness require the carriage?" whispered a
+stout little Dutch merchant in a bob-wig.
+
+"Not at all," answered Philip.
+
+"'Tis after half-past eleven, and the beautiful singer expects you.
+She will tire of waiting."
+
+"Let her sing something to cheer her."
+
+"How, Prince? Have you changed your mind? Would you leave the
+captivating Rollina in the lurch, and throw away the golden
+opportunity you have been sighing for for two months? The letter you
+sent to-day, inclosing the diamond watch, did wonders. The proud but
+fragile beauty surrenders. This morning you were in raptures, and
+now you are as cold as ice! What is the cause of the change?"
+
+"That is my business, not yours," said Philip.
+
+"I had your orders to join you at half-past eleven. Perhaps you have
+other engagements?"
+
+"Perhaps."
+
+"A petit souper with the Countess Born? She is not present here; at
+least among all the masks I can't trace her out. I should know her
+among a thousand by that graceful walk and her peculiar way of
+carrying her little head--eh, Prince?"
+
+"Well, but if it were so, there would be no necessity for making you
+my confidant, would there?"
+
+"I will take the hint, and be silent. But won't you at any rate send
+to the Signora Rollina to let her know you are not coming?"
+
+"If I have sighed for her for two months, she had better sigh a
+month or two for me. I sha'n't go near her."
+
+"So that beautiful necklace which you sent her for a New Year's
+present was all for nothing?"
+
+"As far as I am concerned."
+
+"Will you break with her entirely?"
+
+"There is nothing between us to break, that I know of."
+
+"Well, then, since you speak so plainly, I may tell you something
+which you perhaps know already. Your love for the Signora has
+hitherto kept me silent; but now that you have altered your mind
+about her, I can no longer keep the secret from you. You are
+deceived."
+
+"By whom?"
+
+"By the artful singer. She would divide her favors between your
+Royal Highness and a Jew."
+
+"A Jew?"
+
+"Yes! with the son of Abraham Levi."
+
+"Is that rascal everywhere?"
+
+"So your Highness did not know it? but I am telling you the exact
+truth; if it were not for your Royal Highness, she would be his
+mistress. I am only sorry you gave her that watch."
+
+"I don't regret it at all."
+
+"The jade deserves to be whipped."
+
+"Few people meet their deserts," answered Philip.
+
+"Too true, too true, your Royal Highness. For instance, I have
+discovered a girl--O Prince, there is not such another in this city
+or in the whole world! Few have seen this angel.--Pooh! Rollina is
+nothing to her. Listen--a girl tall and slender as a palm tree--with
+a complexion like the red glow of evening upon snow--eyes like
+sunbeams--rich golden tresses,--in short, the most beautiful
+creature I ever beheld--a Venus--a goddess in rustic attire. Your
+Highness, we must give her chase."
+
+"A peasant girl?"
+
+"A mere rustic; but then you must see her yourself, and you will
+love her. But my descriptions are nothing. Imagine the embodiment of
+all that you can conceive most charming--add to that, artlessness,
+grace, and innocence. But the difficulty is to catch sight of her.
+She seldom leaves her mother. I know her seat in church, and have
+watched her for many Sundays past, as she walked with her mother to
+the Elm-Gate. I have ascertained that a handsome young fellow, a
+gardener, is making court to her. He can't marry her, for he is a
+poor devil, and she has nothing. The mother is the widow of a poor
+weaver."
+
+"And the mother's name is?"
+
+"Widow Bittner, in Milk Street; and the daughter, fairest of
+flowers, is in fact called Rose."
+
+Philip's blood boiled at the sound of the beloved name. His first
+inclination was to knock the communicative Dutchman down. He
+restrained himself, however, and only asked:
+
+"Are you the devil himself?"
+
+"'T is good news, is it not? I have taken some steps in the matter
+already, but you must see her first. But perhaps such a pearl has
+not altogether escaped your keen observation? Do you know her?"
+
+"Intimately."
+
+"So much the better. Have I been too lavish of my praises? You
+confess their truth? She sha'n't escape us. We must go together to
+the widow; you must play the philanthropist. You have heard of the
+widow's poverty, and must insist on relieving it. You take an
+interest in the good woman; enter into her misfortunes; leave a
+small present at each visit, and by this means become acquainted
+with Rose. The rest follows, of course. The gardener can be easily
+got out of the way, or perhaps a dozen or two dollars slipped
+quietly into his hand may--"
+
+Philip's rage broke forth.
+
+"I'll throttle you--"
+
+"If the gardener makes a fuss?" interposed the Dutchman. "Leave me
+to settle this matter. I'll get him kidnapped, and sent to the army
+to fight for his country. In the meantime you get possession of the
+field; for the girl has a peasant's attachment for the fellow, and
+it will not be easy to get the nonsense out of her head, which she
+has been taught by the canaille. But I will give her some lessons,
+and then--"
+
+"I'll break your neck."
+
+"Your Highness is too good. But if your Highness would use your
+influence with the King to procure me the Chamberlain's key--"
+
+"I wish I could procure you--"
+
+"Oh, don't flatter me, your Highness. Had I only known you thought
+so much of her beauty, she would have been yours long ago."
+
+"Not a word more," cried the enraged Philip, in a smothered voice;
+for he dared not speak aloud, he was so surrounded by maskers, who
+were listening, dancing, talking, as they passed him, and he might
+have betrayed himself; "not a word more!"
+
+"No, there will be more than words. Deeds shall show my sincerity.
+You may advance. You are wont to conquer. The outposts will be
+easily taken. The gardener I will manage, and the mother will range
+herself under your gilded banners. Then the fortress will be won!"
+
+"Sir, if you venture," said Philip, who now could hardly contain
+himself. It was with great difficulty he refrained from open
+violence, and he clutched the arm of the Dutchman with the force of
+a vice.
+
+"Your Highness, for Heaven's sake, moderate your joy. I shall
+scream--you are mashing my arm!"
+
+"If you venture to go near that innocent girl, I will demolish every
+bone in your body."
+
+"Good, good," screamed the Dutchman, in intense pain; "only let go
+my arm."
+
+"If I find you anywhere near Milk Street, I'll dash your miserable
+brains out. So look to it."
+
+The Dutchman seemed almost stupefied; trembling, he said:
+
+"May it please your Highness, I could not imagine you really loved
+the girl as it seems you do."
+
+"I love her! I will own it before the whole world!"
+
+"And are loved in return?"
+
+"That's none of your business. Never mention her name to me again.
+Do not even think of her; it would be a stain upon her purity. Now
+you know what I think. Be off!"
+
+Philip twirled the unfortunate Dutchman round as he let go his arm,
+and that worthy gentleman slunk out of the hall.
+
+
+
+
+VIII.
+
+
+In the meantime Philip's substitute supported his character of
+watchman on the snow-covered streets. It is scarcely necessary to
+say that this was none other than Prince Julian who had taken a
+notion to join the watch--his head being crazed by the fire of the
+sweet wine. He attended to the directions left by Philip, and went
+his rounds, and called the hour with great decorum, except that,
+instead of the usual watchman's verses, he favored the public with
+rhymes of his own. He was cogitating a new stanza, when the door of
+a house beside him opened, and a well-wrapped-up girl beckoned to
+him, and ran into the shadow of the house.
+
+The Prince left his stanza half finished, and followed the
+apparition. A soft hand grasped his in the darkness, and a voice
+whispered:
+
+"Good-evening, dear Philip. Speak low, that nobody may hear us. I
+have only got away from the company for one moment to speak to you
+as you passed. Are you happy to see me?"
+
+"Blest as a god, my angel,--who could be otherwise than happy by thy
+side?"
+
+"I've some good news for you, Philip. You must sup at our house to-
+morrow evening. My mother has allowed me to ask you. You 'll come?"
+
+"For the whole evening, and as many more as you wish. Would we might
+be together till the end of the world! 'T would be a life fit for
+gods!"
+
+"Listen, Philip; in half an hour I shall be at St. Gregory's. I
+shall expect you there. You won't fail me? Don't keep me waiting
+long--we shall have a walk together. Go now--we may be discovered."
+She tried to go, but Julian held her back and threw his arms round
+her.
+
+"What, wilt thou leave me so coldly?" he said, and tried to press a
+kiss upon her lips.
+
+Rose did not know what to think of this boldness, for Philip had
+always been modest, and never dared more than kiss her hand, except
+once, when her mother had forbidden their meeting again. They had
+then exchanged their first kiss in great sorrow and in great love,
+but never since then. She struggled to free herself, but Julian held
+her firm, till at last she had to buy her liberty by submitting to
+the kiss, and begged him to go. But Julian seemed not at all
+inclined to move.
+
+"What! go? I'm not such a fool as that comes to! You think I love my
+horn better than you? No indeed!"
+
+"But then it isn't right, Philip."
+
+"Not right? why not, my beauty? there is nothing against kissing in
+the ten commandments."
+
+"Why, if we could marry, perhaps you might--but you know very well
+we can't marry, and--"
+
+"Not marry? why not? You can marry me any day you like."
+
+"Philip!--why will you talk such folly? You know we must not think
+of such a thing."
+
+"But _I_ think very seriously about it--if you would consent."
+
+"You are unkind to speak thus. Ah, Philip, I had a dream last
+night."
+
+"A dream--what was it?"
+
+"You had won a prize in the lottery; we were both so happy! you had
+bought a beautiful garden, handsomer than any in the city. It was a
+little paradise of flowers--and there were large beds of vegetables,
+and the trees were laden with fruit. And when I awoke, Philip, I
+felt so wretched--I wished I had not dreamed such a happy dream.
+You've nothing in the lottery, Philip, have you? Have you really won
+anything? The drawing took place to-day."
+
+"How much must I have gained to win you too?"
+
+"Ah, Philip, if you had only gained a thousand dollars, you might
+buy such a pretty garden!"
+
+"A thousand dollars! And what if it were more?"
+
+"Ah, Philip--what? is it true? is it really? Don't deceive me!
+'twill be worse than the dream. You had a ticket! and you've won!--
+own it! own it!"
+
+"All you can wish for."
+
+Rose flung her arms around his neck in the extremity of her joy, and
+kissed him.
+
+"More than the thousand dollars? and will they pay you the whole?"
+
+Her kiss made the Prince forget to answer. It was so strange to hold
+a pretty form in his arms, receive its caresses, and to know they
+were not meant for him.
+
+"Answer me, answer me!" cried Rose, impatiently. "Will they give you
+all that money?"
+
+"They've done it already--and if it will add to your happiness I
+will hand it to you this moment."
+
+"What! have you got it with you?"
+
+The Prince took out his purse, which he had filled with money in
+expectation of some play.
+
+"Take it and weigh it, my girl," he said, placing it in her hand and
+kissing her again. "This, then, makes you mine!"
+
+"Oh, not THIS--nor all the gold in the world, if you were not my own
+dear Philip!"
+
+"And how if I had given you twice as much as all this money, and yet
+were not your own dear Philip?"
+
+"I would fling the purse at your feet, and make you a very polite
+curtsey," said Rose.
+
+A door now opened; the light streamed down the steps, and the
+laughing voices of girls were heard. Rose whispered:
+
+"In half an hour, at St. Gregory's," and ran up the steps, leaving
+the Prince in the darkness. Disconcerted by the suddenness of the
+parting, and his curiosity excited by his ignorance of the name of
+his new acquaintance, and not even having had a full view of her
+face, he consoled himself with the rendezvous at St. Gregory's
+Church door. This he resolved to keep, though it was evident that
+all the tenderness which had been bestowed on him was intended for
+his friend the watchman.
+
+
+
+
+IX.
+
+
+The interview with Rose, or the coldness of the night, increased the
+effect of the wine to such an extent that the mischievous
+propensities of the young Prince got the upper hand of him. Standing
+amidst a crowd of people, in the middle of the street, he blew so
+lustily on his horn that the women screamed, and the men gasped with
+fear. He called the hour, and then shouted, at the top of his lungs:
+
+ The bus'ness of our lovely state
+ Is stricken by the hand of fate--
+ Even our maids, both light and brown,
+ Can find no sale in all the town;
+ They deck themselves with all their arts,
+ But no one buys their worn-out hearts."
+
+"Shame! shame!" cried several female voices from the window at the
+end of this complimentary effusion, which, however, was crowned with
+a loud laugh from the men. "Bravo, watchman!" cried some; "Encore!
+encore!" shouted others. "How dare you, fellow, insult ladies in the
+open street?" growled a young lieutenant, who had a very pretty girl
+on his arm.
+
+"Mr. Lieutenant," answered a miller, "unfortunately watchmen always
+tell the truth, and the lady on your arm is a proof of it. Ha! young
+jade, do you know me? do you know who I am? Is it right for a
+betrothed bride to be gadding at night about the streets with other
+men? To-morrow your mother shall hear of this. I'll have nothing
+more to do with you!"
+
+The girl hid her face, and nudged the young officer to lead her
+away. But the lieutenant, like a brave soldier, scorned to retreat
+from the miller, and determined to keep the field. He therefule made
+use of a full round of oaths, which were returned with interest, and
+a sabre was finally resorted to, with some flourishes; but two
+Spanish cudgels were threateningly held over the head of the
+lieutenant by a couple of stout townsmen, while one of them, who was
+a broad-shouldered beer-brewer, cried: "Don't make any more fuss
+about the piece of goods beside you--she ain't worth it. The
+miller's a good fellow, and what he says is true, and the watchman's
+right too. A plain tradesman can hardly venture to marry now. All
+the women wish to marry above their station. Instead of darning
+stockings, they read romances; instead of working in the kitchen,
+they run after comedies and concerts. Their houses are dirty, and
+they are walking out, dressed like princesses; all they bring a
+husband as a dowry are handsome dresses, lace ribbons, intrigues,
+romances, and idleness! Sir, I speak from experience; I should have
+married long since, if girls were not spoiled."
+
+The spectators laughed heartily, and the lieutenant slowly put back
+his sword, saying peevishly: "It's a little too much to be obliged
+to hear a sermon from the canaille."
+
+"What! Canaille!" cried a smith, who held the second cudgel. "Do you
+call those canaille who feed you noble idlers by duties and taxes?
+Your licentiousness is the cause of our domestic discords, and noble
+ladies would not have so much cause to mourn if you had learned both
+to pray and to work."
+
+Several young officers had gathered together already, and so had
+some mechanics; and the boys, in the meantime, threw snowballs among
+both parties, that their share in the fun might not be lost. The
+first ball hit the noble lieutenant on the nose, and thinking it an
+attack from the canaille, he raised his sabre. The fight began.
+
+The Prince, who had laughed amazingly at the first commencement of
+the uproar, had betaken himself to another region, and felt quite
+unconcerned as to the result. In the course of his wanderings, he
+came to the palace of Count Bodenlos, the Minister of Finance, with
+whom, as Philip had discovered at the masquerade, the Prince was not
+on the best terms. The Countess had a large party. Julian saw the
+lighted windows, and still feeling poetically disposed, he planted
+himself opposite the balcony, and blew a peal on his horn. Several
+ladies and gentlemen opened the shutters, because they had nothing
+better to do, and listened to what he should say.
+
+"Watchman," cried one of them, "sing us a New Year's greeting!"
+
+This invitation brought a fresh accession of the Countess' party to
+the windows. Julian called the hour in the usual manner, and sang,
+loud enough to be distinctly heard inside:
+
+ "Ye who groan with heavy debts,
+ And swift approaching failure frets,
+ Pray the Lord that He this hour
+ May raise you to some place of power;
+ And while the nation wants and suffers,
+ Fill your own from the people's coffers."
+
+"Outrageous!" screamed the lady of the Minister; "who is the
+insolent wretch that dares such an insult?"
+
+"Pleashe your exshellenshy," answered Julian, imitating the Jewish
+dialect in voice and manner, "I vash only intendsh to shing you a
+pretty shong. I am de Shew Abraham Levi, vell known at dish court.
+Your ladyship knowsh me ver' well."
+
+"How dare you tell such a lie, you villain?" exclaimed a voice,
+trembling with rage, at one of the windows; "how dare you say you
+are Abraham Levi? I am Abraham Levi! You are a cheat!"
+
+"Call the police!" cried the Countess. "Have that man arrested!"
+
+At these words the party confusedly withdrew from the windows. Nor
+did the Prince remain where he was, but quickly effected his escape
+through a cross-street. A crowd of servants rushed out of the
+palace, led by the secretaries of the Finance Minister, and
+commenced a search for the offender. "We have him!" cried some, as
+the rest eagerly approached. It was in fact the real guardian of the
+night, who was carefully perambulating his beat, in innocent
+unconsciousness of any offence. In spite of all he could say, he was
+disarmed and carried off to the watch-house, and charged with
+causing a disturbance by singing libellous songs. The officer of the
+police shook his head at the unaccountable event, and said: "We have
+already one watchman in custody, whose verses about some girl caused
+a very serious affray between the town's people and the garrison."
+
+The prisoner would confess to nothing, but swore prodigiously at the
+tipsy young people who had disturbed him in the fulfilment of his
+duty. One of the secretaries of the Finance Minister repeated the
+whole verse to him. The soldiers standing about laughed aloud, but
+the ancient watchman swore with tears in his eyes that he had never
+thought of such a thing. While the examination was going on, and one
+of the secretaries of the Finance Minister began to be doubtful
+whether the poor watchman was really in fault or not, an uproar was
+heard outside, and loud cries of "Watch, watch!"
+
+The guard rushed out, and in a few minutes the Field-Marshal entered
+the office, accompanied by the captain of the guards on duty. "Have
+that scoundrel locked up tight," said the Marshal, pointing behind
+him--and two soldiers brought in a watchman, whom they held close
+prisoner, and whom they had disarmed of his staff and horn.
+
+"Are the watchmen gone all mad to-night?" exclaimed the chief of
+police.
+
+"I'll have the rascal punished for his infamous verses," said the
+Field-Marshal angrily.
+
+"Your excellency," exclaimed the trembling watchman, "as true as I
+live, I never made a verse in my born days."
+
+"Silence, knave!" roared the Marshal. "I'll have you hanged for
+them! And if you contradict me again, I'll cut you in two on the
+spot."
+
+The police officer respectfully observed to the Field-Marshal that
+there must be some poetical epidemic among the watchmen, for three
+had been brought before him within the last quarter of an hour,
+accused of the same offence.
+
+"Gentlemen," said the Marshal to the officers who had accompanied
+him, "since the scoundrel refuses to confess, it will be necessary
+to take down from your remembrance the worlds of his atrocious
+libel. Let them be written down while you still recollect them.
+Come, who can say them?"
+
+The officer of police wrote to the dictation of the gentlemen who
+remembered the whole verses between them:
+
+ "On empty head a flaunting feather,
+ A long queue tied with tape and leather;
+ Padded breast and waist so little,
+ Make the soldier to a tittle;
+ By cards and dance, and dissipation,
+ He's sure to win a Marshal's station."
+
+"Do you deny, you rascal," cried the Field-Marshal to the terrified
+watchman; "do you deny that you sang these infamous lines as I was
+coming out of my house?"
+
+"They may sing it who like, it was not me," said the watchman.
+
+"Why did you run away, then, when you saw me?"
+
+"I did not run away."
+
+"What!" said the two officers who had accompanied the Marshal--"not
+run away? Were you not out of breath when at last we laid hold of
+you there by the market?"
+
+"Yes, but it was with fright at being so ferociously attacked. I am
+trembling yet in every limb."
+
+"Lock the obstinate dog up till the morning," said the Marshal; "he
+will come to his senses by that time!" With these words the wrathful
+dignitary went away. These incidents had set the whole police force
+of the city on the qui vive. In the next ten minutes two more
+watchmen were brought to the office on similar charges with the
+others. One was accused of singing a libel under the window of the
+Minister of Foreign Affairs, in which it was insinuated that there
+were no affairs to which he was more foreign than those of his own
+department. The other had sung some verses before the door of the
+Bishop's palace, informing him that the "lights of the church" were
+by no means deficient in tallow, but gave a great deal more smoke
+than illumination. The Prince, who had wrought the poor watchmen all
+this woe, was always lucky enough to escape, and grew bolder and
+bolder with every new attempt. The affair was talked of everywhere.
+The Minister of Police, who was at cards with the King, was informed
+of the insurrection among the hitherto peaceful watchmen, and, as a
+proof of it, some of the verses were given to him in writing. The
+King laughed very heartily at the doggerel verse about the miserable
+police, who were always putting their noses into other people's
+family affairs, but could never smell anything amiss in their own,
+and were therefore lawful game, and ordered the next poetical
+watchman who should be taken to be brought before him. He broke up
+the card-table, for he saw that the Minister of Police had lost his
+good humor.
+
+
+
+
+X.
+
+
+In the dancing-hall next to the card-room, Philip had looked at his
+watch, and discovered that the time of his appointment with Rose at
+St. Gregory's had nearly come. He was by no means sorry at the
+prospect of giving back his silk mantle and plumed bonnet to his
+substitute, for he began to find high life not quite to his taste.
+As he was going to the door, the Negro once more came up to him, and
+whispered: "Your Highness, Duke Herrman is seeking for you
+everywhere." Philip shook his head impatiently and hurried out,
+followed by the Negro. When they got to the ante-chamber, the Negro
+cried out, "By Heaven, here comes the Duke!"--and slipped back into
+the hall.
+
+A tall black mask walked fiercely up to Philip, and said: "Stay a
+moment, sir; I've a word or two to say to you; I've been seeking for
+you long."
+
+"Quick, then," said Philip, "for I have no time to lose."
+
+"I would not waste a moment, sir; I have sought you long enough; you
+owe me satisfaction, you have injured me infamously."
+
+"Not that I am aware of."
+
+"You don't know me, perhaps," said the Duke, lifting up his mask;
+"now that you see me, your own conscience will save me any more
+words. I demand satisfaction. You and the cursed Salmoni have
+deceived me!"
+
+"I know nothing about it," said Philip.
+
+"You got up that shameful scene in the cellar of the baker's
+daughter. It was at your instigation that Colonel Kalt made an
+assault upon me with a cudgel."
+
+"There's not a word of truth in what you say."
+
+"What!--you deny it? The Lady Blankenswerd, the Marshal's lady, was
+an eye-witness of it all, and she has told me every circumstance."
+
+"She has told your grace a fancy tale--I have had nothing to do with
+it; if you made an ass of yourself in the baker's cellar, that was
+your own fault."
+
+"I ask, once more, will you give me satisfaction? If not, I will
+expose you. Follow me instantly to the King. You shall either fight
+with me, or--go to his Majesty."
+
+Philip was nonplussed. "Your grace," he said, "I have no wish either
+to fight with you or to go to the King."
+
+This was indeed the truth, for he was afraid he should be obliged to
+unmask, and would be punished, of course, for the part he had
+played. He therefore tried to get off by every means, and watched
+the door to seize a favorable moment for effecting his escape. The
+Duke, on the other hand, observed the uneasiness of the Prince (as
+he thought him), and waxed more valorous every minute. At last he
+seized poor Philip by the arm, and was dragging him into the hall.
+
+"What do you want with me?" said Philip, sorely frightened, and
+shook off the Duke.
+
+"To the King. He shall hear how shamefully you insult a guest at his
+court."
+
+"Very good," replied Philip, who saw no hope of escape, except by
+continuing the character of the Prince. "Very good. Come, then, I am
+ready. By good luck I happen to have the agreement with me between
+you and the baker's daughter, in which you promise--"
+
+"Nonsense! stuff!" answered the Duke, "that was only a piece of fun,
+which may be allowed surely with a baker's daughter. Show it if you
+like, I will explain all that."
+
+But it appeared that the Duke was not quite so sure of the
+explanation, for he no longer urged Philip to go before the King.
+He, however, insisted more earnestly than ever on getting into his
+carriage, and going that moment--Heaven knows where--to decide the
+matter with sword and pistol, an arrangement which did not suit our
+watchman at all. Philip pointed out the danger and consequences of
+such a proceeding, but the Duke overruled all objections. He had
+made every preparation, and when it was over he would leave the city
+that same night.
+
+"If you are not the greatest coward in Europe, you will follow me to
+the carriage--Prince!"
+
+"I--am--no--prince," at last stuttered Philip, now driven to
+extremities.
+
+"You are! Everybody recognized you at the ball. I know you by your
+hat. You sha'n't escape me."
+
+Philip lifted up his mask, and showed the Duke his face.
+
+"Now, then, am I a prince?"
+
+Duke Herrman, when he saw the countenance of a man he had never seen
+before, started back, and stood gazing as if he had been petrified.
+To have revealed his secrets to a perfect stranger! 'T was horrible
+beyond conception! But before he had recovered from his surprise,
+Philip had opened the door and effected his escape.
+
+
+
+
+XI.
+
+
+The moment he found himself at liberty he took off his hat and
+feathers, and wrapping them in his silk mantle, rushed through the
+streets towards St. Gregory's, carrying them under his arm. There
+stood Rose already, in a corner of the high church door, expecting
+his arrival.
+
+"Ah, Philip, dear Philip," she said, pressing his hand, "how happy
+you have made me! how lucky we are! I was very uneasy to get away
+from my friend's house, and I have been waiting here this quarter of
+an hour, but never cared for the frost and snow--my happiness was so
+great: I am so glad you're come back."
+
+"And I too, dear Rose, thank God that I have got back to you. May
+the eagles fly away with these trinkum-trankums of great people. But
+I'll tell you some other time of the scenes I've had. Tell me now,
+my darling, how you are, and whether you love me still!"
+
+"Ah! Philip, you've become a great man now, and it would be better
+to ask if you still care anything for me."
+
+"Thunder! How came you to know so soon that I've been a great man?"
+
+"Why, you told me yourself. Ah! Philip, Philip, I only hope you
+won't be proud, now that you've grown so rich. I am but a poor girl,
+and not good enough for you now--and I have been thinking, Philip,
+if you forsake me, I would rather have had you continue a poor
+gardener. I should fret myself to death if you forsook me."
+
+"What are you talking about, Rose? 'T is true that for one half-hour
+I have been a prince; 't was but a joke, and I want no more of such
+jokes in my life. Now I am a watchman again, and as poor as ever. To
+be sure, I have five thousand dollars in my pocket, that I got from
+a Mameluke; that would make us rich, but unfortunately they don't
+belong to me!"
+
+"You're speaking nonsense, Philip," said Rose, giving him the purse
+of gold that the Prince had given her. "Here, take back your money,
+'t is too heavy for my bag."
+
+"What should I do with all this gold? Where did you get it, Rose?"
+
+"You won it in the lottery, Philip."
+
+"What! have I won? and they told me at the office my number was not
+yet out. I had hoped and wished that it might come to give us a
+setting up in the world; but gardener Redman said to me as I went a
+second time towards the office: 'Poor Philip--a blank.' Huzzah! I
+have won! Now I will buy a large garden and marry you. How much is
+it?"
+
+"Are you crazy, Philip, or have you drunk too much? You must know
+better than I can tell you how much it is. I only looked at it
+quietly under the table at my friend's, and was frightened to see so
+many glittering coins, all of gold, Philip. Ah! then I thought, no
+wonder Philip was so impertinent--for, you know, you were very
+impertinent, Philip,--but I can't blame you for it. Oh, I could
+throw my own arms round your neck and cry for joy."
+
+"Rose, if you will do it I shall make no objections. But there's
+some misunderstanding here. Who was it that gave you this money, and
+told you it was my prize in the lottery? I have my ticket safe in my
+drawer at home, and nobody has asked me for it."
+
+"Ah! Philip, don't play your jokes on me! you yourself told me it
+half an hour ago, and gave me the purse with your own hand."
+
+"Rose--try to recollect yourself. This morning I saw you at mass,
+and we agreed to meet here to-night, but since that time I have not
+seen you for an instant."
+
+"No, except half an hour ago, when I saw you at Steinman's door. But
+what is that bundle under your arm? why are you without a hat this
+cold night? Philip! Philip! be careful. All that gold may turn your
+brain. You've been in some tavern, Philip, and have drunk more than
+you should. But tell me, what is in the bundle? Why--here's a
+woman's silk gown.--Philip, Philip, where have you been?"
+
+"Certainly not with you half an hour ago; you want to play tricks on
+me, I fancy; where have you got that money, I should like to know?"
+
+"Answer me first, Philip, where you got that woman's gown. Where
+have you been, sir?"
+
+They were both impatient for explanations, both a little jealous--
+and finally began to quarrel.
+
+
+
+
+XII.
+
+
+But as this was a lovers' quarrel, it ended as lovers' quarrels
+invariably do. When Rose took out her white pocket-handkerchief, put
+it to her beautiful eyes, and turned away her head as the sighs
+burst forth from her breast, this sole argument proved instantly
+that she was in the right, and Philip decidedly in the wrong. He
+confessed he was to blame for everything, and told her that he had
+been at a masked ball, and that his bundle was not a silk gown, but
+a man's mantle and a hat and feathers. And now he had to undergo a
+rigid examination. Every maiden knows that a masked ball is a
+dangerous maze for unprotected hearts. It is like plunging into a
+whelming sea of dangers, and you will be drowned if you are not a
+good swimmer. Rose did not consider Philip the best swimmer in the
+world--it is difficult to say why. He denied having danced, but when
+she asked him, he could not deny having talked with some feminine
+masks. He related the whole story to her, yet would constantly add:
+"The ladies were of high rank, and they took me for another." Rose
+doubted him a little, but she suppressed her resentment until he
+said they took him for Prince Julian. Then she shook her little
+head, and still more when she heard that Prince Julian was
+transformed into a watchman while Philip was at the ball. But he
+smothered her doubts by saying that in a few minutes the Prince
+would appear at St. Gregory's Church and exchange his watch-coat for
+the mask.
+
+Rose, in return, related all her adventure; but when she came to the
+incident of the kiss--
+
+"Hold there!" cried Philip; "I didn't kiss you, nor, I am sure, did
+you kiss me in return."
+
+"I am sure 'twas INTENDED for you, then," replied Rose, whilst her
+lover rubbed his hair down, for fear it should stand on end.
+
+"If 'twas not you," continued Rose, anxiously, "I will believe all
+that you have been telling me."
+
+But as she went on in her story a light seemed to break in on her,
+and she exclaimed: "And, after all, I do not believe it was Prince
+Julian in your coat!"
+
+Philip was certain it was, and cried: "The rascal! He stole my
+kisses--now I understand! That's the reason why he wanted to take my
+place and gave me his mask!" And now the stories he had heard at the
+masquerade came into Philip's head. He asked if anybody had called
+at her mother's to offer her money; if any gentleman was much about
+Milk Street; if she saw any one watching her at church; but to all
+his questions her answers were so satisfactory, that it was
+impossible to doubt her total ignorance of all the machinations of
+the rascally courtiers. He warned her against all the advances of
+philanthropical and compassionate princes--and Rose warned him
+against the dangers of a masked ball and adventures with ladies of
+rank, by which many young men have been made unhappy--and as
+everything was now forgiven, in consideration of the kiss not been
+wilfully bestowed, he was on the point of claiming for himself the
+one of which be had been cheated, when his designs were interrupted
+by an unexpected incident. A man out of breath with his rapid flight
+rushed against them. By the great-coat, staff, and horn, Philip
+recognized his deputy. He, on the other hand, snatched at the silk
+cloak and hat. "Ah! sir," said Philip, "here are your things. I
+would not change places with you again in this world! I should be no
+gainer by the operation."
+
+"Quick! quick!" cried the Prince, and threw the watchman's apparel
+on the snow and fastened on his mask, hat, and cloak. Philip
+returned to his old beaver and coat, and took up the lantern and
+staff. Rose had shrunk back into the door.
+
+"I promised thee a dole, comrade--but it's a positive fact--I have
+not got my purse."
+
+"I've got it here," said Philip, and held it out to him. "You gave
+it to my intended there; but, please your Highness, I must forbid
+all presents in that quarter."
+
+"Comrade, keep what you've got, and be off as quick as you can. You
+are not safe here."
+
+The Prince was flying off as he spoke, but Philip held him by the
+mantle.
+
+"One thing, my Lord, we have to settle--"
+
+"Run! watchman! I tell you. They're in search of you."
+
+"I have nothing to run for. But your purse, here--"
+
+"Keep it, I tell you. Fly! if you can run."
+
+"And a billet of Marshal Blankenswerd's for five thousand dollars--"
+
+"Ha! what the plague do you know about Marshal Blankenswerd?"
+
+"He said it was a gambling debt he owed you. He and his lady start
+to-night for their estates in Poland."
+
+"Are you mad? how do you know that? Who gave you the message for
+me?"
+
+"And, your Highness, the Minister of Finance will pay all your debts
+to Abraham Levi and others if you will use your influence with the
+King to keep him in office."
+
+"Watchman! you've been tampering with Old Nick."
+
+"But I rejected the offer."
+
+"YOU rejected the offer of the Minister?"
+
+"Yes, your Highness. And, moreover, I have entirely reconciled the
+Baroness Bonau with the Chamberlain Pilzou."
+
+"Which of us two is a fool?"
+
+"Another thing, your Highness. Signora Rollina is a bad woman. I
+have heard of some love affairs of hers. You are deceived--I
+therefore thought her not worthy of your attentions, and put off the
+meeting to-night at her house."
+
+"Signora Rollina! How did you come to hear of her?"
+
+"Another thing. Duke Herrman is terribly enraged about that business
+in the cellar. He is going to complain of you to the King."
+
+"The Duke! Who told you about that?"
+
+"Himself. You are not secure yet--but I don't think he'll go to the
+King, for I threatened him with his agreement with the baker's
+daughter. But he wants to fight you; be on yoor guard."
+
+"Once for all--do you know how the Duke was informed of all this?"
+
+"Through the Marshal's wife. She told all, and confessed she had
+acted the witch in the ghost-raising."
+
+The Prince took Philip by the arm. "My good fellow," he said, "you
+are no watchman." He turned his face towards a lamp, and started
+when he saw the face of this strange man.
+
+"Are you possessed by Satan, or...Who are you?" said Julian, who
+had now become quite sober.
+
+"I am Philip Stark, the gardener, son of old Gottlieb Stark, the
+watchman," said Philip, quietly.
+
+
+
+
+XIII.
+
+
+"Lay hold on him! That's the man!" cried many voices, and Philip,
+Rose, and Julian saw themselves surrounded by six lusty servants of
+the police. Rose screamed, Philip took her hand, and told her not to
+be alarmed. The Prince clapped his hand on Philip's shoulder.
+
+"'Tis a stupid business," he said, "and you should have escaped when
+I told you. But don't be frightened; there shall no harm befall
+you."
+
+"That's to be seen," said one of the captors. "In the meantime he
+must come along with us."
+
+"Where to?" inquired Philip; "I am doing my duty. I am watchman of
+this beat."
+
+"That's the reason we take you. Come."
+
+The Prince stepped forward. "Let the man go, good people," he said,
+and searched in all his pockets for his purse. As he found it
+nowhere, he was going to whisper to Philip to give it him, but the
+police tore them apart, and one of them shouted: "On! We can't stop
+to talk here."
+
+"The masked fellow must go with us too; he is suspicious-looking."
+
+"Not so," exclaimed Philip; "you are in search of the watchman. Here
+I am, if you choose to answer for taking me from my duty. But let
+this gentleman go."
+
+"We don't want any lessons from you in our duty," replied the
+sergeant; "march! all of them!"
+
+"The damsel too?" asked Philip; "you don't want her surely!"
+
+"No, she may go; but we must see her face, and take down her name
+and residence; it may be of use."
+
+"She is the daughter of Widow Bittner," said Philip; and was not a
+little enraged when the whole party took Rose to a lamp and gazed on
+her tearful face.
+
+"Go home, Rose, and don't be alarmed on my account," said Philip,
+trying to comfort her; "my conscience is clear."
+
+But Rose sobbed so as to move even the policemen to pity her. The
+Prince, availing himself of the opportunity, attempted to spring out
+of his captors' hands, but one of the men was a better jumper than
+he, and put an obstacle in his way.
+
+"Hallo!" cried the sergeant, "this conscience is not quite so clear;
+hold him firm; march!"
+
+"Whither?" said the Prince.
+
+"Directly to the Minister of Police."
+
+"Listen," said the Prince, seriously but affably, for he did not
+like the turn affairs were taking, as he was anxious to keep his
+watchman frolic concealed. "I have nothing to do with this business.
+I belong to the court. If you venture to force me to go with you,
+you will be sorry for it when you are feasting on bread and water
+tomorrow in prison."
+
+"For Heaven's sake, let the gentleman go," cried Philip; "I give you
+my word he is a great lord, and will make you repent your conduct.
+He is--"
+
+"Hush; be silent," interrupted Julian; "tell no human being who I
+am. Whatever happens keep my name a secret. Do you hear? an entire
+secret from every one!"
+
+"We do our duty," said the sergeant, "and nobody can punish us for
+that; you may go to a prison yourself; we have often had fellows
+speak as high, and threaten as fiercely; forward!"
+
+"Men! take advice; he is a distinguished man at court."
+
+"If it were a king himself he should go with us. He is a suspicious
+character, and we must do our duty."
+
+While the contest about the Prince went on, a carriage, with eight
+horses and outriders, bearing flambeaux, drove past the church.
+
+"Stop!" said a voice from the carriage, as it was passing the crowd
+of policemen who had the Prince in custody.
+
+The carriage stopped. The door flew open, and a gentleman, with a
+brilliant star on the breast of his surtout, leaped out. He pushed
+through the party, and examined the Prince from head to foot.
+
+"I thought," he said, "I knew the bird by his feathers. Mask, who
+are you?"
+
+Julian was taken by surprise, for in the inquirer he recognized Duke
+Herrman.
+
+"Answer me," roared Herrman in a voice of thunder.
+
+Julian shook his head, and made signs to the Duke to desist, but he
+pressed the question he upon him, being determined to know who it he
+had accosted at the masquerade. He asked the policemen. They stood
+with heads uncovered, and told him they had orders to bring the
+watchman instantly before the Minister of Police, for he had been
+singing wicked verses, they had heard some of them; that the mask
+had given himself out as some great lord of the court, but that they
+believed that to be a false pretence, and therefore considered it
+their duty to take him into custody.
+
+"The man is not of the court," answered the Duke; "take my word for
+that. He himself clandestinely into the ball, and himself off for
+Prince Julian. I forced him to unmask, and detected the impostor,
+but he escaped me. I have informed the Lord Chamberlain; off with
+him to the palace! You have made a fine prize!"
+
+With these words the Duke strode back to his carriage, and once more
+urging them not to let the villains escape, gave orders to drive on.
+
+The Prince saw no chance left. To reveal himself now would be to
+make his night's adventures the talk of the whole city. He thought
+it better to disclose his incognito to the Chamberlain or the
+Minister of Police. "Since it must be so, come on then," he said;
+and the party marched forward, keeping a firm hand on the two
+prisoners.
+
+
+
+
+XIV.
+
+
+Phipip was not sure whether he was bewitched, or whether the whole
+business was not a dream, for it was a night such as he had never
+passed before in his life. He had nothing to blame himself for
+except that he had changed clothes with the Prince, and then,
+whether he would or no, been forced to support his character. He
+felt pretty safe, for it was the princely watchman who had been at
+fault, and he saw no occasion for his being committed. His heart
+beat, however, when they came to the palace. His coat, horn, and
+staff were taken from him. Julian spoke a few words to a young
+nobleman, and immediately the policemen were sent away. The Prince
+ascended the stairs, and Philip had to follow.
+
+"Fear nothing," said Julian, and left him. Philip was taken to a
+little ante-room, where he had to wait a good while. At last one of
+the royal grooms came to him, and said: "Come this way; the King
+will see you."
+
+Philip was distracted with fear. His knees shook so that he could
+hardly walk. He was led into a splendid chamber. The old King was
+sitting at a table, and laughing long and load; near him stood
+Prince Julian without a mask. Besides these, there was nobody in the
+room.
+
+The King looked at Philip with a good-humored expression. "Tell me
+all--without missing a syllable--that you have done to-night."
+
+Philip took courage from the condescension of the old King, and told
+the whole story from beginning to end. He had the good sense,
+however, to conceal all he had heard among the courtiers that could
+turn to the prejudice of the Prince. The King laughed again and
+again, and at last took two gold-pieces from his pocket and gave
+them to Philip. "Here, my son, take these, but say not a word of
+your night's adventures. Await your trial; no harm shall cone of it
+to you. Now go, my friend, and remember what I have told you."
+
+Philip knelt down at the King's feet and kissed his hand as he
+stammered some words of thanks. When he arose, and was leaving the
+room, Prince Julian said: "I beseech your Majesty to allow the young
+man to wait a few minutes outside. I have some compensation to make
+to him for the inconvenience he has suffered."
+
+The King, smiling, nodded his assent, and Philip left the apartment.
+
+"Prince!" said the King, holding up his forefinger in a threatening
+manner to his son, "'tis well for you that you told me nothing but
+the truth. For this time I must pardon your wild scrape, but if such
+a thing happens again you will offend me. There will be no excuse
+for you! I must take Duke Herrman in hand myself. I shall not be
+sorry if we can get quit of him. As to the Ministers of Finance and
+Police. I must have further proofs of what you say. Go now, and give
+some present to the gardener. He has shown more discretion in your
+character than you have in his."
+
+The Prince took leave of the King, and having changed his dress in
+an ante-room, sent for Philip to go to his palace with him; there he
+made him go over--word for word--everything that had occurred. When
+Philip had finished his narrative, the Prince clapped him on the
+shoulder and said: "Philip, listen! You're a sensible fellow. I can
+confide in you, and I am satisfied with you. What you have done in
+my name with the Chamberlain Pilzou, the Countess Bonau, the Marshal
+and his wife, Colonel Kalt, and the Minister of Finance--I will
+maintain--as if I had done it myself. But, on the other hand, YOU
+must take all the blame of my doings with the horn and staff. As a
+penalty for verses, you shall lose your office of watchman. You
+shall be my head-gardener from this date, and have charge of my two
+gardens at Heimleben and Quellenthal. The money I gave your bride
+she shall keep as her marriage portion,--and I give you the order of
+Marshal Blankenswerd for five thousand dollars, as a mark of my
+regard. Go, now; be faithful and true!"
+
+Who could be happier than Philip! He almost flew to Rose's house.
+She had not yet gone to bed, but sat with her mother beside a table,
+and was weeping. He threw the purse on the table and said: "Rose,
+there is thy dowry! and here are five thousand dollars, which are
+mine! As a watchman I have transgressed, and shall therefore lose my
+father's situation; but the day after to-morrow I shall go, as head-
+gardener of Prince Julian, to Heimleben. And you, mother and Rose,
+must go with me. My father and mother also. I can support you all.
+Huzza! Gods send all good people such a happy New Year!"
+
+Mother Bittner hardly knew whether to believe Philip or not,
+notwithstanding she saw the gold. But when he told her how it had
+all happened--though with some reservations--she wept with joy,
+embraced him, laid her her daughter on his breast, and then danced
+about the room in a perfect ecstasy, "Do thy father and mother know
+this, Philip?" she said. And when he answered no, she cried: "Rose,
+kindle the fire, put over the water, and make some coffee for all of
+us." She then wrapped herself in her little woollen shawl and left
+the house.
+
+But Rose lay on Philip's breast, and forgot all about the wood and
+water. And there she yet lay when Mother Bittner returned with old
+Gottlieb and Mother Katharine. They surrounded their children and
+blessed them. Mother Bittner saw if she wanted coffee, she would be
+obliged to cook it herself.
+
+Philip lost his situation as watchman. Rose became his wife in two
+weeks; their parents went with them to--; but this does not belong
+to the adventures of a New Year's Eve, a night more ruinous to the
+Minister of Finance than any one else; neither have we heard of any
+more pranks by the wild Prince Julian.
+
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, STORIES BY FOREIGN AUTHORS: GERMAN ***
+
+This file should be named s4fag10.txt or s4fag10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, s4fag11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, s4fag10a.txt
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04
+
+Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+ 1 1971 July
+ 10 1991 January
+ 100 1994 January
+ 1000 1997 August
+ 1500 1998 October
+ 2000 1999 December
+ 2500 2000 December
+ 3000 2001 November
+ 4000 2001 October/November
+ 6000 2002 December*
+ 9000 2003 November*
+10000 2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word
+ processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/s4fag10.zip b/old/s4fag10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00f0539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/s4fag10.zip
Binary files differ